A farmer has 1000 acre of land on which he can grow corn, wheat and
soya beans. Each acre of corn cost Rs. 100 for preparation, requires 7
man days of work and yields a profit of Rs. 30. An acre of wheat cost Rs.
120 for preparation, requires 10 man days of work and yields a profit of
Rs. 40. An acre of soya beans cost Rs. 70 to prepare, requires 8 man days
of work and yields a profit of Rs, 200. If the farmer has Rs. 1, 00,000 for
preparation and count on 8000man days of work, how many acres
should be allocated to each crop to maximize profit. (Use Simplex
Method)
Discuss the profitability of different alternatives

Question 2: Chemistry

Calculate the density of a proton, given that the mass of a proton is 1.0073 amu and the diameter of a proton is 1.72×10−15 m.

Question 3: Chemistry

An atom has a diameter of 2.50 Å and the nucleus of that atom has a diameter of 4.50×10−5 Å. Determine the fraction of the volume of the atom that is taken up by the nucleus. Assume the atom and the nucleus are a sphere.

Question 1: General Question

NURS 6501 Week 10 Quiz (2018): Advanced Pathophysiology -Walden University (Already graded A)

Question 1: Health Care

HEA-306: MEN’S HEALTH

Required Internet Resources

Gender and Ethnic Differences in Health Beliefs and Behaviors:
- Ek, S. (2015). Gender differences in health information behaviour: A Finnish population-based survey. Health Promotion International, 30(3), 736-745.
- Korin, M. R. et al. Men’s and Women’s Health Beliefs Differentially Predict Coronary Heart Disease Incidence in a Population-Based Sample. Health Education & Behavior, 40(2), 231-239.

Drug Enhanced Masculinity:
- Cherney, K. (2019, January 3). 7 Common Side Effects of Erectile Dysfunction Medication.
- (2019). Effects of Performance-Enhancing Drugs.

Health Risks and Risk Factors
- American Heart Association. (2019). Heart-Health Risk Assessments from the American Heart Association.
- BMJ company. (2016, August 25). Social Determinants of Health.
  .
- (2018, May 21). Quick Maps of Heart Disease, Stroke, and Socio-economic Conditions.
- (2014, September). Choose More than 50 Ways to Prevent Type 2 Diabetes.

Written Assignment 1: Health Risk Assessment

The purpose of this activity is to reflect on and identify your potential risk factors for diseases and identify strategies that promote healthy lifestyles. While many of these health risks are the same for women, the focus of this course is men’s health. Therefore, women taking this course should ask a male to complete the assessment.

Review the variables and complete the Sample Health Risk Assessment.

Write a 3–5 page paper addressing the areas identified in the grading rubric below for this activity.

Grading Criteria	Points Allocated	Points Earned
Describe your total HRA score and the total score for each category (e.g., physical activity, nutrition, general health).	10
Discuss results. ● What do you think the overall score means for you? Did it surprise you? ● Which category score was the highest and which one was the lowest? Did that surprise you?	20
Describe 3 positive behaviors you identified. How can they be enhanced? Provide at least 2 web resources with information to support your answer.	30
Describe 3 behaviors you identified that could use improvement. How can they be improved? Provide at least 2 web resources with information to support your answer.	30
APA, Grammar, and Organization: ● Uses correct spelling, grammar, and sentence structure. ● Correct use of APA style.	10
Total		/100

Discussion Forum 5: Health Risk Assessment Findings

Complete your Sample Health Risk Assessment Written Assignment and discuss your findings in Discussion Forum 5.

Based on what you have learned, do you think this assessment includes the most important variables/risk factors of health? If not, which variables / risk factors are not included?
Do you see any benefit to using a tool like this? Why or why not?
Did you identify any strategies to reduce health risk that you had not considered before?

Question 2: Health Care

Module 10: Critical Thinking Critical Thinking Assignment (105 points) Draft a response plan as a part of the World Health Organization’s strategic planning proposal for natural disasters or disease outbreak specific to the Eastern Mediterranean Region to protect pilgrims during the Hajj. Research a disease or natural disaster in which the WHO seeks to advise the KSA on how to react. Also, as you draft your response plan, consider the policy requirements that are in place for Health Conditions for Travelers to Saudi Arabia for the Pilgrimage to Mecca (Hajj). Draft a 5-6 page policy, not including the cover and reference pages, using the readings, research, and your knowledge of healthcare consumerism influencing marketing. Your paper should analyze the following substantive requirements: Describe what natural disaster or disease you are planning to mitigate through the response plan. Examine the global and regional organizations that could aid in this situation. Assess the humanitarian challenges that should be considered. Provide specific information regarding the implementation of this policy. Recommend how to monitor to continually monitor the implementation to ensure its success. Your report should meet the following structural requirements: Be five to six pages in length, not including the cover or reference pages. Be formatted according to Saudi Electronic University and APA writing guidelines. Provide support for your statements with in-text citations from a minimum of six scholarly articles. Two of these sources may be from the class readings, textbook, or lectures, but four must be external. Utilize headings to organize the content in your work.

Question 3: Health Care

Quantitative or Qualitative Critique

Student Name

NSG 3036

Date

Qualitative (Individual) Critique

Questions

Is the specific qualitative approach named and described? What is it? (Houser ch 15).
Does the phenomenon lend itself to study by qualitative methods or would a quantitative approach have been more appropriate? Why/ why not?
Does the study focus on the subjective nature of human experience? Explain.
Does the researcher clearly describe how participants were selected? How was the sample size determined? Describe.
Is the data collection and recording process fully presented? If so, how?
Is it clear how researcher bias in data collection was avoided? Explain. (Houser p. 394).
Is the data analysis method consistent with the purpose and approach of the study? Why/why not?
Are the study findings clearly presented and study limitations acknowledged? If so, how?
Will the study findings have significance for nursing? Why/why not?
APA citation for the article:

Each item and the citation are worth 10 points each for a total of 100 points.

Total Grade =

Quantitative (Individual) Critique

Questions

Is the design clearly identified and described in the research report? What is the design?
Is the design appropriate to test the study hypothesis(es) or answer the research question(s)? Why/ why not?
Did the study use an experimental or nonexperimental design? Was the most appropriate type of experimental design used? Explain your reasoning. (Houser pp. 41-43).
What means were used to control for threats to internal validity? External validity? (Houser p. 243).
Was assignment of subjects to the experimental and control group clearly described? If so, how? (Houser chapter 7).
Does the research design allow the researcher to draw a cause-and-effect relationship between the variables? Describe.
Are the study findings clearly presented and study limitations acknowledged? If so, how?
What means were used to control for extraneous variables, such as subject characteristics? Please explain.
Will the study findings have significance for nursing? Why/why not?
APA citation for the article:

Each item and the citation are worth 10 points each for a total of 100 points

Instructions

This is an assignment for TWO SEPARATE Critiques using TWO SEPARATE studies

Paper must be typed and citation in APA format.
Type the answer directly below the question.
Only utilize the articles that were approved by Dr. Ramjohn
Cover page follows APA format.
One paper is completed for the qualitative study
One paper is completed for the qualitative study
Each paper is to be turned in as a hard copy bound in the following format from front to back: cover page, critique of the paper, reference page and article attached.
If you fail to turn a paper in on time 10 points will be deducted automatically.

Question 4: Religious Studies

Jewish History

Part 1: Common Holy Days in Jewish Religious Traditions

Complete the table below with information about Jewish holy days. Identify at least seven Jewish religious holy days and place each holy day in the correct season (time of year). Provide a brief explanation of each holy day you identified.

Note: An example has been provided. You may add additional rows or move the text fields to different locations within the table as needed.

Fall (September – November)	Winter (December – February)	Spring (March – May)	Summer (June – August)
Enter text.	Example: Hanukkah Hanukkah is an 8 day-long Festival of Lights. It is a celebration of the victory of the Maccabees over the armies of Syria, as well as the rededication of the Temple in Jerusalem.	Enter text.	Enter text.
Enter text.	Enter text.	Enter text.	Enter text.

Fall

(September – November)

Winter

(December – February)

Spring

(March – May)

Summer

(June – August)

Enter text.

Example:

Hanukkah

Hanukkah is an 8 day-long Festival of Lights. It is a celebration of the victory of the Maccabees over the armies of Syria, as well as the rededication of the Temple in Jerusalem.

Enter text.

Part 2: Major Sects of Judaism

Select three major sects of Judaism to compare and contrast. Identify them in the table below.

Sect of Judaism	Enter text.
Sect of Judaism	Enter text.
Sect of Judaism	Enter text.

In the table below, list at least two similarities and two differences among the sects of Judaism you selected.

Similarities	Differences
Enter text.	Enter text.

Part 3: Summary

Write a 525- to 700-word summary that includes the following:

A description of the life and importance of one key person in Jewish history
An explanation of one key event in the history of Judaism that is connected to that person
A description of any rituals, symbols, or sacred texts in Judaism associated with this event or person
Brief explanation of Jewish ethics

Summary
Enter text.

Include references formatted according to APA guidelines. You may find helpful resources for formatting citations in the Center for Writing Excellence in the University Library.

References
Enter text.

Question 5: Other

Explain merit pay. Address what level of risk is associated with the employees. Your response should be a minimum of 75 words. 2. Discuss how performance appraisals should be conducted. Your response should be a minimum of 75 words. 3. Evaluate how performance appraisals are used in pay-for-performance plans. Your response should be a minimum of 75 words. 4. Explain whether or not pay-for-performance affects employee behavior. Your response should be a minimum of 75 words.

Question 6: Law

Liberty University – CJUS 330 Ch.15-Study Questions / CJUS 330 chapter 15 Study Questions/ CJUS 330 Questions

How much deference (or conversely, scrutiny) an appellate court will afford to the decisions of a judge, jury, or administrative agency in an appeal is referred to as the ____________.

deferential standard
appellate standard
principle or review
standard of review

Which court is responsible for hearing cases for which there are automatic reviews?

trial court
intermediate court of appeals
state court of last resort
federal circuit court

If a defendant loses an appeal, what is the first step to take in order to file a subsequent appeal?

File a notice of appeal.
File a petition for a writ of certiorari.
File a writ of habeas corpus.
File a motion for appeal.

Which of the following statements is true?

Criminal appeals always involve questions of fact decided by a judge or jury.
In contrast to the highly deferential appellate review of factual issues, questions of law are reviewed without deference on appeal.
Appellate courts are willing to second-guess findings of fact made in lower courts.
Many appeals are “routine,” which means they have the likelihood of succeeding.

____________ errors are defects that seriously affect substantial rights.

Substantial
Reversible
Plain
Grievous

If a defendant convicted in a U.S. circuit court files for an appeal, which type of court has jurisdiction?

U.S. Supreme Court
intermediate courts of appeals
state courts of last resort
U.S. circuit courts

Which of the following are opinions written “by the court” without attribution to a specific judicial author?

dissenting opinion
concurring opinion
plurality opinion
per curium opinion

During trial, attorneys must make timely objections to the judge’s rulings on points of law or the objections will be deemed waived. This is known as which of the following?

mandatory objection rule
contemporaneous objection rule
appellate objection rule
interlocutory objection rule

The ____________ consists of the materials that advance to the appellate court.

writ of certiorari
standards of review
appellate court record
notice of appeal

A defendant who makes a guilty plea on a felony charge, therefore accepting the sentence recommended by the prosecutor, subsequently requests an appeal. The appeal is based upon the failure of the court to inquire as to whether the plea was voluntary. In this example, the error is subject to which type of test?

classic trial errors rule
reversible error rule
plain error rule
harmless error rule

Losing parties at trial have the discretion to file an appeal except in what type of cases?

felony cases
civil cases
misdemeanor cases
capital punishment cases

How does the role of the appellate court differ from the trial court?

It retries cases sent from the lower court.
It focuses on the evidence and how it was obtained.
It focuses on how decisions were made in the trial court.
It reexamines the facts presented during the trial.

The leading causes of ____________ include mistaken identifications, improper forensic evidence, false confessions, unreliable informants, tunnel vision and misconduct by justice professionals, and inadequate defense representation.

appeals
wrongful convictions
hung juries
postconviction reviews

Why do criminal appeals rarely succeed?

The appellate court reversal often produces only minor victories for many criminal defendants.
If the appellate court reverses and remands the case to the lower court for a new trial, many defendants will be convicted a second time.
The appellate standards of review often find that no reversible error was committed during the trial court proceedings.
The appellate courts are reluctant to overturn decisions by the lower courts because of time and cost constraints.

Which court is seen as more conservative with rulings that cut back on abortion rights, condoned mandatory drug testing, and permitted capital punishment for juveniles and developmentally impaired persons who were convicted of murder?

the Warren Court
the Burger Court
the Rehnquist Court
the Roberts Court

What was the purpose of the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996?

It restricted the time periods and the number of habeas corpus petitions prisoners file.
It restricted courts from hearing habeas corpus petitions from convicted terrorists.
It restricted courts from pursuing all terrorism cases as death penalty cases.
It increased penalties for those convicted of domestic terrorism

What does it mean when a case is reversed and remanded?

The case is overturned and sent back to the lower court for further hearing.
The case is overturned and terminated.
The case is returned to the lower court for a retrial.
The case is affirmed and returned to the lower court for further hearing.

What are the two primary functions of appeal?

judicial oversight and checks on prosecution
error correction and policy formation
error correction and process oversight
crime control philosophy enforcement and compliance

Which of the following is NOT one of the ways in which postconviction differs from appeals?

They may be filed only by those actually in custody.
They may raise only constitutional defects, not technical ones.
They may be somewhat broader than appeals.
Many state court systems limit postconviction remedies.

The U.S. Supreme Court and most state high courts of last resort have largely ____________.

discretionary appellate jurisdiction
mandatory appellate jurisdiction
limited appellate jurisdiction
constitutional appellate jurisdiction

Which of the following has led to an increase in the broader range of criminal cases being appealed?

relaxation of appellate court rules
increase in the penalties for crimes
increase in meritorious issues of broader concern
public awareness of trial rules

How do state courts of last resort and the U.S. Supreme Court help set justice policy?

By utilizing the political associations that come with the appointment of the judges.
By exercising caution as to how they word their opinions.
Through their exercise of their discretionary appellate jurisdiction.
Through their exercise of their experience in handling difficult questions of law.

Which of the following terms refers to the movement in the state supreme courts to reinvigorate state constitutions as sources of individual rights over and above the rights granted by the U.S. Constitution?

new judicial federalism
rights-generous doctrine
state constitutional reformation
restorative representation

Postconviction reviews are termed collateral attacks because they are attempts to ____________.

avoid the effects of a prior court decision by bringing a different action in new court proceedings
overturn prior court decision by bringing in new evidence
affirm prior court decisions by bringing a different action in new court proceedings
change the way the process was handled in the lower court

A defendant has been acquitted by a jury of charges filed against him by the state. The prosecution subsequently discovers incriminating evidence that was not presented during the trial. The prosecutor decides to recharge the individual with the crime. However, the court denies the motion for a new trial. Under what rules is the judge basing the denial?

Fifth Amendment protection against double jeopardy
Fifth and Fourteenth Amendment violation of due process
Fourth Amendment protection against admissibility of illegally obtained evidence
Eighth Amendment protection against cruel and unusual punishment

Question 7: General Question

NSG 5002 Week 4 Quiz / NSG5002 Week 4 Quiz / NSG 5002 Quiz 4 (2019): South University (Already graded A)

Question 8: General Question

NSG 5003 Week 3 Knowledge Check Quiz (Latest): Advanced Pathophysiology: South University

Question 9: General Question

Liberty BIOL 101 Quiz 4 Latest Version

Question 10: General Question

Liberty University CSTU 101 Quiz 4 Latest

Question 11: Business

Imagine you are the HR manager of a healthcare organization with 250 employees. You have been asked, as the HR manager, to determine the skills required for the new IT system that will be implemented in the purchasing department. The new system will impact all non-supervisory employees. Implementation of the new system has an aggressive timeline and the needs analysis will require effective techniques to uncover skill gaps and provide training as needed. In addition to the time constraint, there have also been performance issues in the purchasing department related to relationships with pharmaceutical organizations. So organizational leadership would like for you to assess whether or not current employees can be trained to effectively utilize the new IT system and improve external relationships, and whether or not new positions need to be added to support the IT system implementation.

Create a report that details training and recruitment processes at the organization.

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word report that includes the following components:

Summary of your suggested needs analysis process
Recommendations for how to address organizational constraints related to time and performance
Linkages between performance, training, recruitment and needs assessment
Options for the needs analysis
Recommend the best option for the needs analysis, including your rationale for selecting this option
Your recommendations for training and recruitment

Cite any outside sources according to APA formatting guidelines.

Question 12: Other

Lab Report: Elasticity

Answer the questions below. When you are finished, submit this assignment to your teacher by the due date for full credit.

Total score: ____ of 27 points

(Score for Question 1: ___ of 3 points)

Write the goal of the lab or the question you tried to answer.

Answer:

Type your answer here.

(Score for Question 2: ___ of 3 points)

Which observations, experiences, or lesson materials helped you form a hypothesis?

Answer:

Type your answer here.

(Score for Question 3: ___ of 3 points)

State your hypothesis.

Answer:

Type your answer here.

(Score for Question 4: ___ of 6 points)

Use the data from your experiment to complete this data table.

TCype of Rubber Band	Original Length (cm)	Mass (g)	Length with Mass (cm)	Stretch Length (cm)
thin



medium
Graph your data: Plot mass against stretch length for each rubber band. Use a different symbol for each rubber band. Make a key so that you are able to tell the plots apart. Answer: (Score for Question 6: ___ of 3 points) Did your data agree with your hypothesis? Explain. Answer: Type your answer here. (Score for Question 7: ___ of 3 points) Draw a trend line that characterizes the data for the thick rubber band. Then, use your graph to predict the thick rubber band’s stretch length if it had a 400 g mass attached to answer: Answer: Type your answer here.


thick

Question 13: Other

Total score: ____ of 24 points

(Score for Question 1: ___ of 3 points)

B.Write the goal of the labs on levers and pulleys or the question you tried to answer.

Answer:

Type your answer here.

(Score for Question 2: ___ of 3 points)

C.Which observations, experiences, or lesson materials helped you form a hypothesis?

Answer:

Type your answer here.

(Score for Question 3: ___ of 3 points)

D.State your hypothesis.

Answer:

Type your answer here.

(Score for Question 4: ___ of 6 points)

E.Use the data from the lab on levers to complete the data tables.

Answer:

Resistance

Force, as added mass to resistance side (g) converted to (N)	Arm length (m)	Work
300 g = 2.94 N	0.70
300 g = 2.94 N	0.75
300 g = 2.94 N	0.80
300 g = 2.94 N	0.85

Effort

A Force (N) applied to balance the lever with no mass on effort side	B Pulling force applied to the spring scale (n) when mass is added to effort side	Total force B-A	Arm length (m)	Work
0.87			0.50
1.53			0.45
2.18			0.40
3.30			0.35

(Score for Question 5: ___ of 6 points)

F.Use the data from the lab on pulleys to complete this data table.

Answer:

Pulley System	Distance String Pulled (cm)	Effort: Force (N)	Effort: Work	Distance Mass Lifted (cm)	Resistance: Force (N)	Resistance: Work
single fixed-position pulley
single moving pulley
one fixed-position pulley with one moving pulley

(Score for Question 6: ___ of 3 points)

G.Compare your data with your hypothesis. Explain how the data supports or does not support your hypothesis. If your data does not support your hypothesis, use the data you collected to answer the original question.

Answer:

Type your answer here.

Question 14: Finance

Using Microsoft Excel, demonstrate your understanding of the Time Value of Money concepts discussed
in the text by answering the following questions. Upload your answer to canvas.

You graduate from IU and get a job with an annual salary of $50,000.
a. (1 point) Your boss calls you into the office and says she is happy with your performance and is going to give you a $1,000 raise. What percentage raise is this for you?
b. (1 points) If the Inflation Rate is 2.0%, what is the actual amount of your raise?
(3 points) At your graduation, your parents give you a $2,000 graduation gift in cash. You decide to invest this money in an Indiana University Credit Union (IUCU) Term Certificate and the current Annual Rate is 2.80%. If you leave this money alone for 5 years and it compounds monthly, how much money do you have in this savings account after 5 years?
(3 points) You decide after graduation to start saving for your retirement. Even though it might be tough at first, you decide to invest $200 a month for 40 years. If you your investment earns 10% APR and the interest is compounded monthly, how much will you have earned?
After graduation you decide to buy your first car. You decide you want to get a Kia because it has a 10 year/100,000 mile warranty. You buy a 2019 Kia Sorrento EX for $35,000 and finance the vehicle through Indiana University Credit Union (IUCU). Today’s new car loans are 4.29% APR.
a. (2 points) If you finance this car for 66 months, what is your monthly payment?
b. (4 points) Create an amortization table showing monthly payment, monthly interest and monthly principle paid. After the first year (12 months), how much interest have you paid?
In order to diversify your investing strategy, after graduation you decide to also
invest annually in Tesla, Inc. You decide to invest your $300 annual bonus every January 1st in Tesla stock. It is possible to purchase parts of a share…i.e. 2.5 shares…

Date Amount Price per share # share purchased
2015 $300 $24 how many?
2016 $300 $21 how many?
2017 $ 300 $31 how many?
2018 $ 300 $33 how many?

(2 point) how many shares of stock did you buy each year

(2 point) If you sell all of your stock today and the share price is $28, how much money did you receive for the sale of that stock?

(2 points) How much money do you Gain or Lose?

You decide you want to experiment a little with investing in bonds. Your grandma gives you $1,000 at graduation and you want to put it away in a safe place. You find a government bond to buy. The bond will mature in 5 years and pays a coupon once a year.
a. (2 points) If the Annual Coupon Rate is 5%, what is your coupon payment?
b. (3 points) If you assume that the annual discount rate is 4% compounded annually, how much is the bond worth today?

Question 15: Business

Informational Interview Report

My interview job is market research analytics specialist. Below is the information needed for the report.

Deliverables (combine these into one document) 1. A 2-3 page, single-spaced report about your interview, written in memo format 2. An APA-style reference list 3. A list of interview questions. Here is the link you can pick 10-12 questions.(https://s3.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/blackboard.learn.xythos.prod/5a30bcf95ea52/4120098?response-content-disposition=inline%3B%20filename%2A%3DUTF-8%27%27200%2520Great%2520Informational%2520Interview%2520Questions%2520to%2520Choose%2520From.pdf&response-content-type=application%2Fpdf&X-Amz-Algorithm=AWS4-HMAC-SHA256&X-Amz-Date=20191104T005520Z&X-Amz-SignedHeaders=host&X-Amz-Expires=21600&X-Amz-Credential=AKIAIL7WQYDOOHAZJGWQ%2F20191104%2Fus-east-1%2Fs3%2Faws4_request&X-Amz-Signature=428f5253c04c93abd8cd60a47a283cf038a5f662868fb46e764fccdc70bc89ab)

Learning Goals • Learn to identify appropriate sources of career information • Gain experience contacting and persuading a professional to meet with you • Expand your knowledge of your profession and industry • Practice active listening in an interview setting • Learn how to synthesize and organize relevant information • Become familiar with the professional memo format

Assignment Summary An informational interview is a meeting with a working professional who can give you an inside view of an occupation, organization, and/or industry that is of interest to you. You will identify an appropriate interviewee; research their industry; schedule an interview; build a list of appropriate questions; conduct an in-person interview and take notes; send a thank you note; and write a reflective report about what you learned and how it applies to your professional future.

Assignment Details The first 2-3 pages of your assignment, formatted as a memo to your professor and typed single-spaced, should include: (1) Your Professional Goals and the Purpose of the Interview (1 paragraph): Briefly describe your career interests and 2-3 career goals and then explain why this interviewee is relevant to those goals. (2) Biography of Interviewee (1-2 paragraphs): Sum up the interviewee’s professional biography, including his/her professional background, current title and responsibilities, organization, and a summary of the interviewee’s career journey, from beginning to date. (3) Industry Overview (2-3 paragraphs, based on research): Provide an overview of the industry including market size, types of careers in the industry, nature of work in the field, types of writing and communication skills required, and other skills needed. Incorporate information from both the interview and additional research you have done. Use 3-5 sources of information for this section and provide in-text citations using APA formatting. (You will also provide a list of references at the end of the paper.) A good place to start is the GMU Library BUS 303 InfoGuide: http://infoguides.gmu.edu/BUS303 (4) Interview Summary (1-2 paragraphs): Provide a summary of your interview, focusing on the most valuable information that your interviewee provided. Do not include a complete transcript of your interviewee’s responses and do not use an “I asked…and she answered…” format. Instead, paraphrase the responses in a narrative format. (5) Reflection (2-3 paragraphs): This is the most important part of your memo. Synthesize 2-3 meaningful highlights or “take-aways” from the interview and reflect on their implications for your career. (6) Interview Questions: A list of 10-12 questions you thoughtfully prepared prior to the interview,

in the order that you intended to ask them. (It’s okay if you don’t end up asking them exactly as

you planned—but it’s important to have a list.) You need to write the questions yourself; do not

plagiarize a list of questions from the internet. Think about what you would really like to know

from this person. One question you should definitely ask is, “What are employers in your industry

looking for in new college graduates?” (7) Reference List: A list of 3-5 sources you used for your industry overview. Be sure to use APA formatting.

Question 16: Business

As people become increasingly comfortable posting their lives online via social networks like Facebook or through microblogs like Twitter, some companies have begun to build Web dossiers of consumers. They do this by mining the social Web on Facebook, Twitter, blogs, and online forums. Then they sell it to other companies. And here is the deal . . . most consumers have no idea that this is being done.

While the use of customer data has been around for a few years (especially through companies like Amazon who use algorithms based on customer searches and purchases to make product recommendations), there are some privacy advocates who feel that mining and using data from the social Web crosses ethical lines. For their part, the companies that aggregate this information say that they are using this information to detect behavioral patterns in order for companies to provide better products and customer service.

SOURCE: “How Companies Are Using Your Social Media Data,” http://mashable.com/2010/03/02/data-mining-social-media.

Instructions:

Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment. Answer the following three question!

Questions

Do think that this practice violates privacy, or is it acceptable since it uses information that a person has posted voluntarily?
What are some promising ways that companies can use this data?
What are some questionable ways that companies can use this data?

Question 17: English

What is counterargument in the opinion essay? In other words, if someone disagreed with the author, what would they say, what would be their position?

Your claim for this one MUST be in your words. Then find the evidence that supports it; be mindful that there is specific counterargument in the essay.

Your explanation should include an accurate summary of the author’s argument in order to understand the counterargument.

Question 18: Biology

The minimum length for this assignment is 1,200 words. Be sure to check your Turn tin report. Darwin was not the first to consider evolution as a process but he did come up with the first effective explanation for how it happens. Describe Darwin’s theory of evolution by natural selection. Explain how this theory was a major advance over prior ideas as to how organisms changed over time. Give evidence in support of evolution and describe the driving forces for evolutionary change.

Question 19: English

ENGL 2328 –Writing Assignment At this point in the semester, we have looked at even more authors and a much larger smattering of their work. The textbooks have touched upon a number of varied points of interest from different schools of philosophical thought. The books and our discussions have addressed the major paradigm shifts in American Literature (and history) from the Civil War to the middle of the 20th Century. The authors’ points of view have come into play aswe have muddled our way through this often confusing span of decades. More importantly, your points of view have begun to permeate the discussion, giving it a much more relevant and modern scope. (Alice, while in Wonderland,might say, “moderner and moderner.”) Once again, topic selection is up to you. However, this time, the scope of the project is going to be a bit more pointed than before. As with the first project, everything we have approached thus far this semester is fair game, as is anything we will be reading next week (please use something different than you did for the first paper). What I would like to see this time is a critical comparative analysis in which you look at more than one work and more than one author and comparatively analyze them. This is the long paper –about seven to eight pages long –the one that requires at least four sources cited within it, in MLA format of course which means that you must include a works cited page. The works cited page is not one of the seven to eight pages of your paper. Make sure you use credible sources like those found through the library databases. Do not cite Wikipedia, SparkNotes, Cliff Notes, 123HelpMe.com, cheattheprof.com, Gradesaver.com, MegaEssays.com, or any other source that subverts the research process—substantial grade reductions will occur if you use sources such as those listed above

Question 20: Computer Science

Write a loop that continually asks the user what pets the user has, until the user enters “rock”, in which case the loop ends. It should acknowledge the user in the following format. For the first pet, it should say “You have a dog with a total of 1 pet(s)” if they enter dog, and so on.

Question 21: Engineering

Two products A and B are made involving two chemical operations for each. Each unit of product A requires 2 hours on Operation 1 and 3 hours on Operation 2. Each unit of product B requires 3 hours on Operation 1 and 4 hours on Operation 2. Available time for Operation 1 is 16 hours and for Operation 2 is 24 hours. The production of product B also results in a by-product C at no extra cost. Though some of this by-product can be sold at a profit, the remainder has to be destroyed. Product A sells for $8 profit per unit, while product B sells for $20 profit per unit. By product C can be sold at a unit profit of $6 per unit, but if it cannot be sold, the cost of disposal is $5 per unit. The company gets 2 units of C for each unit of B produced. Determine the optimal production quantity of A and B, keeping C in mind so as to make the largest profit.

Question 22: Health Care

Imagine that you are working in a healthcare facility and you want to apply FOCUS PDCA Process

How you can apply this technique? In addition, what is the main result when you used FOCUS PDCA?

Question 23: Other

Research the role of the Nurse Practitioner. Select and describe an Advanced Nurse Practitioner role. For example, Family Nurse Practitioner or Gerontological Nurse Practitioner Find one research articles and one expert opinion article about this role and summarize the articles. Examples of state innovations include Maryland’s hospital rate setting, Vermont’s single payer system, and Massachusetts’ health reforms Analyze the effects of the advanced practice nurse role in terms of healthcare and patient outcomes.

Instruction

Submission Instructions: The paper is to be clear and concise and students will lose points for improper grammar, punctuation and misspelling. The paper is to be no shorter than 4 pages; nor longer than 5 pages in length, excluding the title, abstract and references page. Incorporate a minimum of 5 current (published within last five years) scholarly journal articles or primary legal sources (statutes, court opinions) within your work. Journal articles and books should be referenced according to current APA style.

Question 24: Business

Evaluate financial ratios in a minimum 1,050 words which includes the following:

Explain the uses for each of the three classifications of ratios: liquidity, solvency, and profitability.
Calculate the current ratio, profit margin, and after tax ROE, of any publicly traded company. Then locate and compare these with the ratios provided for that firm by Yahoo Finance, Google Finance, or Morningstar.
. Display your calculations in a chart with the formulas and that compares the ones you calculated with the ones you located from Yahoo finance, Google Finance, or Morningstar. They will more than likely not be the exact same amounts because of the difference in dates of the calculations you did and the published dates.

Question 25: Finance

Instruction

The topic for the paper is (The Capital Asset Pricing Model). Paper must be 12 pages in length including a cover sheet and reference page. The paper must follow APA citation style.

Question 26: Finance

You are considering a covenant for the new loan agreement that would require SME Bank to maintain a 100% or higher provision coverage of the Portfolio at Risk in arrears one day or more (“PAR1+”). This means that the entire stock of provisions (general and specific) would have to exceed the PAR1+ balance outstanding at any time. Would SME Bank comply with this covenant as of October 2016 either in terms of the provisions actually held or considering what the bank should have held when correctly applying the prudential rules? Would you consider this a reasonable covenant, or would you argue for a different definition or level of coverage as per your experience? 2. Calculate the three transition matrixes for the Jul-Aug 2016, Aug-Sep 2016 and Sep- Oct 2016 transitions. Use the enhanced transition matrix method including principal paydown as described in Unit 4 and in file U4_Ex5_TransitionMatrix.xlsx. Carry out the transition matrix to 331-360+ days in 30 day arrears increments. Any arrear balances above 360 days should be summarized into the 331-360+ category. Find the average transition matrix across the three monthly transitions. Please use KES equivalent balance amounts for all transition matrix calculations. Give a short business Interpretation of the average transition behavior at SME Bank. Compare your findings with some of the transition matrix examples discussed in the Unit 4.1 text. What might explain the transition patterns seen here? 3. Bonus Question (20%): Take the average monthly transition through the matrix exponential calculation up to 12 months. In the matrix exponential find the conditional probabilities of balances reaching 6 or more months in arrears after 12 months depending on their initial levels of arrears. Calculate IAS 39 compliant empirical provisions for the entire portfolio as of October 2016, using the transition matrix exponential results, with a default definition of having reached 6 or more months in arrears after 12 months. Also take into account the empirical LGD levels at this institution that have been separately estimated as: LGD=60% for KES loans and LGD=45% for USD loans. SME Bank is known in the market for its effective legal collections and requiring relatively strong collateral from SME borrowers, particularly for USD loans.

Question 27: Health Care

Instruction

Topic: Ascending and descending venography PowerPoint Presentation (25 slides) including images.

Precise, no plagiarism, references required (word cited APA format)

Question 2: General Question

Liberty University PSYC 221 quiz 1

Question 3: General Question

Ashford MGT 330 Week 4 Assignment Team Management Activity and Reflection

Question 4: General Question

NURS 4100 Week 4 Quiz / NURS4100 Week 4 Quiz (2019): Quality and Safety through Evidence Based Practice- Walden University (Already graded A)

Question 5: General Question

WRTG 101 APA quiz 100 percent.docx

Question 6: General Question

Address the following in your role as marketing manager:

Define the Five-Step Marketing Research Approach and discuss the importance of research in marketing.
Describe each step of the Marketing Research Approach (one slide for each step) in detail including its goal, and create an example aligned to the scenario above to illustrate how that stage would be implemented toward the problem’s solution.
Define the two types of research data this process gathers and their pros and cons. Share examples of each type that would be useful in solving the scenario.
Compare and contrast the Five-Step Process with two alternative methods for conducting marketing research. What are the pros and cons of each?
Define what it means to differentiate a service and provide an example to illustrate how the local nonprofit charity in the scenario can use the strategy to help increase target market interest.
Explain how differentiation will help position the organization.

Question 7: General Question

NURS-6531N-8, Adv. Practice Care of Adults.2019 Summer

Question 8: General Question

NR 509 Week 6 Quiz Answers 2019:Chamberlain College Of Nursing

Question 9: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

What is the purpose of a Training Needs Analysis (TNA)? Is it always necessary? Remember, a needs analysis determines the need for training intervention.

Question 10: Business

Assignment Content

Imagine you are the HR manager of a healthcare organization with 250 employees. You have been asked, as the HR manager, to determine the skills required for the new IT system that will be implemented in the purchasing department. The new system will impact all non-supervisory employees. Implementation of the new system has an aggressive timeline and the needs analysis will require effective techniques to uncover skill gaps and provide training as needed. In addition to the time constraint, there have also been performance issues in the purchasing department related to relationships with pharmaceutical organizations. So organizational leadership would like for you to assess whether or not current employees can be trained to effectively utilize the new IT system and improve external relationships, and whether or not new positions need to be added to support the IT system implementation.

Create a report that details training and recruitment processes at the organization.

Write a 1,050- to 1,400-word report that includes the following components:

Summary of your suggested needs analysis process
Recommendations for how to address organizational constraints related to time and performance
Linkages between performance, training, recruitment and needs assessment
Options for the needs analysis
Recommend the best option for the needs analysis, including your rationale for selecting this option
Your recommendations for training and recruitment

Cite any outside sources according to APA formatting guidelines.

Question 11: Other

Risk is a combination of: The probability that an event will occur, and the probability that a terrorist will be able to successfully plan an attack?A. TRUE
B. FALSE
2. When conducting a building assessment which of the following should be a member of the multi-functional team? A. engineer/ architect
B. Security
C. Emergency Manager
D. subject matter experts
E. All of the above
3. The initial step of a risk assessment is to: A. Collect site data from interactive GIS maps.
B. Interview staff to determine if there are alternates assigned to key functions.
C. Define and understand a building’s core functions and processes, and identify building infrastructure.
D. Evaluate the security master plan.
4. Mitigation measures can be conducted by which of the following means? A. Regulatory measures
B. Rehabilitation of facilities
C. Protective and control structures
D. all of the above
5. When designating or designing a Continuity of Operations (COOP) facility,which hazards should be considered? A. Man-made
B. Natural
C. terrorist
D. All of the above
6. The concept of Design basis Threat (DBT) is essential to building protection because? A. DBT establishes the threat tactics that architects and engineers use in designing mitigations for a new structure or renovation.
B. DBT provides the mitigations necessary to ensure that standoff is kept to a minimum.
C. DBT provides a means to identify and characterize all threat groups operating in the local area that could impact the buildings occupancy.
D. DBT establishes the minimum criteria necessary for the proper selection of window thickness and fragment retention films.
7. Assembling a GIS Portfolio can help in performing a Vulnerability Assessment on a continuity facility? A. TRUE
B. FALSE
8. The best way to lower peak incident pressure and the reflective wave is? A. reflective wave does not matter
B. peak incident pressure does not cause damage
C. increase distance of detonation
D. Decrease distance of detonation
9. Resilience is the ability of an organization or asset to _________________ its critical functionality in a short period of time after the impact of an adverse event. A. Back-up data for
B. gracefully shut-down computer functions of
C. Contract or transfer the responsibility of
D. Maintain or recover quickly
10. Continuity programs are a required and critical component of Government and critical infrastructure operations, and during emergencies and disasters, ensure that the Government at all levels can continue to operate and provide essential functions and services. A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Which biological agents are contagiousA. Small pox
B. Ricin
C. Salmonella
D. Anthrax
12. Which item is an example of a threat and/or hazard that could potentially impact a building or site? A. Bombing
B. Armed Attack
C. Kidnapping
D. All of the above
13. CBR detectors can not be successfully integrated into the buildings security operations center and building automation systems. A. TRUE
B. FALSE
14. The consequences are defined as the degree of ________________ that is caused by the loss of an asset. A. customer dissatisfaction
B. debilitating impact
C. productivity interruption
D. economic disruption
15. The four main categories of consequences are? A. Loss of life, loss of communications, loss of revenue, loss of client base
B. Human impacts, economic impacts, public confidence impacts, and impacts on government ability
C. Impacts of government ability, damage to company name, distribution of product lines, loss of life
D. Human impacts, economic impacts, Public confidence and Re-election impacts
16. Lacerations occur the furthest distance from an explosive event as a result of? A. blast loading effects of the 2/3’s conflaguration.
B. Projectile debris from progressive collapse
C. high- velocity glass fragments.
D. Sub-standard structural components.
17. Personal protective equipment is only effective against specific agents if: A. The PPE is worn correctly when needed
B. The purchased equipment is one size fits all
C. The HVAC system is turned off and the building is sealed
D. The PPE is stored in warm dry office space
18. When estimating the direct consequences of an attack you should consider, the target, the effect of the weapon, physical and environmental conditions and ________________ ? A. potential losses
B. cascading effects
C. how many people work in the building
D. estimated damage
19. The most commonly selected terrorist targets, worldwide, are? A. Commercial facilities
B. Law enforcement facilities
C. Government facilities
D. Military bases
20. What preparations are needed in order to safely shelter in place? A. Supplies to seal the room, HEPA filter, food and water, windows and a well practiced plan
B. Supplies to seal room, HVAC shutoff, carbon dioxide absorbers, food and water, communications, and a well practiced plan
C. Permanently sealed room, direct phone line, 1 gallon of water per person per day, good ventilation
D. Lan ports for laptops, printer paper, office supplies, food and water, Duct tape and plastic, plants

Question 12: Chemistry

Calculate the mass of KHP which will result in an endpoint of 25 mL when titrated against 0.093 M NaOH

Question 13: Other

Contemplate whether prices should reflect the value the customers are willing to pay or whether they should be based upon the cost of the product or service to the company. Bring in a product or service example to support and provide clarity on your position.

Unit VI Case Study

Case studies are an important learning strategy in business classes as they provide an opportunity for you to critically analyze events that have taken place in real-life businesses. This develops your critical thinking and research skills as you research the competition and industry in which your business resides with an end goal of formulating a recommendation for the challenges faced by the company.

Select one of the three case studies listed below, which can be found in your textbook. Evaluate the case of your choice, and respond to each of the questions below using both theory and practical managerial thinking as well as supporting research.

Option 1: Southwest Airlines (pp. 490–491)

What is the product and service model of Southwest? Who is their primary target market, and how is Southwest positioned with this group?
What is the pricing strategy of Southwest compared to other airlines? Is this a differentiating factor?
What risks does Southwest Airlines face both from a macro and micro environmental standpoint?
Can Southwest continue to thrive as a low-cost airline when tough economic times hit or as other airlines mimic its business model?

Option 2: Amazon.com (pp. 522–523)

With respect to the distribution, why has Amazon succeeded when so many other companies have failed?
From a theoretical standpoint, what is Amazon’s pricing model? Why is this so effective? How does this compare to their competitors?
Discuss how Amazon has used differentiation and positioning as two key components in maintaining a competitive advantage.
Thinking about the changes in the macro and micro environment, what is next for Amazon? Where else can it grow?

Option 3: Best Buy (pp. 554–555)

What were the keys to Best Buy’s success? How have they differentiated themselves?
What pricing model has Best Buy adopted?
What are the challenges it faces in today’s retail environment from both a micro and macro environmental standpoint?
How else can Best Buy compete against retail competitors like Walmart and Costco as well as online competitors like Amazon.com?

In formatting your case analysis, do not use the question-and-answer format; instead, use an essay format with subheadings. Your APA-formatted case study should be a minimum of 500 words in length (not counting the title and reference pages). You are required to use a minimum of three peer-reviewed, academic sources that are no more than 5 years old (one may be your textbook). All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased material must have accompanying in-text citations.

Question 14: English

Night by Elie Wiesel

n his encounter with the dentist, Elie looses one of his gold teeth. Why does Elie relent and finally give up the tooth?

Question 15: Accounting

A business manager estimates that when p dollars are charged for every unit of a product, the sales will be x=380−20p units. At this level of production, the average cost is modeled by A(x)=5+x50
(a.) Find the total revenue and total cost functions, and express the profit as a function of x. (b.) What price should the manufacturer charge to maximize profit? What is the maximum profit?

Question 16: Statistics

A sample of 10 mothers wants to know if they sleep less than the population in terms of the number of hours they sleep. Their average number of hours they sleep is 6.8. We know that the average hours of sleep in the population is 8 with a standard deviation of 3.

Conduct a z test to see if the sample of mothers differs from the population.

(Be sure to complete all four steps of a hypothesis test.) α=.05

Question 17: Statistics

Find the probability of getting a total of twelve when five balanced dice are rolled. Show all work.

Question 18: Chemistry

dissolving calcium iodate in water is exothermic or endothermic?

Question 19: Economics

Suppose you are using risk-benefit analysis to evaluate a policy aimed at limiting the use of a pesticide applied to grain crops. Describe the risks and benefits that would have to be estimated to conduct this analysis properly.”

Question 20: Business

Term Project

you will choose an organization (a public or privatefirm, a non-profit or an educational institution EXCEPT OZYEGIN), visit the organization at least TWO times andcollect data on information systems by interviewing the managers and employees of IS/IT departments. Data collection should capture the information system architecture of the organization, the information systems used and their usage, the value add of information systems, IT function and its governance, future IS projects. Furthermore,
you are expected to make observations, identify IS-related problems and offer your solutions. The organization can be of any industry; however, I don’t suggest the IT industry, it might be confusing or overwhelming for you. The firm should be of appropriate size that it has its own IT function; therefore, micro / entrepreneurial firms do not fit. The firm should NOT be too big, in bigger firms you won’t be able to interview the CIO / IT manager. If the firm has multiple businesses, make sure that you choose one and concentrate on it.

Summary:

Step 1: Identify your organization, prepare a report about it, explain the business, why is it an interesting context, whom you plan to contact etc. We will evaluate the appropriateness of your choice together, you may not proceed in the project without my approval. You may change the firm later; however, you need to re-prepare the report and re-submit.

Requirements

Your report should be min 400 words. Shorter essays will NOT be accepted.

Your report should be submitted as a Word document (.doc or .docx). Other formats will NOT be accepted (including PDF).

The file name should contain the last names of all team members and the assignment number e.g. Yilmaz_Yucel_Guzel_Sezgin_ProjectReport1.docx. Please make sure that you insert the names and Student ID of ALL team members.

E-mail or hard copy submissions are NOT accepted.

Do not forget to run the spelling – grammar check as that will affect your grade.

Failure to submit the report will result in 5 points deduction from your project grade.

Question 21: Psychology

Can you give me 2 different short responses for this discussion question below? No more than 175 words.

You have learned so much in this class about research methodology in psychology and other behavioral sciences!

What is the most interesting, useful or surprising thing you learned this term?

Question 22: English

Essay- 38 murders who saw murder and didn’t call the police…

https://www2.southeastern.edu/Academics/Faculty/scraig/gansberg.html

Write an essay pretend to be one of the people and why didn’t you call the police

Question 23: Physics

A 20N block is being pushed across a horizontal table by an 18N force. If the coefficient of kinetic friction between the block and the table is 0.4, find the acceleration of the block.

A 0.5m/s²

B 1m/s²

C 5m/s²

D 7.5m/s²

Question 24: History

Please type, double-space your answers to the following questions. These answers must be in MLA format.

List and describe early Pacific Northwest history from Native Americans in the pre-contact era to the end of the Progressive Era (about 1920). Include information about early Native American history and culture, early white exploration of the area, fur trade and early immigration into area, the Oregon Trail, Railroad expansion into the area and its multiple effects and the struggle for labor rights.

You need to consider major historical events, important people studied, factors related to culture, economics, and the impact on the environment.

These topics will be discussed in class on Monday. Bring any questions you may have to our class.

Question 25: Computer Science

When creating an algorithm, there are many different ways to accomplish the same task. Describe what you might look for in selecting the correct algorithm for your place of business.

Question 26: Law

School Shooters School shootings have unfortunately become a common occurrence in today’s society. Students of all ages are affected, from those in elementary school to those at the college level. Suppose that a school shooting had occurred in your community and that the shooter was still at-large. Identify and list important criteria that could be used to create a criminal profile. Then, locate a minimum of two (2) articles that discuss real-life school shooting suspects. Test and analyze your criteria. What other factors could you add to your profile? Discuss your results. Your paper should be no more than two (2) pages and should include an APA citation for the article analyzed

Question 27: Law

What’s Fair? This week, you will read “The Case for Procedural Justice: Fairness as a Crime Prevention Tool.” This article discusses strategies that law enforcement officers can use to implement the procedural justice theory in their community. Using that information, design a brochure that could be used to train new officers. Consider the type of information police would need to know about this view as well as effective strategies. It may be helpful to provide scripted examples of conversations that officers would have with citizens. Your brochure should be no more than two (2) pages and should utilize APA format.

Question 28: General Question

Research 5 companies/organizations’ websites on how they recruit individuals into their companies/organizations. Rate them from highest to lowest and explain why you rated them that way, emphasizing their strengths and weaknesses. Requirements: 500 minimum/ 750 maximum with Biblical integration woven into the entire document.

Question 29: Health Care

Prompt: Write a paper about the benefits of being a first mover, the response of a second mover, and the response/characteristics of a late mover. Include a discussion of customer loyalty and earning above average returns. Also discuss the effect of competitor response to returns earned. Requirements: 500 words minimum; APA format: a minimum of three peer reviewed references Book used: Hitt, H. A., Hoskisson, R. E., & Ireland, R. D. (2017). Strategic management: Concepts and cases: competitiveness and globalization (12th ed.). Boston, MA: Cengage. ISBN: 9781305502147

Question 30: English

write three paragraphs about an article called “BEGINNING YOUR JOURNEY” so basically write what you liked in it!

Question 5: General Question

Wichita State University – NURS 345Chapter 1

Question 6: English

Assignment: “Proposal Critique”

In this assignment you will be rewriting and critiquing the proposal provided HERE (Please see attachment). There are at least six improvements to be made in the document. Your job is to identify the six improvements and then, using track changes, rewrite or fix the error. Also, using the comments tool, give a brief explanation to why it is wrong and why you fixed it the way you did. Note: If your word processing program does not have track changes, you will need to insert comments in brackets using red font at the improvement location.

In your document, you should:
Identify at least six proposal weaknesses using track changes.
Include a critique paragraph of at least 150 words at the end of the document.
Discuss improvements for each of the weaknesses in your critique.
Ensure both the comments and critique are concise and error-free

A Proposal

To:

From:
Date:
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!
Problem and Solution
Mason Office Center is a lovely Georgian building containing four offices. However, the interior is not attractive or inviting for clients/customers and employees. The off-white walls throughout the complex seem dull and boring, adjectives the tenants do not want associated with their businesses. In addition, the air in the building is musty and unpleasant at times.
Green Thumb Planting can provide and maintain a beautiful plantscape in the building that will attract visitors and employees as well as purify the air and introduce more oxygen. Research shows that people respond positively to interiors with at least two plants per room. These changes can be made in an unobtrusive, cost-effective manner.
Objectives of Proposed Plan
Installing plantings in Mason Office Center will give visitors and employees a more appealing and cleaner environment, producing positive feelings and greater productivity.
Background
I have been in the interior plant maintenance business for 32 years and have owned and operated Green Thumb Planting for the last seven years. All associates with Green Thumb Planting take pride in their work, and Green Thumb is happy to provide references.
Methods
Within two weeks of your signing a contract, our design team will interview you and produce a plan showing installation, including the number and types of plants, color and design of containers, and placement. The team will adjust the plan according to your preference.

Furthermore, Green Thumb is concerned about the environment and thus uses only organic methods. No harmful chemicals are used in its plantscapes.
Based on Green Thumb’s design formula, the building could use 31 large and 14 medium-sized low-light plants. Green Thumb’s service agreement provides plants and pots, weekly maintenance, and monthly replacement of weak plants.

Scheduling
When a plan is agreed upon, Green Thumb will schedule installation within one week. Installation can be accomplished during the evening hours to avoid interrupting your tenants’ business activities. All soil and materials will be brought into the building in specially designed trolleys to prevent spillage and damage to floors. I anticipate being able to complete the job in two nights. Once the plantscape is installed, Green Thumb Planting staff will visit Mason Office Center once a week to maintain the plants.
Capabilities and Qualifications of Personnel
I have a BS degree in landscape design and 32 years of experience in the business. In addition, all personnel have undergone thorough background and criminal checks and are bonded. Your satisfaction with Green Thumb’s plantings and employees are guaranteed.
Budget
The installation cost is $923.40, and the monthly maintenance fee is $75.00 per month. You will incur no other charges to have an inviting, attractive, clean green environment in Mason Office Building.

Installation costs include the following:

31 large 6 braided ficus trees at $25 each $150.00
6 chamaedorea palms at $20 120.00
10 herb topiaries at $20 200.00
9 Chinese evergreens at $25 225.00
14 medium
5 moth orchids at $15 $ 75.00
9 angel ivy at $15 135.00
SUBTOTAL $905.00
Tax 8% 72.40
TOTAL $977.40

Conclusion
For an effortless, inexpensive, attractive, clean environment at Mason Office Center, accept Green Thumb’s proposal. Please send a memorandum of acceptance to Green Thumb Planting, 101 Sienna Way, Ayden, NC 28513-7101.

Signature Assignment: Public Stewardship Paper

Write a 700- to 1,050-word paper outlining the critical need for public stewardship in budgeting.
Detail the needs and methods for training public officials and staff members for ethical public budget preparation and maintenance strategies.
Include the following:
Detail the need and importance of public stewardship in budgeting
Ethical requirements for leaders to consider for proper public stewardship
Consequences of unethical or poor public stewardship
Consider utilizing a recent current events article for reference to a recent incident of unethical public stewardship of budgetary monies.
Include at least two academic sources in your paper, including one from the University Library.

Question 8: Business

Pick a local business or your own if current and gather your research to develop a Marketing Plan. Use the outline from chapter 2, exhibit 2.5. Try to interview the owner or a manager if you can. Try to solve a problem or answer a marketing question for the business. Use observation or questionnaire to make suggestions as to how the business should develop a Marketing Plan. Write the Marketing Plan for the business. You can pick any type of business, product or service.

Write a Marketing Plan for the business.
Refer to Chapter Two, “Strategic Planning for Competitive Advantage”. Exhibit 2.5, Elements of a Marketing Plan.
Develop your plan as you read the chapters and doing each step in your plan after reading it and completing your plan at Lesson15. Your plan should address each of these elements including writing a Mission Statement for the business. Conducting a SWOT analysis. You need three Objectives for the business. Develop a Target Market based on your research and develop all elements of the Marketing Mix addressing all four P’s. Use any other industry research you can find to help you develop and support your plans findings. End your plan adding your Implementation steps, the Evaluations you will use, and the Controls for the business.
Your paper should be a minimum of 3 pages and no more than 10.
Do not use a National Brand

Develop a Marketing Plan for a Local Business
1. Pick a local business or your own if current and gather your research to develop a Marketing Plan. Use the outline from chapter 2, exhibit 2.5. Try to interview the owner or a manager if you can. Try to solve a problem or answer a marketing question for the business. Use observation or questionnaire to make suggestions as to how the business should develop a Marketing Plan. Write the Marketing Plan for the business. You can pick any type of business, product or service.
2. Write a Marketing Plan for the business.
3. Refer to Chapter Two, “Strategic Planning for Competitive Advantage”. Exhibit 2.5, Elements of a Marketing Plan.
4. Develop your plan as you read the chapters and doing each step in your plan after reading it and completing your plan at Lesson15. Your plan should address each of these elements including writing a Mission Statement for the business. Conducting a SWOT analysis. You need three Objectives for the business. Develop a Target Market based on your research and develop all elements of the Marketing Mix addressing all four P’s. Use any other industry research you can find to help you develop and support your plans findings. End your plan adding your Implementation steps, the Evaluations you will use, and the Controls for the business.
5. Your paper should be a minimum of 3 pages and no more than 10.

Matching Definitions
one person consuming a good or service, will not stop another person from or consuming that same product.
the inability to bring about the allocation of resources that best satisfies the wants of a society
people can receive the benefit of a good or service without paying for it
the difference between the price a product will sell for and the price the seller would be willing to receive.
a person cannot be stopped from consuming or using a good or service
goods or services consumers can get without cost
effects of an activity affect a third party
consumers can be excluded from consuming these, but are felt should be made available.
non-payers can be excluded from consuming these
the difference between the price a buyer is willing to pay and the actual sale price.

Market failures
Non-excludability
Non-rivalry

Free rider problem
Quasi-public goods

Public goods
Private goods
Externality
Consumer surplus
Producer surplus

Training Program: Design a 12-week periodized training program for the client described in the Client Profile. Be very specific as you design the training program. This is an opportunity for you to demonstrate your full comprehension of the information and concepts discussed throughout the course. List the types of exercise, duration, sets, reps, rest intervals, and so on.
Include the following in your case study submission:
A description of your professional responsibilities as discussed in the stages of the drawing-in process (Unit 12)
Discussion of any fitness tests, methods of evaluation, and data collection used to assess and evaluate the clientÕs needs
Specific conditions that you have identified in the client profile
A detailed 12-week comprehensive and periodized training program including specific exercises, sets, repetitions, suggested rest times, etc. Use an integrated approach in your program recommendations.
Specific and detailed nutritional strategies and an explanation as to how the strategies will assist the client in meeting energy needs
Explanation for your chosen assessment, programming, and nutritional recommendations. (Be sure to reference course concepts when discussing rationale for your recommendations.
Keep in mind that a client should be able to take your program and put it into practice without having to contact you to clarify what you intended by your recommendations or to explain parts of your program.
Don’t forget your explanation for WHY you listed and recommended what you did. Reference the concepts and theories covered in the course. Be sure to address why the program and exercises recommended are appropriate for the specific client given the clientÕs history, current abilities, and intended goal(s). For example: if you are developing a program for a beginner client without any resistance training experience, explain how your program addresses the lack of experience, initial need for foundational development, process by which you would safely progress the client, etc. Tying your program to course concepts is a critical component of your case study.

Review the Client Profile below.
Client Profile: Diana Prince
Age: 37
Gender: Female
Resting Heart Rate: 75 bpm
Height: 5’5″
Weight: 165 lb
Body Fat Percentage: 31%
Background and Goals: Diana is a 37-year-old mother of two children. She used to exercise fairly consistently (mostly jogging and light aerobic activities) before having kids. Ever since she had her first child 9 years ago, she has not been very active. Diana has her 20-year high school reunion coming up in 3 months (12 weeks). She would like to look and feel her best and is eager and willing to spend the next 12 weeks doing what she can to change her body.

NSG6430 Midterm Exam / NSG 6430 Week 5 Midterm Exam (2019): South University (Already graded A)

Question 13: Health Care

NSG6435 Week 5 Assignment 4 Midterm Exam / NSG 6435 Week 5 Midterm Exam -Family Health – Pediatrics- South University

Question 14: Philosophy

Liberty University PHIL 201 quiz 2 / PHIL201 QUIZ2 / PHIL 201 QUIZ 2 (Already Graded 2019)

Question 15: Law

Instruction
Write a reflection of what you have learned about boundaries and dual relationships in counseling. 1 1/2 pages (no APA format))

Business Ethics Identify an ethical public policy that is currently present in society. Write an argument in support of the policy or against the policy using at least one of the three public policy models – market economy, social democracy, or neo-mercantile. Indicate which would be your option and why. What are the possible consequences of your decision?

Instruction
You must use the textbook as a reference as well as a minimum of one other reference. Be sure to include a reference page and internal citations. Check the course outline for formatting instructions. Your paper should be 1 ½ to 2 pages in length, double spaced, with Times New Roman 12 pt font and 1” margins. Your heading should be single spaced in the top right corner of your paper and consist of your name, assignment number (Assignment #1), and BMGT 4390. Be sure that you include a reference page and internal citation formatted in either APA or MLA format.

Question 17: Health Care

Topic: Health Care Systems Prompt: Define outpatient care. What are several key changes that have been instrumental in shifting the balance between inpatient and outpatient services? How do outpatient services support the continuity of care in the delivery of health services? Why is it important for hospital administrators to regard outpatient care as a key component of their overall business strategy?

Instruction
1. Ensure that you meet the minimum word count which is 800 word count. 2. Include two references in addition to the text book and a Biblical reference. 3. Add Biblical integration section to Essay , which includes the verse and how it it applies. 4. Use spell check 5. Always submit assignments in essay format, double spaced using APA. 6. List questions then the answers. 7. The posts must contain original information. I hope this helps!!

Graduate School Scholarly Book Review (Criminal Justice)

Scholarly Book Review – The final component of this course is for you to read and review one of the following books: 1.) Pacifying the Homeland: Intelligence Fusion and Mass Supervision; or 2.) Solitary: The Inside Story of Supermax Isolation and How We Can Abolish It. University of California Press. ISBN: 9780520292239. For this assignment, you must cite at least five peer-reviewed articles, not books, in your review. Your scholarly book review must be between 2,250 to 2,700 words. For this assignment, you need to do more than merely provide a synopsis of the book. Rather, provide a scholarly analysis of the book and explain what, if anything, it contributes to our understanding of the criminal justice system. Students who do a particularly good job with this assignment will be encouraged to submit their work to a scholarly journal. Scholarly publications are often very helpful in gaining admittance to Ph.D. programs. Doing this assignment might also provide you with an opportunity down the road to demonstrate to your supervisors at work that you have an ability to synthesize information into an interesting, evocative report. Also, scholarly book reviews enhance one’s visibility as a burgeoning scholar, and make a contribution to the field of criminal justice, and provide invaluable opportunities for personal growth. The instructor will provide everyone with an example of a scholarly book at the beginning of the course. Several Lamar University graduate students have published book review essays they have written in my courses in academic journals. All scholarly book reviews will be submitted either by the student or the instructor to Safe for originality in order to ensure that there is not any forms of plagiarism, either deliberate or accidental. It must be evident that all papers are original works. If a Safe report reveals any evidence of plagiarism, the paper will not be graded and will be assigned a “zero.” Students should visit with the instructor before the assignment is due if they have any questions about this. Also, if a student fails to cite at least five peer-reviewed journal articles and include these in the references at the end of the book review, it will incur an automatic penalty of twenty points. Please, note the instructor will not, under any circumstances, receive late book reviews, regardless of the reason. in mind, this is an assignment that students are encouraged to work on throughout the semester Please follow the writing rubric in Appendix 1 to understand how you are required to write the paper.

Question 19: Business

Portfolio 2 Questions
PART 1 : Questions from your text book (eBook chapters 3, 4 & 5)

Chapter 3, 4 & 5: ( Answer using lecture slides and eBook)

Q1: Identify a major ethical dilemma in each of the last five decades.
Q2: Identify a key development in business ethics in each of the last five decades.

Reflection tip: Which decade did you connect with the most and why? How does the ethical dilemma of that decade impact you in the present?

PART 2 : Lecture Pods/Videos

Q1: View the video lecture pods (Purpose of Professional Bodies) and make a note of the main points you learned about professional bodies. After viewing the first lecture pod, visit the site of a Professional Body you might be interested in joining as a graduate, and find the answers to the following questions:
How do I become a member?
What must I do to maintain membership?
Do they have a code of conduct and what is required?
Do they have a code of ethics?

Hint: This question is important in helping you prepare for certain parts of Assessment 1 (Executive summary)
Q2:

Access APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants and make sure you understand the five fundamental principles. For each of the five principles, think of a scenario which may potentially create threats to compliance with the principle.
Reflection tip: Which objectivity out of the five is the most important to you (even if you are not in the accounting profession, these objectivities are important in other disciplines too)
Q3: View Supplementary videos – Please summarise one to two key points on the following
Are there penalties for breaching the codes? three videos:
SABC Digital News | Accounting and Auditing professional bodies to help fight corruption
Association for Project Management | Professional Bodies, what role do they play in building and maintaining world class competence?
Niobe Elliott | Professional Bodies ICT

Reflection tip: How have you started to think about ethical issues facing your career after watching the videos? what issues may relate to your chosen career and how can we address them?

Q4: Videos from CNN and ABC News on Ethics –
How to buy ethical chocolate video
Should chocolate makers like Cadbury and Nestle be held accountable for the actions of their suppliers? Is it their responsibility to ensure that their suppliers produce cocoa without using child labour of child slave labour?
If you were Nestle’s CEO, what would you do? Buy the more expensive FairTrade cocoa, or continue to but the less expensive, less ethical cocoa?

Fire Kills Over 100 Factory Workers in Bangladesh video
How can companies like Tommy Hilfiger and Wal-Mart emphasize to their employees the importance of choosing suppliers that behave ethically? Discuss how an organisation’s culture can help dictate employee behaviour.

Reflection tip: How have you started to think about ethical issues facing your career after watching the videos? what issues may relate to your chosen career and how can we address them?

PART 3 : Reading 2: 2017 Graduate Outcome Survey National Report, Jan 2017

Please refer to Table 3 (Undergraduate Employment Outcomes by study area), 2016 and 2017 (%) and provide some comments relating to your profession.
Please refer to Table 8 (Undergraduate Employment by Occupation and study area), 2017 (%) and provide some comments relating to your profession.
Refer to Table 2.6 Skills formation and utilisation – comment on Table 9 (Importance of Qualification for undergraduates’ Current Employment), 2017 (%) and provide some comments relating to your profession.
Refer to Table 28 (Undergraduate median full-time salaries by study area), 2016 and 2017 and provide comments on salary related to your profession.

Reflection tip: What are your thoughts about your chosen profession after reading this article and exploring the statistics? How is this information going to impact you in the workforce?

PART 4 : Vietnam Economic News (8-14 Sep)

Please read Vietnam Economic News from the above dates and provide a summary (any one article and one paragraph) on any article that relates to your profession, career/employment or ethical issues. Vietnam Economic News is available from web site http://ven.vn/

Reflection tip: What is the VEN reading about and how does the information presented impact your thinking? How does your article relate to this week’s topic? what are the positive aspects and how would you apply that in the future? and/or what are the negative aspects and how would you avoid them?

Portfolio Reflection Guidelines:
Provide a 100 to 150 words of reflection on your learning from the homework questions. You may reflect on the question(s) you particularly engaged with and your work experiences. Please use the following as guidelines.

Reflection GUIDELINES must be used Possible questions you could use to meet these guidelines
Evaluate Significance What is the relative value of the overall learning experience from the resources and portfolio questions for this week?
Reconstruct the experience What are the most salient points of what you experienced when learning from the resources for this week?
Analysis: Why did it happen that way? What interpretations, explanations help you to make sense of the learning experience?
Distil: What lessons can be learnt? What positive aspects from learning resources are worth using in the future?
Apply: Prepare for future situations What will you change as a result of learning experience from this week? What preparation do you need now to respond to situations in the future?
(Cottrell 2015: 236-237).

Internal Analysis

Instruction
ow that you understand the concept of a competitor analysis, you must now be able to communicate your organization’s strategy to all employees. The CEO for your organization has announced that the organization must put more of a focus on consumer-driven health care, and an urgent care clinic division will be added as an answer to the recent uptick in retail health clinics in your area. For this assignment, develop a 4-6-page action plan, not including title page and reference page, that will facilitate communication of the strategy. Your action plan should include, but is not limited to, the following: Goals or objectives that detail how the new urgent care clinic division will contribute to the set strategy (e.g., tie this in with the organizational statements you constructed) What will be required to meet the goals and objectives Who is responsible for each goal and objective What resources will be required to achieve goals and objectives How results will be measured and evaluated At least 1 page of your report should be dedicated to explaining the process for communicating the plan across the organization.

Question 21: General

Assessment @ a glance
Task Use the Data Science Road Map, your Excel & Descriptive Statistics skills to analyse two data sets to solve a problem
Learning outcomes Present and describe information effectively
Suggest ways to improve decision making processes
Value 15%
Submission Learnline Submit Here
Week 7 (see Learnline for details)
Volume & Documentation Two documents are required:
An Excel workbook showing data analysis and a data dashboard
A 2- 4-page report in Word summarising outcomes and decisions (see required template in task details)
Group or Individual Individual
Criteria See separate document

Overview
This assignment will enable you to practice your data analytics skills learned to date. You need to implement the Data Science Road Map and respond to the scenario on page 2.

SCENARIO
You are Aya Baxter and you are working as a data analyst in a tertiary institution. Your manager has been asked by a Senior staff member responsible for student engagement to analyse a data set of an ‘at risk’ first year university class (often with a high failure rate) to understand the demographics and the potential for all students to successfully complete the unit. The institution is looking to implement some student support strategies but first need to understand the student cohort in some detail.
To: Aya Baxter
From: Monica Dave
Subject: Student Engagement project
Dear Aya,
The Pro Vice Chancellor (PVC) Student Engagement is gathering data regarding some of the problematic subjects we teach in first year across the institution. She is particularly interested in a data set from a first year Statistics unit which has had some very high fail rates in the past.
Could you please review the data sets extracted from the student system and the Learning Management system and provide some advice including a brief report to help with planning intervention strategies to ensure that students can be successful.
You will need to include a range of descriptive statistics and data visualisations (in the form of a data dashboard) so that the PVC and colleagues will be able to quickly understand the situation when in their next meeting which is scheduled for Week 8 of this semester.
It would be great if you could get this work to me no later than Friday, Week7
I look forward to your response
Monica Dave
Preparation
In order to prepare a reply to the email, you will need to examine and analyse the datasets thoroughly. There are two separate excel files that will need to be reviewed.
Remember the process to use and the importance of the first step: Identifying the problem. The data will be messy, you need to clean the data and decide what will be best for your analysis. After cleaning the data, you will need to do some explorations about what its telling you. Consider the variables against which data is being recorded and the various relationships between variables that may be of help. A consideration of the ethical aspects of this request should also be included.
Demonstrate your use of a pivot table to manipulate the data as part of your analysis. Use the pivot table to create an Interactive data dashboard that includes at least 3 charts from which decision making is possible.

Presentation
The structure for the report is as follows:
Title page
Problem: outline the problem you are trying to solve based on the scenario outlined below and the data sets you receive.
Data Wrangling: outline the steps you took to clean the data initially and the processes you used to understand what was in the data set you received. Include screen captures etc to show the process used.
Features extracted: based on your problem, what features did you choose to work with and why?
Ethical considerations: use the factors from the Business Ethics Canvas to write about the ethical aspects you considered
Modelling & Analysis: what visualisation and statistical processes did you employ to find answers to the problem you identified. Why did you choose these?
Present Results: this should include a data dashboard created in EXCEL and contain both visual, numerical and textual data. Data in your report should refer to data in the spreadsheet
References (where appropriate)

Criteria
Data Analysis Skills (Use of the Data Science Road Map process to structure the analysis; discuss the ethics😉
Demonstration of Statistical Thinking skills (ability to use the language, concepts and processes of statistics to address the problem presented)

Demonstration of EXCEL SKILLS (pivot tables, data dashboards, functions)
Communication skills – ability to write a coherent report
Innovation/Originality – for going above and beyond!

Instruction
Read, summarize and give your opinion on the attached paper.

A Research Agenda Acknowledging the Persistence of Passwords∗
Cormac Herley
Microsoft Research, Redmond, USA
Abstract
Despite countless attempts and near-universal desire to replace them, passwords are more widely used and firmly entrenched than ever. Our exploration of this leads us to argue that no silver bullet will meet all requirements, and not only will passwords be with us for some time, but in many instances they are the solution which best fits the scenario of use. Among broad authentication re- search directions to follow, we first suggest better means to concretely identify actual requirements (surprisingly overlooked to date) and weight their relative importance in target scenarios; this will support approaches aiming to identify best-fit mechanisms in light of requirements. Second, for scenarios where indeed passwords appear to be the best-fit solution, we suggest designing better means to support passwords themselves. We highlight the need for more systematic research, and how the pre- mature conclusion that passwords are dead has lead to the neglect of important research questions.
1 Introduction
“Well, in our country,” said Alice, still panting a little, “you’d generally get to somewhere else if you run very fast for a long time, as we’ve been doing.” “A slow sort of country!” said the Queen. “Now, here, you see, it takes all the running you can do, to keep in the same place. If you want to get somewhere else, you must run at least twice as fast as that!”
– Lewis Carroll, Through the Looking-Glass
One view of password research is that little progress has been made in the past 20 years. Despite countless attempts to dislodge them, passwords are more widely
∗Version: August 25, 2011. Copyright IEEE. Author’s version for personal use. Not to be offered for sale or otherwise re-printed, re- published or re-used without permission. A version of this paper will appear in IEEE Security&Privacy Magazine in early 2012.
Paul C. van Oorschot
Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada
used and firmly entrenched than ever. The list of new technologies, research efforts and industry initiatives that have tried to supplant them is impressive in effort, and disappointing in outcome. We consider the possible rea- sons in an attempt to learn from this failure. We find that despite almost universal agreement on the desirability of finding something to replace passwords, much confusion has resulted from a failure to specify both the actual re- quirements needed of a replacement, and a relative rank- ing of such requirements. If a solution which satisfies all needs cannot be found, then “best fit” approaches should be explored. The premature conclusion that passwords are dead has generated some perverse effects. We argue that it is time to admit that passwords will be with us for some time, and moreover, that in many instances they are the best-fit among currently known solutions.
We suggest two broad research directions. First, we suggest research that identifies scenarios where pass- words are indeed the best fit and encourages means to better support them; this could have tremendous positive impact given the scale of password deployment. Second, we suggest research systematically prioritizing compet- ing requirements (as rarely can all requirements be met), and using this in comparing alternatives.
We assert the need to better understand the loss situ- ation (what the actual losses related to password com- promises are, and what attack vectors they result from); our current data poor state means perception drives de- cisions more than evidence. Password research has been far from systematic. For example, we still ask many of the same questions asked 15 or 20 years ago and the liter- ature is void of agreement on many issues for which con- sensus should be possible. We attribute this to a lack of a well-organized research agenda, and a lack of systemat- ically documented knowledge. Our goal is to promote a research agenda that both better supports passwords, and allows progress forward.
2 The Resilience of Passwords
Neither users nor security experts would mourn the pass- ing of passwords. For users the main issue is usability. Major complaints are triggered by mandatory password changes (e.g., every 90 days) and complex policies. Frus- tration increases greatly with the number of password that a user must manage. For example, larger portfolios of passwords increase forgetting and login errors.
The security shortcomings of passwords are many and well-known. They are static in the short term and thus replayable upon capture. Early attacks focussed on their vulnerability to guessing and brute-forcing. More recently phishing and keystroke logging have allowed password harvesting on an industrial scale [8]. There are also economic problems. Agent-supported password resets are expensive. The alternative, self-service au- tomated password resets, often rely on much weaker secondary authentication systems, such as “secret ques- tions” [9] (e.g., facilitating compromise of Sarah Palin’s email account).

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!
Nonetheless, passwords have shown incredible per- sistence. More than seven years after Bill Gates de- clared (2004) “the password is dead”, not only have we failed to get rid of them, but they continue to multi- ply as an almost universal means of Internet authenti- cation, protecting hundreds of millions of accounts on some large sites. Two decades of stories on how urgent and imperative it is to replace them has had little impact: stronger alternatives and two-factor schemes are rele- gated to the fringes. Sites that offer a choice of authen- tication mechanisms (e.g., Paypal, Blizzard World-of- Warcraft) find negligible user uptake of password alter- natives. End-user authentication technologies involving biometrics and tokens (see O’Gorman [11]), client-side public-key-infrastructure (see Housley and Polk [7]), and graphical variations of passwords (see Biddle et al. [1]), have largely failed to gain mainstream deployment. New proposals “to replace passwords” are offered with reg- ularity but expectations of success are so low that they are sometimes labeled as Yet Another Authentication Scheme (YAAS). Progress on federated identity systems has been glacial. A crowded and active offering space in 2004 is noticeably quieter in 2011. There is little ev- idence of user adoption of OpenID [12]. After a 1.0 re- lease by the Eclipse Higgins Project in February 2008 there have been no major updates. Sxip Identity stopped supporting its Sxipper product in April 2011, and Mi- crosoft announced in early 2011 that there would be no future versions of its federated client Cardspace.
There are many reasons for these failures. Approaches that require client hardware (e.g., fingerprints, smart- cards) face an obvious chicken-and-egg barrier. Phys- ical tokens are expensive and few users aspire to carry
the dozens that would be required to replace all of their passwords. Single-signon schemes offer a single point of failure. Password managers often have poor support for roaming and inadequately studied usability [3]. The extra security of proposed alternatives to passwords may not always justify the cost. Organizations may prefer the devil-they-know in the form of current levels of fraud to an unknown devil of support costs for more com- plex technologies. Revocation is more complicated for stronger authentication. Self-service password resets that many rely upon are no longer simple if hardware tokens are involved. Usability is an issue for many stronger schemes (e.g., longer login times). The enthusiasm that users show for getting rid of passwords has not trans- lated into support for alternatives. Non-technical issues are possibly to blame. Mis-aligned incentives can cause desirable solutions to fail. Overall, the reasons for these failures are as many and diverse as the failures them- selves.
Not only have proposed alternatives failed, but we have learnt little from the failures. Is federated identity a bad approach, or have the timing and incentives just been wrong? Do the many failed single-signon initia- tives teach that the whole idea is wrong, or merely that execution has been flawed? Might password managers see wider adoption if roaming were better supported? In spite of considerable research, execution and deployment effort, very little has been ruled in or out; those who seek to replace passwords in 2012 ask many of the same ques- tions asked in 1995. Single sign-on was an active topic of debate in the early 1990’s and remains so today. No progress results from continuing to revisit the same ques- tions without decision. There have been improvements, secure cookies, HTTPonly (which prevents cookie steal- ing) and tracking the history IP addresses, for example. However these have largely been behind-the-scenes and have not affected the user experience. While many things have changed beyond recognition, passwords have ad- vanced little since the days when a 500 MByte disk cost $600, thousands lined up overnight to buy copies of Win- dows 95, and the 1.5 MegaPixel Kodak DCS 420 digital camera retailed for $14,000.
Passwords, though unloved, deserve some words of praise. They have brought us this far: they are the means by which two billion Internet users access email, bank- ing, social networking and other services. They are es- sentially free from the service provider viewpoint, and are readily understood by users. They allow instanta- neous account setup. Revocation is as simple as chang- ing the password. Those who forget their passwords can be emailed either reset links or the passwords themselves (this practice, though insecure, is common for low-value sites). All of this is automated and instantaneous. They allow access to one’s accounts from anywhere in the
2
world assuming nothing more than a simple browser. So- phisticated users can protect themselves from many of the threats. Deploying a functioning password system is relatively simple (although deployment errors are com- mon [2]). Arguably, the Internet could not have grown to its current size and influence without them. Some non- profit sites, such as Wikipedia and Craigslist, have tens of millions of users. Facebook grew from nothing to just shy of one million users before taking any funding. Ev- ery startup wishes to emulate that growth story, and in many cases the only acceptable marginal cost per user is $0. While growing from one to a million users, authen- tication often must be free; in growing from one to 500 million users there is seldom a good time to mandate a new (more costly) user authentication system. Passwords have an impressive record of accomplishment.
3 Confusion Reigns: Goals, Costs, Benefits
Among security experts there is near-unanimous agree- ment on the desirability of “replacing passwords.” Yet, this meta-goal is accepted without an understanding of what exactly is required of a replacement, and what will improve once they have been replaced. There is consid- erable confusion as to the costs and benefits of replacing passwords. This makes it essentially impossible to effec- tively evaluate and compare proposals.
Poor security is obviously the main concern of secu- rity experts. However, since even strong authentication technologies are vulnerable to certain attacks (e.g., ses- sion hijacking involving client-end malware), more de- tail on exactly what is required of a replacement is es- sential. The U.S. government’s 2011 NSTIC initiative— “National Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace” [10]—summarizes things concisely: “passwords are in- convenient and insecure.” This would suggest that the implicit goal is: “more security, more usability (at rea- sonable cost).” While there is little to disagree with here, this does not point to a way forward. There must be min- imum security and usability goals to be met; incremen- tal improvement in either is probably not worth the cost of disruption. A solution that answers all security con- cerns, provides unequivocally greater usability and dis- rupts nothing seems unattainable: it is likely impossible to find a silver bullet achieving all goals simultaneously. That many attempts have sought this suggests an over- constrained problem. In the absence of a silver bullet the messy work of trade-offs cannot be escaped.
3.1 Confusion on properties needed
What properties do we actually need? Which weak- nesses are unacceptable in a replacement and which can we live with? What are the usability requirements, given
that active web-users must authenticate to dozens of sites? Previous attempts to replace passwords demon- strate confusion as to which threats to address.
As one example, the problem of malware-infected clients has been with us for some time and contin- ues. Yet, many recent proposals, including OpenID and Cardspace and most password managers offer no protec- tion against malware-infected clients. There is confu- sion about whether, in a particular deployment environ- ment, the guessing attacks of concern are online or off- line. Relatively weak passwords may suffice if relevant attacks must be online, allowing other mitigation; much greater strength is required if off-line attacks apply.
Passwords have been with us since the earliest days of computing. The rules, policies and “best practices” that govern their use have grown over time. The policy requirements of many organizations are enforced sim- ply for compliance with security audits or industry best practices. The reasons for some requirements are poorly understood, or long forgotten; in some cases the threats underlying a policy item are no longer applicable, or it is unclear whether the policy accomplishes the design goal. Password expiration, as discussed in Section 5, is an example where there is a high usability cost, yet the best evidence suggests the security objective is not being achieved [15].
The resources currently protected by passwords are as diverse as the Internet itself, ranging from bank and brokerage accounts with significant assets to throwaway email accounts. Clearly, not all accounts in all environ- ments have the same security needs. The objectives of different password-requesting web-sites vary immensely, and are not always centered on security. Passwords might be required to limit liability (if personal informa- tion is compromised), for legal reasons (some laws apply if a door is closed but not if open), to get an email address as username for contact information, or to convey or in- crease the feeling of value in a site. Not all users have the same needs—for celebrities, politicians and people in the public eye, even email and Twitter accounts may re- quire better protection than others need for banking. Not all passwords are equal. The consequences of compro- mise are at least as diverse as what they protect. Health records, employee accounts and banking are at one end of the spectrum; compromise here can be extremely se- rious. Merchant and retailer accounts come next; there might be an opportunity for mischief or vandalism but the damage is likely more limited. Email and social net- working sites present the opportunity for inconvenience and reputation loss. Passwords that allow access to site content, airport WiFi networks etc., rank lowest, protect- ing the site more than the user.
There is confusion as to whether we seek one solu- tion or many. We assert that it is naive to expect that a
3 Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!
single approach will supplant passwords in every nook and cranny into which they have forced themselves; sev- eral or many technologies are necessary, which itself has advantages over a single solution. We noted earlier the problem is over-constrained in goals. The general confu- sion suggests a problem also insufficiently specified.
3.2 Inability to quantify harm
The insecurity of passwords certainly causes harm. Yet, how much harm exactly is caused by password compro- mises is a subject of speculation. Most organizations reveal nothing of their losses unless compelled. While there is no shortage of estimates, most lack a description of methodology, and many are produced by or for se- curity vendors whose prime motivation is not necessarily accuracy. In the last two years, estimates of “cyber-crime losses” ranged over three orders of magnitude, from $560 million (P. Peterson, Cisco) to $1 trillion (E. Amoroso, AT&T); the inconsistency inspires little confidence in any of these numbers. How bad are things actually— how much harm does the average user suffer? Accurately predicting the benefit of replacing passwords requires ac- curately quantifying harm.
Harm is sometimes suffered by the user, sometimes by the site. Historically, a compromised user account might pose a serious threat to the network itself. Today, a compromised Hotmail account is inconvenient for the user, and might be used to send spam, but poses little threat of direct loss to the site or other users (although indirect damage from compromised accounts may re- sult from their use to spread malware or “stuck in Lon- don” scams). Worst- and average-case harm can differ in severity by orders of magnitude. Gaining possession of an email password might in some circumstances allow an attacker to access a bank account. However the average case is far less serious. Some harms are reversible and some not. Consumers are generally made whole for di- rect costs upon loss of money [5]. Loss of privacy from leaked health records cannot be repaired. Confusing the picture further, indirect harm can be many times greater than direct. Money is the most obvious loss, but time, frustration and reputation are also at stake. As with many forms of crime, online thieves may cause damage out of proportion to the money they make.
Password compromise does not always lead to harm. In fact, we have little idea how often one leads to the other [6]. Survey after survey finds that users ignore most security precautions, yet it seems implausible that two billion people would use the Internet if a majority suffered serious harm each year. The leak of 32 million RockYou user credentials [13] has not been linked to any visible surge in fraud (albeit, proving such direct links convincingly can be difficult). The reasons for this ap-
parent lack of visible harm are poorly understood. Evacuating funds from high value accounts is non- trivial. There is evidence that many more accounts are compromised every year than can be evacuated and that money mules, not passwords, are the bottle-neck re- source in the cyber-crime pipeline [5]. Privilege esca- lation (from low to high value accounts) may be harder than it appears. Stealing passwords and monetizing stolen passwords are distinct events. It is quite possi- ble that current systems are failing at preventing the first event, but succeeding at preventing the second. When are passwords not the last line of defence, but simply one hurdle in a complex fraud prevention apparatus? Aca- demic researchers typically have no data on this. Back- end fraud detection at banks may catch more attempted fraud than researchers imagine. The research literature, largely assuming that passwords are the last line of de- fense, generally lacks discussion of back-end protec- tion. What fraction of password compromises lead to attempted fraud, and what fraction of attempted fraud
succeeds, are simply matters of speculation.
Finally, since riddance is not an end in itself, what im- proves if we get rid of passwords? The goal, presum- ably, is to reduce actual and potential harm (or improve usability without reducing security). Inability to quan- tify harm precludes quantifying the expected improve- ment from alternatives. It is common to cite impressively large fraud estimates when making the case against pass- words. However, establishing how much reduction we might expect of a replacement is rarely attempted. For example the NSTIC document [10] asserts that ID theft cost $37 billion in 2010, but is silent on how much, if any, of this can be laid at the door of passwords. This matters, as displacing passwords will be costly, and no replace- ment will be free of vulnerabilities itself. It would be disappointing to incur all the cost only to find fraud lev- els unchanged (e.g., if session-hijacking were to replace keystroke logging). It would be counter-productive to mandate strong authentication for all email accounts, if passwords are not a major source of loss. Again, without
quantification of the harms we proceed blindly.
3.3 Confusion on cost of ousting passwords
If replacing passwords were an easy proposition, it is likely that one of the many attempts would have suc- ceeded by now. That progress has eluded us suggests that the costs will be large. There will also be benefits, of course. Do the benefits exceed the costs? Answering this is complicated by the number of stake-holders and their diversity of interests. No one actor owns the whole problem. Users, web service providers, browser vendors, software companies, government agencies and law en- forcement all have some involvement or stake. The ben-
4
efit of any proposal may exceed the cost for one party, but not for others. No one party can impose a solution, but several may veto solutions; e.g., users resist innovations where usability is poor.
Organizational difficulties and the alignment of incen- tives plays a large role. OpenID provides a lesson in in- centives: while many sites offer to be identifying parties, few accept the risk of disintermediation of becoming re- lying parties [12]. Economics may play as large a role as technology in deciding outcomes. The sunk costs that many organizations have in passwords pose a large bar- rier to change. Not only is there no first-mover advan- tage, in moving to any new authentication system, there is often real advantage in being last. Given the cost, con- fusion, training and customer support calls that introduc- ing a novel system brings it can be better to let others go first and learn from their experience. The risk of user defection may be unacceptable for web service providers competing vigorously for traffic. Underestimating these factors can lead us to believe that proposals have far bet- ter cost/benefit tradeoff than is actually the case. The many failed attempts to replace passwords offer a cau- tionary lesson: asserting that promised (un-quantified) reduction in harm outweighs the business risks has been tried many times. It has a long history of failure, and this will probably continue.
While the research community is unable to quantify harm, individual companies presumably have estimates of their losses from ongoing threats. Their actions cur- rently reveal a preference for password-related losses as opposed to the uncertainty of alternatives. To assume that they’re wrong is to assume that the research community understands the business trade-offs better than businesses themselves do.
Finally, in segments where the costs of replacement are greater than the benefits, improving usability may be the main driving force, with passwords persisting until a more usable alternative is found. Segments where ben- efits of replacement can be shown to clearly dominate costs are good candidates for more complex solutions— however, the “clear showing” is not so easy.

G150/PHA1500 Module 06 Final Exam. Graded A
G150/PHA1500 Module 06 Final Exam. Graded A

Question 2: General Question

USHIST101 Exam 2 (Latest)
USHIST101 Exam 2 (Latest)
USHIST101 Exam 2 (Latest)

USHIST101 Exam 1 (Latest)
USHIST101 Exam 1 (Latest)
USHIST101 Exam 1 (Latest)

Question 4: General Question

Nurs6521 Week 11 Quiz Latest
Nurs6521 Week 11 Quiz Latest
Nurs6521 Week 11 Quiz Latest

NRS410 Week 1 Assess your Knowledge of Foundational Concepts Latest
NRS410 Week 1 Assess your Knowledge of Foundational Concepts Latest
NRS410 Week 1 Assess your Knowledge of Foundational Concepts Latest

Question 6: General Question

NR 602 Dermatology Questions and Answers (Latest) 87 Questions
NR 602 Dermatology Questions and Answers (Latest) 87 Questions
NR 602 Dermatology Questions and Answers (Latest) 87 Questions

NR 509 Week 4 Quiz (Latest)
NR 509 Week 4 Quiz (Latest)
NR 509 Week 4 Quiz (Latest)

Question 8: General Question

MN576 Unit 10 Final Exam Latest
MN576 Unit 10 Final Exam Latest
MN576 Unit 10 Final Exam Latest

MCB2289l Week 11 Final Exam Latest
MCB2289l Week 11 Final Exam Latest
MCB2289l Week 11 Final Exam Latest

Question 10: General Question

BUSI 430 EXAM 4 Latest
BUSI 430 EXAM 4 Latest
BUSI 430 EXAM 4 Latest

Question 11: History

HIEU 201 Lecture quiz 4: Liberty University (Already graded A )
HIEU 201 Lecture quiz 4: Liberty University (Already graded A )

ASSESSMENT 2 – Essay
Written Assessment: You are required to write a formal academic essay. The essay will require an introduction, body, conclusion and reference list. All in-text citations must have a corresponding entry in the reference list. You are required to use APA (6’h ed.) for formatting your essay, citing evidence in your essay and constructing your reference list.
Due date: 17/9/2019 By 5pm AEST
Weighting: 30%
Length and/or format: 1,500 +/- 10%
Purpose: The aim of this essay is to enable students to demonstrate an understanding of and ability to apply the Transtheoretical Model of Change (Stages of Change Model) within an evidence-based framework. In addition to this, students will identify components of Motivational Interviewing which could be utilised to assist with enabling a patient to change their health behaviours.
Learning outcomes assessed: This assessment task assesses L01, L02, L03, LO4
How to submit: Students will submit their assessment to LEO via Turnitin. You should submit your final draft to Turnitin well in advance of the due date (ideally, several days before) to ensure that you get your Turnitin originality report and have time to work on any issues identified by Turnitin.
Return of assignment: The assignment will be returned via Turnitin on LEO with a grade and feedback summary.
Task
Harry is a 58-year-old male who has been admitted to the surgical ward on which you are working for a hip replacement. You have been allocated to care for him for the next 4 days. He weighs 165kg and is due to have a hip replacement tomorrow. He states -I’ve been overweight for years and that’s just how I am. I love food and I am a chef, so I am around food all day long. My doctor says my weight is impacting on my health-.
Using the Transtheoretical Model of Change and Motivational Interviewing techniques, describe how you could support Harry through the Stages of Change cycle to maintenance.
Utilize evidenced based literature to support your discussion. For the purposes of this paper, while seminal work (early literature) may be referenced, current literature is a requirement.

Choose a patient-care situation in which the RN should intervene and advocate for the patient. An example of such a situation might be when a patient has not been given complete informed consent.

Include the following in your paper:
Describe the clinical situation concisely and descriptively. It can be an actual situation or a hypothetical one.
Apply the Bioethical Decision Making Model to the specific clinical ethical situation that you choose. Address each section of the model in your paper.
Conclude with a discussion of nursing advocacy in the clinical setting and the nurse’s role as a patient advocate.
Your paper should be 4-5 pages.
You must reference and cite 1-2 scholarly sources other than your text. Include a title page and a reference page to cite your text and adhere to APA formatting.
Review the rubric for further information on how your assignment will be graded.
Due: Sunday, 11:59 p.m. (Pacific time)
Attached it is the Bioethical Decision Making Model

From the list below, choose a subject you would like to research. This will be the topic of your thread:
·         Long-term customer loyalty and relationships
·         Global marketing
·         The importance of marketing research
·         Defending the practice of social media marketing

Threads:
·         Title your thread according to your topic. Have a title page, and attach a Microsoft Word document with your thread, in addition to the normal discussion board.
·         In at least 600 words, discuss your topic by addressing the following items:
o    Explain the concept of the marketing management topic selected for your paper (Your textbook is a good source for this item).
o    Examine at least 1 practical application/example for your topic.
o    Formulate a question about your topic that your classmates will respond to.
o    Have a separate heading for each of these 3 sections.

Replies:
·         You must respond to at least 2 of your classmates’ threads with a reply of at least 250 words. Your replies must do the following:
·         Answer the question posed in the thread.
·         Respond to the practical example in the thread by sharing a practical example that differs from the one in the thread.
·         Reference at least 1 scholarly source for each reply.
Note about Responses: Seek to understand your classmates’ threads (including the marketing management theory, the facts presented in their posts, their points of view, and their real-world examples). Aim to communicate your own understanding of relevant facts, your values, and your perspective of the topic.

Refer to Chern’s Case Study in the appendix of Strategic Staffing.

Write at least three realistic process and outcome goals in a total of 525 words for staffing the position of sales associate positions at Chern’s.

Relate how the process goals you have set align with the business goals and explain why this is important in 175 words

Question 16: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Describe the performance management process in your current organization( Tjx Companies Inc). What’s good about it? bad? How can it be improved?

Matching
one person consuming a good or service, will not stop another person from or consuming that same product.
the inability to bring about the allocation of resources that best satisfies the wants of a society
people can receive the benefit of a good or service without paying for it
the difference between the price a product will sell for and the price the seller would be willing to receive.
a person cannot be stopped from consuming or using a good or service
goods or services consumers can get without cost
effects of an activity affect a third party
consumers can be excluded from consuming these, but are felt should be made available.
non-payers can be excluded from consuming these
the difference between the price a buyer is willing to pay and the actual sale price.

Market failures
Non-excludability
Non-rivalry

Free rider problem
Quasi-public goods

Public goods
Private goods
Externality
Consumer surplus
Producer surplus

Training Program: Design a 12-week periodized training program for the client described in the Client Profile. Be very specific as you design the training program. This is an opportunity for you to demonstrate your full comprehension of the information and concepts discussed throughout the course. List the types of exercise, duration, sets, reps, rest intervals, and so on.
Include the following in your case study submission:
A description of your professional responsibilities as discussed in the stages of the drawing-in process (Unit 12)
Discussion of any fitness tests, methods of evaluation, and data collection used to assess and evaluate the clientÕs needs
Specific conditions that you have identified in the client profile
A detailed 12-week comprehensive and periodized training program including specific exercises, sets, repetitions, suggested rest times, etc. Use an integrated approach in your program recommendations.
Specific and detailed nutritional strategies and an explanation as to how the strategies will assist the client in meeting energy needs
Explanation for your chosen assessment, programming, and nutritional recommendations. (Be sure to reference course concepts when discussing rationale for your recommendations.
Keep in mind that a client should be able to take your program and put it into practice without having to contact you to clarify what you intended by your recommendations or to explain parts of your program.
Don’t forget your explanation for WHY you listed and recommended what you did. Reference the concepts and theories covered in the course. Be sure to address why the program and exercises recommended are appropriate for the specific client given the client Õs history, current abilities, and intended goal(s). For example: if you are developing a program for a beginner client without any resistance training experience, explain how your program addresses the lack of experience, initial need for foundational development, process by which you would safely progress the client, etc. Tying your program to course concepts is a critical component of your case study.

Write up to 500 words per essay. One of the consequences of the “flattening of the world” is that many U.S. manufacturing jobs have
moved to lower-wage countries like China. Yet according to Davidson (“Making it in America”), many of the automotive parts made by
Standard Motor Products are unlikely to move to China any time soon. Why? To what extent is the pattern of international production
described by Davidson consistent with Vernon’s Product-Life Cycle theory?

Question 20: Education

HIUS 420 PowerPoint Presentation Instructions
PowerPoint Presentation Instructions
For the duration of this course, you will submit 2 PowerPoint presentations. You will be evaluated on the following points:
·         Content of presentation.
·         Organization of presentation.
·         Appearance of presentation.
See the PowerPoint Presentation Grading Rubric for a full description of each point.
For this assignment, you will choose a topic from the PowerPoint Presentations Topics document. If you choose a topic that is not listed in the document, you must seek approval from the instructor. You will then develop a PowerPoint presentation with 10–12 slides. You must not exceed the assigned amount of slides. It is important for you to be concise and clear on the slides, and present relevant and organized information in the notes.
Each of the PowerPoint Presentations has 2 components:
A.    Select a topic from the PowerPoint Submission Topics document, and develop your PowerPoint Submission.
a.       You may use materials from the class, scholarly resources, and Internet sources; however, you must be careful to ensure that the source material is providing correct information.
b.      Unless an image is copyrighted, you may use images from the Internet.
c.       Use an attractive and effective background in your PowerPoint presentation.
d.      The last slide of the presentation must be a bibliography. This will include all resources utilized. You must apply current Turabian formatting.
e.       Do not include links to videos (e.g. YouTube), or to other websites.
B.     Submit presentation notes that further develop each slide.
a.       250–300 words for each slide’s notes.
b.      This submission may be in an extended outline format.
c.       You must include your notes in the “Notes” section of each PowerPoint slide.
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Savannah University NURSING NS 6005 QUIZ Bank Latest (2019) Graded A
Savannah University NURSING NS 6005 QUIZ Bank Latest (2019) Graded A

Question 22: Health Care

MN502 Unit 7 / MN 502 Unit 7 / MN502 Unit7
Sustainability Focused Business Model of Practice
MN 502- Theoretical Foundations of Advanced Nursing

Question 23: Health Care

MN502 Unit 3 / MN 502 Unit 3 / MN502 Unit3 | A+ work
MN502: Theoretical Foundations of Advanced Nursing
Stewart Leadership…

Question 24: Health Care

MN502: Theoretical Foundations of Advanced Nursing
Running head: PERSONAL PHILOSOPHY OF ADVANCED NURSING PRACTICE
Personal Philosophy of the APN
MN502 Unit 3

MN502-4: Develop a philosophy that supports advanced nursing practice reflecting the values, beliefs, and cultural competencies relative to nursing practice, science, and theory.
Now that you have spent the last 8 weeks discussing theory development and exploring models and philosophies that guide advance practice nursing, it is time for you to put it all together. In this Assignment, you will create a presentation using any form of presentation software (e.g., PowerPoint®, Prezi™, Movenote™, Powtoons™, Slidedog™, and so on). Your presentation should bring together the theory that best fits your concept of advance practice nursing, the model that you will use to translate this into practice, and your final philosophy of advance practice nursing related to your role after graduation.
Please remember that your presentation should contain slides that have bullet points. The bullets should number no more than four to six per slide. The bullet point is not written as a complete sentence. It contains key words. You, as the presenter will explain in depth what each bullet point means in the audio portion of the presentation. Slides may contain graphics, but should be uncluttered. Background and font colors should be of sufficient contrast to make reading them easy on the eyes. Attention to colors should be paid so that a person who is colorblind can easily read the presentation.
Assignment Details
The presentation should consist of a series of slides that include:
Title Slide: A title slide that identifies the title of the presentation and name of the student.
Introduction Slide: An introduction slide that includes brief information about you and your program track. The slide should also explain to the audience the purpose of the presentation.
Model Slides: The third and fourth slides will address your chosen model. The bullet points should consist of the specific characteristics of the model. You will need at least one citation that identifies where the model came from. Your audio will expound upon the model and what the characteristics mean. The fourth slide should include why you chose the model and how you will apply it in practice.
Theory Slides: The next three slides will focus on your chosen theory. The first slide should present your theory and why you chose it. The next slide would present the key concepts of the theory and how it has been used to date in past research no older than 5 years ago. The third slide will discuss how you will use this theory in practice as an advance practice nurse upon graduation.
Philosophy Slide: The next area will consist of one slide that presents your philosophy of advance practice nursing in the post-graduate role you will assume. The philosophy statement will consist of one to three sentences that distill the essence of what you believe advance practice nursing is and your conception of nursing as a profession. It is written in the first person and present tense. It is a personal statement of your beliefs about the profession of nursing. This should present guiding statements for your future practice in the advanced practice role. An example of a philosophy statement might read this way:Advanced practice nursing takes the art and science of nursing to a level of “other” and “self” interacting together to reach a state of optimal wellness guided with compassion and love for the culture of the “other.”
Graphical Slide: The next-to-last slide will be a graphical representation of how the model, theory, and your philosophy fit together.
Conclusion Slide: The last slide will be a conclusion that brings together everything you have presented. It is not a summary that just reiterates what you presented. It is a judgment about what you presented and bring the audience home, ending the presentation on a positive note about the future.
You will need supporting citations for your theory and model slides, and possibly for your philosophy, as appropriate. You will include the citations where appropriate and your very last slide will be a reference slide.
The total slide count should not exceed 15 slides. This does not include the reference slide(s) or the title slide.
Organization, documentation, references formatting guidelines must follow APA 6th edition: To view the Grading Rubric for this Assignment, please visit the Grading Rubrics section of the Course Home.
Total points: 300
Assignment Requirements
Before finalizing your work, you should:
be sure to read the Assignment description carefully(as displayed above);
consult the Grading Rubric(under the Course Home) to make sure you have included everything necessary; and
utilize spelling and grammar check to minimize errors.
Your writing Assignment should:
follow the conventions of Standard American English(correct grammar, punctuation, etc.);
be well ordered,logical,and unified, as well as original and insightful;
display superior content, organization, style, and mechanics; and
use APA 6th Edition format.

PHIL201 QUIZ2 / PHIL 201 QUIZ 2
PHIL201 QUIZ2 / PHIL 201 QUIZ 2
Liberty University PHIL 201 quiz 2 / PHIL201 QUIZ2 / PHIL 201 QUIZ 2 (Already Graded 2019)

Question 27: Business

Refer to Chern’s Case Study in the appendix of Strategic Staffing.

Write at least three realistic process and outcome goals in a total of 525 words for staffing the position of sales associate positions at Chern’s.

Relate how the process goals you have set align with the business goals and explain why this is important in 175 words

Question 28: General Question

BUSI 430 EXAM 3 Latest
BUSI 430 EXAM 3 Latest
BUSI 430 EXAM 3 Latest

Question 29: General Question

FIU MAN 3025 Final Exam Latest
FIU MAN 3025 Final Exam Latest
FIU MAN 3025 Final Exam Latest

ETH 321 Week 3 Chapter 8 Quiz
ETH 321 Week 3 Chapter 8 Quiz
ETH 321 Week 3 Chapter 8 Quiz

FIN 571 Final Exam (New)
FIN 571 Final Exam (New)
FIN 571 Final Exam (New)

Magazine article summary: Select 1 article dealing with any sociological concept or issue. Summarize the main points of the article using your own words as well as including what interested you about the article and/ or what you learned. Additionally, you will need to identify the sociological concepts that are involved in the article you select, as well as give your thoughts on the implication these concepts are having, or will have on our society. The article may be selected only from: Newsweek, Time, National Geographic, or US News and World Report. This summary should be 2–3 pages long and must have a copy of the article attached to the summary or send the link. Sending the link does not count as proper APA documentation. MAKE sure to send the complete APA citation. Save the attachment as a Word or pdf file ONLY.

This inquiry assignment should be typed using black ink, 10 to 12 New Times Roman font, double-spaced, and with 1 inch margins. Additionally, papers are expected to be free of major grammatical errors as well as spelling errors.

Question 2: Sociology

1. Based on your reading, do you think it is ethical for sociologists to mislead research subjects or to NOT identify themselves as sociologists to their research participants?
2. What if identifying themselves would put sociologists in danger? What if it would put someone else in danger?
3. What if identifying themselves would destroy their ability to study a certain setting or group? Would this change your initial response? Why or why not?

Assume that you are the project manager for an upcoming new information systems project designed to replace your organization’s old inventory management system. The server and database will also be upgraded. Name one risk of project derailment or failure that you might anticipate? How might you mitigate this risk? Must be 200 words please cite and reference all work used.

Course Learning Outcomes for Unit VII
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
3. Evaluate the process of developing an information system for an organization.
3.1 Assess the core activities and methodologies involved in building information systems.
3.2 Explain how organizations can align information systems development projects with business
strategies and goals.
3.3 Analyze the role of project management in developing information systems.
Reading Assignment
Chapter 13: Building Information Systems Chapter 14: Managing Projects
Unit Lesson
Developing Information Systems
Why do we develop new systems? The answer to this question is pretty evident if you think about it. No organization will remain the same for too long if it wants to be effective, efficient, and competitive. The concept of organizational change goes hand in hand with implementing new systems—regardless of whether you purchase new systems or develop them in-house. There is a whole discipline of quality management based on organizational change, process improvement, and business process redesign that supports the use of technology to improve business processes. For many organizations, the concept of business process redesign is never-ending due to the continual need for evaluating current processes, designing new processes, implementing new processes, and seeking to optimize processes (Laudon & Laudon, 2016).
Let’s look at an office environment as an example. An office environment is not generally set up to be process efficient like an assembly line in an automobile assembly plant. However, people in office environments often get new information systems. Why is that? There are always ways of being more efficient in every type of workplace. There are always new ways to automate manual tasks—even just being able to access data faster is a plus. Most systems development comes from a desire to solve a problem. For example, how can we gather some specific data, manipulate it somehow, and output it into information that makes sense to us or that we can use to make good business decisions?
What is involved in the process of developing a new information system? There are some core activities involved in systems development. These activities or steps in the process might actually be common sense to some of us. Different theorists can break the systems development process into different steps, but for the purposes of this course, we will say that there are six basic activities.
Systems analysis – How do you know how to solve the problem unless you do some analysis first? What is the exact problem? What are the causes? What are the requirements? What are some potential solutions? Are these solutions feasible? Based on many factors including time, cost, benefits, and impacts, management will choose a solution.
Systems design – How do you get written user requirements into technical requirements? What are the system specifications? What is the functionality? What should the user involvement be? The systems design document should lay out the entire solution so that the developers can create the new system.
Programming – This is where a lot of the work happens because the developer has to take the technical document and create an operational system. In many cases, organizations will purchase
MBA 5401, Management Information Systems 1
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!
UNIT VII STUDY GUIDE
Managing Information Systems Development
software packages from a vendor. If the tasks are standard or customUizNabITlex, tShTeUnDpuYrcGhUaIsDinEg a
system may be a good option.
Testing – There are different forms of testing. The developer will test as they go, making sure there is
functionality in the system. Then, the developer or a quality assurance (QA) representative will perform unit testing on the applications or modules one at a time. The next step would be to test the whole system to make sure everything works in unison. There will also likely be some regression testing, which means the tester will make sure no other systems are harmed by what this new system is doing. The final step is to test with the user to make sure the system is functional.
Conversion – This involves the process of going live with the new system. There are many ways of doing this. Two popular ways involve a phased approach or direct cutover. Many times, organizations can even run systems in parallel until they are ready to turn off the old system.
Production and maintenance – This step involves a review process over a period of time to make sure that there are no bugs that need to be addressed.
So, how does one manage all of this? Just like any process, there are ways to manage the software development process to make sure that the rules are followed and that the process is as efficient as possible. Depending on the size of the project, managers may need some tools to help document and manage the process. First, it is important to note that there are different methodologies for developing systems. Structured methodologies are top-down, step-by-step methodologies that use data entities whereby progress flows from one logical step to the next. Object-oriented development methodologies are more iterative and incremental. They use objects that are data accompanied with information/instructions concerning that data.
To manage the software development process, most development shops use a software systems development life cycle (SDLC) program. The original SDLC was called the waterfall method and was characterized by having formal stages where one stage had to be completed before the next one began. That sounds a bit rigid, does it not? It works well for smaller, less complex software projects, but it does not work well for larger, more complex projects. Since the development of the waterfall SDLC, there have been many other approaches that have been developed. For example, prototyping is a popular method where parts of the system are created and presented to the user for use and approval. If the user does not approve, then adjustments can be made and presented again. This method can be used in conjunction with the waterfall method and adds an iterative element. More recently, several methods have been developed that are more versatile and iterative in nature. One of the more popular methods is called agile development, which focuses on the quick delivery of small subprojects, each treated as a full project. Agile is used in many software development shops.
Just as technology has adapted over time to answer the needs of organizations, so have the methods and processes been used to support technology advancement and information systems development.
How does project management fit into this? You might ask yourself if you have an SDLC, why do you need project management? Broadly speaking, a project is a set of activities that work together to achieve some business objective. That business objective might be to build a new warehouse or it might be to build a new system. Either way, the project has to be managed. Nowadays, most complex systems go outside the boundaries of just software development. There may be hardware, network, server, database, and security considerations. You may even have prominent involvement from the business side of the organization. For the actual software development portion of the project, you can use an SDLC methodology to manage that process and project management to manage the overall project.
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!
There are some higher-level considerations for organizations and project management as well.
How can you align your systems projects with business goals? The organization’s business strategy drives the selection of projects. Many organizations will have a steering committee or similar facsimile to drive this selection process.
How can organizations link their information systems projects to their business plan? An information systems plan will help make the link between specific technology and corporate goals. The plan will list the corporate goals and specify how the information technology will support the achievement of those goals through current systems and new development and acquisitions.
MBA 5401, Management Information Systems 2
Title
How can you assess a business value to the information systems that you areUdNeIvTelxopSiTngU?DTYhGeUvIaDluEe of a system is based on whether it provides enough returns to justify its cost. However, remember that there are
always tangible and intangible benefits when discussing value.
All of these are important considerations in the process of developing information systems for organizations.
Reference
Laudon, K. C., & Laudon, J. P. (2016). Management information systems: Managing the digital firm [VitalSource Bookshelf version] (14th ed.). Retrieved from https://bookshelf.vitalsource.com/#/books/9780133898309/
Suggested Reading
The following articles explore the factors of information system development project success which is relevant information to the subject in this unit. Our unit’s chapters cover both systems development and project management.
In order to access the resource below, you must first log into the myCSU Student Portal and access the Business Source Ultimate database within the CSU Online Library.
Haron, H., Gui, A., & Lenny, M. (2014). Factors influencing information technology project success: A case of university information system development division of Bina Nusantara University. International Journal Of Organizational Innovation, 755-765.
Learning Activities (Nongraded)
For this activity, you will create a 5-10 minute video presentation.
Imagine that you are the owner of your own software development company. You have been asked by the local school board to provide a video tutorial for career day at the local high school. Your video will explain the steps involved in the information systems development process.
To create a viewable video, you will need a device with video capabilities and an account set up with www.youtube.com.
Once you have set up your Youtube account, you will need to create your video. You can create your video using any laptop w/webcam, smartphone, or tablet with video capabilities. Once you have created your video, you will upload it to Youtube via the device’s own capabilities or the Youtube website.
As you view your newly uploaded video on Youtube via your computer, there will be a Share button directly underneath the viewing panel. When you click on the Share button, a new set of options will display including Facebook and Twitter links. Beneath those links is the web URL for your video. Copy and paste that link into a Word document with a brief summary description of your video.
As this is a nongraded activity, this work cannot be uploaded to Blackboard. If you would like your professor’s feedback on your work, send this document to them in an email with a note that you would like to receive feedback on your non-graded activity.
Title
MBA 5401, Management Information Systems 3
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Unit 7 Essay due 9/16/19 by 12 noon
Introduction:
The learning outcome for this unit involves the process of developing an information system (IS) for an organization. There are many factors involved in this process, including core activities and the methodologies for managing the process. Project management plays a part as well. Additionally, IS development does not happen in a silo; there is also the business side to consider as part of the process. All of these considerations are brought together and addressed in this assignment.
Assignment Instructions:
For this assignment, you will need to access the CSU Online Library to research two articles concerning information systems development and project management. Drawing on these two articles, your textbook, and other sources, write an essay that addresses the following:
Provide a well-formulated thesis statement in your introduction paragraph.
Explain how a business user could be involved in the core activities of building an information system.
Analyze how software development methodologies (such as agile development) can work in tandem with project management for the benefit of both information systems development projects and organizations.
Evaluate how project managers and/or IT managers can ensure that information system development projects are in alignment with business strategies and goals.
Summarize your findings in a five-page paper using proper APA formatting.
Your response must be at least five pages in length, not including the title and references pages, and in APA format. You are required to use the two outside articles. All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased and quoted material must have accompanying APA citations.

Question 4: Business

This paper is a personal paper (use I, my, he, she). You must write in first person not third person. Has to be 15 full pages! Write about Ethical issues as it relates to workplace code of conduct

MBA 5401, Management Information Systems 3
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Using a mass balance, obtain an analytic expression that can be used for determining the time required to consume a finite fuel

Question 6: Health Care

Evidence-Based Project
Is there a difference between “common practice” and “best practice”?
When you first went to work for your current organization, experienced colleagues may have shared with you details about processes and procedures. Perhaps you even attended an orientation session to brief you on these matters. As a “rookie,” you likely kept the nature of your questions to those with answers that would best help you perform your new role.
Over time and with experience, perhaps you recognized aspects of these processes and procedures that you wanted to question further. This is the realm of clinical inquiry.
Clinical inquiry is the practice of asking questions about clinical practice. To continuously improve patient care, all nurses should consistently use clinical inquiry to question why they are doing something the way they are doing it. Do they know why it is done this way, or is it just because we have always done it this way? Is it a common practice or a best practice?
In this Assignment, you will identify clinical areas of interest and inquiry and practice searching for research in support of maintaining or changing these practices. You will also analyze this research to compare research methodologies employed.
To Prepare:
Review the Resources and identify a clinical issue of interest that can form the basis of a clinical inquiry.
Based on the clinical issue of interest and using keywords related to the clinical issue of interest, search at least four different databases in the Walden Library to identify at least four relevant peer-reviewed articles related to your clinical issue of interest.
Review the results of your peer-reviewed research and reflect on the process of using an unfiltered database to search for peer-reviewed research.
Reflect on the types of research methodologies contained in the four relevant peer-reviewed articles you selected.
Part 1: An Introduction to Clinical Inquiry
Create a 4- to 5-slide PowerPoint presentation in which you do the following:
Identify and briefly describe your chosen clinical issue of interest.
Describe how you used keywords to search on your chosen clinical issue of interest.
Identify the four research databases that you used to conduct your search for the peer-reviewed articles you selected.
Provide APA citations of the four peer-reviewed articles you selected.
Part 2: Identifying Research Methodologies
After reading each of the four peer-reviewed articles you selected, use the Matrix Worksheet template to analyze the methodologies applied in each of the four peer-reviewed articles. Your analysis should include the following:
The full citation of each peer-reviewed article in APA format.
A brief (1-paragraph) statement explaining why you chose this peer-reviewed article and/or how it relates to your clinical issue of interest, including a brief explanation of the ethics of research related to your clinical issue of interest.
A brief (1-2 paragraph) description of the aims of the research of each peer-reviewed article.
A brief (1-2 paragraph) description of the research methodology used. Be sure to identify if the methodology used was qualitative, quantitative, or a mixed-methods approach. Be specific.
A brief (1- to 2-paragraph) description of the strengths of each of the research methodologies used, including reliability and validity of how the methodology was applied in each of the peer-reviewed articles you selected.
MBA 5401, Management Information Systems 3
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Part 1: An Introduction to Clinical Inquiry Create a 4- to 5-slide PowerPoint presentation in which you do the following: · Identify and briefly describe your chosen clinical issue of interest. · Describe how you used keywords to search on your chosen clinical issue of interest. · Identify the four research databases that you used to conduct your search for the peer-reviewed articles you selected. · Provide APA citations of the four-peer reviewed articles you selected.– Levels of Achievement:Excellent 36 (36%) – 40 (40%) The presentation clearly and accurately identifies and describes in detail the chosen clinical issue of interest. The presentation accurately and thoroughly describes in detail how keywords were used to search on the chosen clinical issue of interest. The presentation accurately and clearly identifies in detail four or more research databases that were used to conduct a search for selected peer-reviewed articles. The presentation accurately provides APA citations of four or more peer-reviewed articles selected. Good 32 (32%) – 35 (35%) The presentation accurately identifies and describes the chosen clinical issue of interest. The presentation accurately describes how keywords were used to search on the chosen clinical issue of interest. The presentation accurately identifies at least four research databases that were used to conduct a search for selected peer-reviewed articles. The presentation accurately provides APA citations of at least four peer-reviewed articles selected. Fair 28 (28%) – 31 (31%) The presentation inaccurately or vaguely identifies and describes the chosen clinical issue of interest. The presentation inaccurately or vaguely describes how keywords were used to search on the chosen clinical issue of interest. The presentation inaccurately or vaguely identifies at least four research databases that were used to conduct a search for selected peer-reviewed articles. The presentation inaccurately provides APA citations of the peer-reviewed articles selected. Poor 0 (0%) – 27 (27%) The presentation inaccurately and vaguely identifies and describes the chosen clinical issue of interest or is missing. The presentation inaccurately and vaguely describes how keywords were used to search on the chosen clinical issue of interest or is missing. The presentation inaccurately and vaguely identifies less than four research databases that were used to conduct a search for selected peer-reviewed articles or is missing. The presentation inaccurately provides APA citations of the peer-reviewed articles selected. Feedback: Part 2: Identifying Research Methodologies After reading each of the four peer-reviewed articles you selected, use the Matrix Worksheet template to analyze the methodologies applied in each of the four peer-reviewed articles. Your analysis should include the following: · The full citation of each peer-reviewed article in APA format. · A brief statement explaining why you chose this peer-reviewed article and/or how it relates to your clinical issue of interest, including a brief explanation of the ethics of research related to your clinical issue of interest. · A brief description of the aims of the research of each peer-reviewed article. · A brief description of the research methodology used. Be sure to identify if the methodology used was qualitative, quantitative, or a mixed-methods approach. Be specific.– Levels of Achievement:Excellent 45 (45%) – 50 (50%) The response accurately and clearly provides a full citation of each article in APA format. The responses accurately and thoroughly explain the selection of these articles and/or how they relate to a clinical issue of interest, including a detailed explanation of the ethics of research. The responses accurately and clearly describe the aims of the research. The responses accurately and clearly describe the research methodology used, and clearly identify the type of methodology used with specific and relevant examples. The responses accurately and clearly describe the strengths of each of the research methodologies used, including a detailed explanation of the reliability and validity of how the methodology was applied in each of the articles selected. The responses provide a complete, detailed, and specific synthesis of two outside resources related to the selection of articles and two or three course-specific resources. Good 40 (40%) – 44 (44%) The response accurately provides a citation of each peer-reviewed article in APA format. The responses accurately explain the selection of these peer-reviewed articles and/or how they relate to a clinical issue of interest, including an accurate explanation of ethics. The responses accurately describe the aims of the research of each peer-reviewed article. The responses accurately describe the research methodology used and type of methodology used with some examples. The responses accurately describe the strengths of each of the research methodologies used, including an explanation of the reliability and validity of how the methodology was applied in each of the peer-reviewed articles selected. The responses provide an accurate synthesis of at least one outside resource related to the selection of the peer-reviewed articles. The response integrates at least one outside resource and two or three course-specific resources. Fair 35 (35%) – 39 (39%) The response inaccurately or vaguely provides a citation of each peer-reviewed article in APA format. The responses inaccurately or vaguely explain the selection of these articles and/or how they relate to a clinical issue of interest, including the explanation of the ethics. The responses inaccurately or vaguely describe the aims of the research of each article. The responses inaccurately or vaguely describe the research methodology used and the type of methodology used, with only some examples. The responses inaccurately or vaguely describe the strengths of each of the research methodologies used, including the explanation of the reliability and validity of how the methodology was applied in each of the articles selected. The responses provided vaguely or inaccurately synthesize outside resources related to the selection of the articles. The response minimally integrates resources that may support the responses provided. Poor 0 (0%) – 34 (34%) The response inaccurately and vaguely provides a citation of each peer-reviewed article in APA format or is missing. The responses inaccurately and vaguely explain the selection of these articles and/or how they relate to a clinical issue, including the explanation of ethics of research, or they are missing. The responses inaccurately and vaguely describe the aims of the research, or they are missing. The responses inaccurately and vaguely describe the research methodology used, the type of methodology used with no examples present, or they are missing. The responses inaccurately and vaguely describe the strengths of each of the methodologies used, including the explanation of the reliability and validity of the methodology, or they are missing. The responses provide a vague and inaccurate synthesis of outside resources related to the selection of the articles and fail to integrate any resources to support the responses provided, or is missing. Feedback: Written Expression and Formatting—Paragraph Development and Organization: Paragraphs make clear points that support well-developed ideas, flow logically, and demonstrate continuity of ideas. Sentences are carefully focused—neither long and rambling nor short and lacking substance. A clear and comprehensive purpose statement and introduction is provided, which delineates all required criteria.– Levels of Achievement:Excellent 5 (5%) – 5 (5%) Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity. A clear and comprehensive purpose statement, introduction, and conclusion are provided, which delineates all required criteria. Good 4 (4%) – 4 (4%) Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 80% of the time. Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment are stated but are brief and not descriptive. Fair 3.5 (3.5%) – 3.5 (3.5%) Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 60–79% of the time. Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment is vague or off topic. Poor 0 (0%) – 3 (3%) Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity less than 60% of the time. No purpose statement, introduction, or conclusion is provided. Feedback: Written Expression and Formatting—English Writing Standards: Correct grammar, mechanics, and proper punctuation.– Levels of Achievement:Excellent 5 (5%) – 5 (5%) Uses correct grammar, spelling, and punctuation with no errors. Good 4 (4%) – 4 (4%) Contains a few (one or two) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Fair 3.5 (3.5%) – 3.5 (3.5%) Contains several (three or four) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Poor 0 (0%) – 3 (3%)
Required Readings
Melnyk, B. M., & Fineout-Overholt, E. (2018). Evidence-based practice in nursing & healthcare: A guide to best practice (4th ed.). Philadelphia, PA: Wolters Kluwer.

Chapter 2, “Asking Compelling Clinical Questions” (pp. 33–54)
Chapter 21, “Generating Evidence Through Quantitative and Qualitative Research” (pp. 607–653)
Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 26, 91–108. doi:10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x. Retrieved from https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x
Note: You will access this article from the Walden Library databases.
Hoare, Z., & Hoe, J. (2013). Understanding quantitative research: Part 2. Nursing Standard, 27(18), 48–55. doi:10.7748/ns2013.01.27.18.48.c9488. Retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/publication/239615585_Understanding_quantitative_research_part_2
Note: You will access this article from the Walden Library databases.
Hoe, J., & Hoare, Z. (2012). Understanding quantitative research: Part 1. Nursing Standard, 27(15), 52–57. doi:10.7748/ns2012.12.27.15.52.c9485. Retrieved from https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Juanita_Hoe/publication/235369193_Understanding_quantitative_research_part_1/links/…
Note: You will access this article from the Walden Library databases.

Walden University Library. (n.d.-a). Databases A-Z: Find the best library databases for your research. Retrieved September 19, 2018, from https://academicguides.waldenu.edu/az.php

Walden University Library. (n.d.-b). Keyword searching: Finding articles on your topic: Boolean terms. Retrieved September 19, 2018, from http://academicguides.waldenu.edu/library/keyword/boolean

Walden University Library. (n.d.-c). Keyword searching: Finding articles on your topic: Introduction to keyword searching. Retrieved September 19, 2018, from http://academicguides.waldenu.edu/library/keyword/searching-basics

Document: Matrix Worksheet Template (Word document)

Required Media

Centers for Research Quality. (2015a, August 13). Overview of qualitative research methods[Video file]. Retrieved from https://youtu.be/IsAUNs-IoSQ

Centers for Research Quality. (2015b, August 13). Overview of quantitative research methods[Video file]. Retrieved from https://youtu.be/cwU8as9ZNlA

Laureate Education (Producer). (2018). Review of research: Anatomy of a research study[Mutlimedia file]. Baltimore, MD: Author.

Schulich Library McGill. (2017, June 6). Types of reviews [Video file]. Retrieved from https://youtu.be/5Rv9z7Mp4kg

Assignment 1: Advanced Health Service Planning (92295) Spring 2019 Part 1: Understanding Models of Care (500-750 words)
1. Develop an understanding of ‘models of care’ by responding to the following short answer questions using reliable evidence to support your responses:
o What are models of care?
o Why are models of care important in health service planning?
o How specific are models of care in the health sector in terms of population groups,
settings, a health problem, workforce, type of care? Identify and describe an example of a published model of care for each of these domains and briefly explain the model used in each and their benefits for the health system and patients.
Part 2: Comparative Analysis of Models of Care (1750-2000 words)
Student allocation (see class list for your assessment number)
Comparative Analysis Models of Care for Older People
Comparative Analysis Models of Care Obstetrics (Expectant Mothers)
Comparative Analysis Models of Care for Rural Dwellers
Comparative Analysis Models of Care Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders
Comparative Analysis Models of Care for Children
Comparative Analysis Models of Care for Homeless People
Context
The large Health District covers a region of over 1 million people with two age groups predominating i.e. under 25 years and over 55 years. The region has a complex mix of outer regional, low density suburban development areas and highly urbanised areas spread across thirteen Local Government Areas. The population includes people from over 100 different culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds and a greater than average number of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples.
The health services currently provided across the District include population health programs and services; ambulatory, primary health care and community services; hospital inpatient and outpatient services, and allied, imaging and pathology services, among others. Facilities include six public hospitals and a range of outpatient and community health services, as well as over 50 private general medical practices. Other facilities located in the region include a growing number of private allied and surgical health care facilities and two Primary Health Networks. There is a high and growing number of private residential aged care facilities.
Identify the most appropriate model of care for the population you are assigned that currently does or could best support the following aspects:
Clinical co-management (medical, allied health, nursing, etc.)
Health care integration (across multiple facilities of the local health system)
Public healthcare cost reduction
Patient, family/caregiver needs and support
Timely care
Through a comparative analysis, provide reasoned arguments supported by reliable evidence and/or real-world examples for selecting the models i.e. identify the rationale behind your decision by comparing your selected model with other models of care available for your population. Contextualise information in your response in relation to the health district context given above. NB: Students must analyse primary papers, not review papers, as review papers do not provide the detail needed to adequately compare models).

A spacecraft is moving through empty space at 8 m/s-1 . A meteoroid travelling at 15m/s-1 comes from behind and at an angle of 45 degrees to the line of movement of the rocket , crashes into the rocket and becomes embedded in it. the rocket has a mass of 350kg and the meteorite mass is 20kg . calculate the velocity of the rocket.

Question 9: Business

you are working for a company that is considering investing in a foreign country. Investing in countries with different traditions is an important element of your company’s long-term strategic goals. As such, management has requested a report regarding the attractiveness of alternative countries based on the potential return of FDI. Accordingly, the ranking of the top 25 countries in term of FDI attractiveness is a crucial ingredient for your report. A colleague mentioned a potentially useful tool called he Foreign District Investment (FDI) Confidence Index. The FDI Confidence Index is a regular survey of global executives conducted be A.T. Kearney. Find this index and provide additional information regarding how the index is constructed.

Question 10: Statistics

A recent ACT administered to a local high school yielded the following results: Mean = 24.4 and Standard Deviation = 4.2. Which of the following is true? (5 points)
a. 65% of the students scored between 16 and 32.8
b. 95% of the students scored between 16 and 33.8
c. 65% of the students scored between 20.2 and 28.6
d. 95% of the students scored between 20.2 and 28.6

Question 11: Finance

Boots Ltd sells its goods with terms of 3/12 EOM, net 70. What is the implicit cost of the trade credit?

Question 12: Health Care

Instruction
What are some research designs that justify themselves in the field of nursing research? Choose one and explain why you chose it. Give an example of how this research design is used in your nursing discipline.

Instruction
The student will complete a theological essay that will address the relationship of human sinfulness to an aspect of the doctrine of salvation. Students will examine one of the biblical images of salvation (adoption, conversion, regeneration, redemption, reconciliation, justification, election, sanctification, or glorification) and define and describe the doctrine with its biblical, historical and theological contours as well as discuss how this image of salvation relates to and addresses the problem of sin. Finally, the student will apply the implications of this doctrine to the Christian life and for the student’s chosen vocation. The essay will be 750-1000 words and the formatting should be compatible with your current degree program.

Question 14: Mathematics

MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERS 1 (MATH 1063) CALCULUS 1 (MATH 1054
Problem Solving Exercise 1
PleaseconsulttheCourseOutlinefordetailsofhowtosubmityoursolutions,andpenal- ties for late submission.
Note: You need to submit your solutions via the online submission tool on the web site. If you have not done this before, try it out well in advance of the due date so that you have time to address any problems. Consult the University’s ITHelpDesk if you have problems with submission.
Put your name on every page of your submission. You may type your submission, or write it by hand.
If you photograph your solutions to make a digital file, and the image is difficult to read (poor focus, poor lighting), your mark will suffer a penalty. The marker may not be able to award many marks at all, if they cannot see what you have done. It is your responsibility to ensure that your work is legible, so look critically at what you are handing in before submitting it.
Your solutons should be complete, in that they should explain how you obtained the final answer or answers. A reader of your work should be able to understand the entire process of what you have done.

For example: Find lim x2 − 1. x→1 x−1
The correct answer is 2, but that by itself is not very helpful and would score low marks. It could have been a lucky guess!
A more worthy solution would be:
lim x2 − 1 = lim (x − 1)(x + 1) (factorise numerator)
x→1 x−1 x→1 x−1
= lim(x+1) (maycancelx−1̸=0sincex̸=1)
x→1 = 2.
Give your solutions plenty of space and keep them tidy. Don’t squeeze things in at the bottom of a page – start a new page. You want to make life easy for the reader of your work.
If you receive help in solving a question, you need to disclose this information. On the first page of the submission, please list all questions for which you received help, and who gave you the help. This is important in order to avoid plagiarism charges. Likewise, if you offered help to someone, you need to disclose that information. On the first page of the submission, please list all questions for which you offered help, and who benefited from your help. On the first page of your submission you also need to reference any sources you used other than our textbook, the tutorial exercises, and the lecture recordings for our course. This includes online sources.
1
1. From first principles, find the derivative of the function f (x) = 4×3 − x2 − 5. That is,
find
lim f(x + h) − f(x). h→0 h
2. Using the rules of differentiation (that is, not from first principles) find the derivatives of each of the following functions. If you use the product rule, quotient rule or chain rule, be sure to indicate where you have done that. Do not simplify your answers.
(a) f(x)=tanx2 +2x.
(b) f(x)=(x2 +1)(x3 −1).
(c) g(x) = x3 − 1. x2 + 1
sinx (d) h(x)= 1+cosx.
[10 marks]
3. Find the domain and range for each of the functions f, g, and h below, justifying your answers. Use radians for trigonometric functions.
(a) f(x) = 1 , (b) g(x) = cos x, (c) h(x) = f(g(x)). 1−x2
[4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 16 marks]
4. (a)
[3 + 2 + 4 = 9 marks]
Verify that the line y = −2x − 1 goes through the point (1, −3) and that it is a tangent to the graph of y = x2. [Hint: There should be precisely one point common to the line and the parabola, so precisely one solution to −2x − 1 = x2.]
(b) There is another line through point (1, −3) that is a tangent to y = x2. Find its equation, and the coordinates of the point where it touches the parabola.
[4 + 5 = 9 marks]
2
A civil engineering student wants to understand how water flows out of a reservoir through a drain hole at its bottom. She decides to use calculus to build a model of the water flow. If V (t) represents the volume of water inside the reservoir at time t, she thinks it is reasonable to say that the more water there is in the reservoir, the faster the
water will flow out. The quantity dV represents the rate at which the volume of water dt
in the reservoir changes. At time t = 0 the reservoir contains V (0) = 500 litres of water. After some thought, the student settles on the model
dV =−kV(t), dt
where k > 0 is a fixed (but unknown) constant.
(a) Why did she put a negative sign in her equation? Justify.
(b) After doing some theoretical work, she concludes that V (t) = 500e−kt is the solution to the model. Verify that she is correct.
(c) How could the value of k be determined?
(d) Criticise the model: In your opinion, does this model accurately reflect how water
flows out of a reservoir? Justify.
[2 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 11 marks]
A popular brand of chocolate (see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toblerone) is sold in the form of a long bar with a triangular cross-section. You are asked to design a box for this chocolate bar. The cross-section of the box is to be an equilateral triangle. The surface area of the box is to be 500 cm2. The volume is to be as large as possible.
Model this problem, but don’t carry out the calculations needed to solve it. You may need to use some simple geometry.
Your answer should include
(a) a labelled sketch of the box,
(b) statements defining appropriate variables (with units),
(c) a formula for a function that would have to be maximised or minimised, and (d) equations that encode any relationships between your variables.
[3 + 3 + 2 + 4 = 12 marks]
[Total 67 marks]

Discuss the following using a maximum of 20 pages and a minimum of 10 good quality references (there is no maximum reference count). The paper should be laid out and properly cited in APA format. You will submit a brief comparison of how Canada and Iran differ or are similar in any aspect relevant to the business environment as covered in this class. In this paper, you will: Define, explain the macro environment and how it differs and same. Only looking between Canada and Iran, select one industry in Iran or Canada that has been negatively impacted by any political agreements. Explain the negative or positive impact of this agreement on that industry. If you were a manager in the industry that you identified having been negatively affected by a political agreement, using concepts from the course, what would you recommend to your senior managers as a possible plan to change the negative impact to either a neutral or positive impacts?

Instruction
Three pages. As a school leader, how would you plan for professional development for your campus? What steps would be involved? Would you use regularly scheduled staff meetings as part of your program? What is your analysis of the value and use of online school district and campus staff development?

Short Paper Rubric

Low Medium High Comments
Elements of Writing Many grammar or mechanical errors detract from the writing.
Minimum grammar or mechanical errors.
No grammar or mechanical errors.
APA Style Does not follow APA style, e.g. no cover page, reference page, or citations not appropriate Minimum APA errors No APA errors
Sources No source cited Uses only the textbook as a source Uses at least one source in addition to the textbook
Application of theory or law
(graphic organizer) Does not apply the theory/law to a practical situation Applies the theory/law to a practical situation in a simple way Applies the theory/law to a practical situation in a detailed manner
Response Response minimally addresses the topic but is not clear and logical. Response addresses the topic but lacks coherence and flow. Response addresses the topic, has an introduction and closure, and transitions easily between paragraphs.

Short Paper 4 : Campus Curricular Programs How would you use sound, research-based practice in the development, implementation, and evaluation of campus curricular, co-curricular, and extracurricular programs? 2 1/2 to 3-page paper.

Question 18: Education

Instruction
Short paper #1: Data-driven Decision Making How would you implement procedures for gathering, analyzing, and using data from a variety of sources for informed campus decision making? 2 1/2 to 3-page paper.

Question 19: Law

Instruction
Select a topic of your choice related to the management of criminal justice professionals and write a 5 page research paper.

Question 20: Other

Instruction
For this Signature Assignment, develop and present a proposal for your intended research using a quantitative design. While the most important elements in any proposal are the fundamentals of the problem, purpose, and research questions, the bulk of the assignment will be the methodology. You will want to organize this by subheadings. The actual headings and information that needs to be included in part depend on the method used to collect the data. In studies involving the collection of primary data, you want to be sure to include the details of your sampling plan, measurement of variables, the actual data collection procedure, plan of analysis, and justification for your decisions. Be sure to include the following information in your proposal: •Introduction •Statement of the Problem •Purpose Statement •Research Questions •Hypotheses: Null and Alternative for each research question •Methodology ◦Research Design: Specific quantitative method to be used and rationale (Ex. experiment, survey, etc.) ◦Operationalization of Variable: Specification of the concepts to be measured, the operationalization of the variable(s) to be used to measure the concepts, the question(s)/scale(s) to be used and the resulting level of measurement. ◦Sample design: Specification of the population, method, sample size, specific procedures, and justification. ◦Data collection procedure: Explanation of how the data will be collected. ◦Intended data analysis: How will you analyze the data to test the hypotheses and provide answers to the research questions, including descriptive and inferential statistics? Provide your rationale. •Limitations: Any recognized limitations of the proposed study. •References In this assignment, you are expected to incorporate all previous instructor feedback. Your prospectus must be in APA format and be of the quality expected of doctoral-level work. All research elements must be in alignment and reflect a cohesive and comprehensive research study. Length: Your paper should be between 13 -15 pages, not including title and reference page. References: Include a minimum of ten (10) scholarly sources. Your presentation should demonstrate thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts presented in the course and provide new thoughts and insights relating directly to this topic. Your response should reflect scholarly writing and current APA standards.

Question 21: Computer Science

Sustainability Integration: ICT Planning and Design
This assessment is designed to be completed after you have completed your design project and proposal. Ensure you have completed your design project and have had it assessed by your teacher and returned.
Ensure you have completed the Sustainability training before you attempt this assignment
Assignment
You have just designed a solution for an organisation. A late change request has come through from the CEO and she would like some additions to the proposal. She has been reading a lot about how ICT systems are having a large impact on the carbon footprint of business.
Revisit your design, using your new Green IT skills and integrate sustainability elements to it. These elements must include, but are not limited to the following:
Research and recommend strategies the company can take to reduce power consumption
An energy audit on two options of a PC, laser printer and server package estimating the CO 2 emissions for these devices in a year and provide a comparison report summarising potential
energy savings and financial costs
A policy for procurement of equipment from ‘Green Suppliers’, including a disposal plan
Project implementation plan highlighting at what stages you will introduce short and long term
solutions that will save power immediately and long term
List these additions in a priority order and approximate the cost of each change
To complete this assignment you will need access to the internet. Here are some useful links:
http://www.eu-energystar.org/en/en_008.shtml http://www.greenit.org.au/ http://2virtualize.com/index_files/greendatacenter.htm http://42u.com/
http://sustainabledirections.com.au/
Feel free to contact your teacher if you require any assistance.
Submission
Upload your completed documents on the Upskilled Student Portal.

Part 1: Initial Plan budget. (Using math for decision-making)
You are a manager with budget authority for a new IT project that is being developed for your department. The project is being developed internally by the company IT staff. You are developing a budget for the project. In this scenario, you will be in integrating information systems and information technology to progress an organization toward their organizational objectives. Consider the information given to determine how much capital you will need to raise to complete this project successfully. Your goal is determine the budget needed to complete the project within the stated timeline and maintain the system through the full five year maintenance contract. Note that the first month of maintenance for the contract starts simultaneously with the start of the project. In this case, you have wisely decided to add a 10% strategic reserve to the development phase of the project.
Here are some calculations related to this project. Answer the following 10 questions. You can use Microsoft Excel to do this work; however you must show your answers and detailed calculations.
Part 2: Writing Assignment to explain the tradeoffs during the life of development phase of the project. You will not perform any mathematical calculations for this section of the Assignment. Conduct research to ensure that you understand this concept of the project management triangle. Do not perform any calculations for this portion.
Given:
·                   IT Project Timeline: 1 January 2016– – 31 March 2017
·                   3 weeks of holiday time is planned off during this timeline
·                   Do not forget the concept of a leap year
·                   Assume vacation weeks are not paid for the purpose of this problem, as vacation pay is paid and allocated by a separate corporate budget funding source different from the IT Project funding source
·                   If total weeks are computed as a non-whole number of weeks, round to the nearest week
·                   Carry out items to the thousands place for fractions (for example 1/3 = 0.333) prior to continuing calculations, then round up or down as needed to whole numbers for final dollar values
·                   40 hour work week is the standard contracted work week
·                   No overtime is allowed to keep costs down
·                   10 managers
·                   100 union employees
·                   Manager salary is $100 per hour
·                   Union salary is $35 per hour
·                   Systems planning cost is $50K
·                   System development cost is $1.5M
·                   System fielding cost is $250K
·                   System Maintenance (5 year contract, amortized, payments begin at project start) = $5.0M
·                   Strategic reserve, when (if) applied to the timeline, should also be applied to the maintenance costs during the timeframe of the timeline. However maintenance costs beyond the timeline have been negotiated as a firm fixed priced contract and no longer require the use of strategic reserve in addition to the negotiated price
Answer the following questions: (Show your work):
1.          How many work weeks are in the project timeline, where work will actually occur?
2.          How much money does the team cost per hour?
3.          How much money does the team cost per week?
4.          How much money does the team cost for the duration of the IT Project?
5.          Remembering that maintenance is amortized, and that payments begin during the first month of the project, and that all other system costs are assigned to the project; what is the total systems cost through the timeline completion on 31 March 2017?
6.          What is the total project cost through completion on 31 March 2017?
7.          After project completion on 31 March 2017, what will be the remainder cost for maintenance that will still need to be budgeted and managed?
8.          Forecasting a budget with no strategic reserve, what should the project cost per month be for the budget during the project timeline?
9.          With the addition of a ten % strategic reserve, what should the project cost per month be for the budget during the project timeline?
10.       Considering that you decide to budget using the strategic reserve, and you need to budget for the entire maintenance cost, what is the total amount of capital you will need to raise to complete the project successful during the timeline, and then maintain the system through the full five year maintenance contract, noting that the first month of maintenance for the contract starts simultaneously with the start of the project?
Written Portion – Discussion of the project management triangle
An example situation:
The project manager has come to you with the following:
1.          Some of your employees who will be using the system have suggested changes which will end up improving the system but will take longer to develop and implement. She feels that they would be beneficial changes.
2.          Two of her developers and one of her managers have left to work for another company. The company has a hiring freeze so she is unable to replace them. This will most likely add time to the project but it will also result in small savings in terms of labor cost.

You are also the aware of the following information:
1.          When the budget was approved there was a strategic reserve to allow for contingencies.
2.          You have some additional discretionary funds which you were hoping to be able to use them for bonuses for you employees at the end of the year.
3.          You have a lot of faith in the project and believe that it will eventually improve the productivity of your employees. He also realize that it will take time after the project is fully implemented for this productivity to be realized and that there is a likelihood that it will actually decrease for a couple of months while people are learning the new system.
4.          You know that you have a number of people in your department that are nearing retirement and are not in favor of having to learn a new system.
To meet the requirements of this Assignment, write an APA style paper in which you take the role of manager to discuss the pros and cons of making any changes to the plan regarding the initial goals of performance, cost, and schedule. For the paper do not do any calculations. The facts presented are examples of the types of situations that you might encounter. You do not have to address these situations.
Limit your discussion to the tradeoffs among these three areas. How do performance, cost, and schedule interact? Discuss the concept of the project triangle, also called the triple constraint, or iron triangle.
Ensure you turn in your unit Project as a single Microsoft Word document, in APA format, with a cover page and reference page citing at least two online references on the unit concept topics and the eBook as a reference. Your work should compose 2–3 pages of content (double spaced, 12 point Times New Roman font).
This Assignment addresses the following outcomes:
MT300-1: Describe the role managers play in integrating information systems and information technology (IS/IT) within an organization.
MT300-2: Solve business problems using information systems.
GEL- 2.3: Solve real-world problems using mathematical skills
Your paper must be double-spaced, Times New Roman, 12 pt. font, and follow APA 6th edition format. You are required to include at least two references using the appropriate APA format. A title page and a reference page are required.

Question 24: Economics
Match the words with definitions
The quantity supplied is greater than the quantity demanded
Direct relationship between price and quantity produced
Increase in price of one will cause increased demand for the other
Inverse relationship between price and quantity purchased
Products usually used together
Hot dogs, Spam, or Raman noodles
This is intended to keep landlords from charging unreasonably high rents
Consumers buy more when incomes increase.
The quantity demanded is greater than the quantity supplied
prices are not allowed to fall below a certain level

Complementary good
Shortage
Price Ceiling
Normal Good
Law of Supply
Inferior Good
Law of Demand
Surplus
Substitute good
Price Floor

Market failures
Non-excludability
Non-rivalry

Free rider problem
Quasi-public goods

Public goods
Private goods
Externality
Consumer surplus
Producer surplus

Question 26: Health Care

NURS 6660 Final Exam (On Date :06-09-2019) Score 98%
NURS 6660 Final Exam (On Date :06-09-2019) Score 98%

Question 27: Health Care

NSG6440 (Date Completed:06-09-2019) Score:98%
NSG6440 (Date Completed:06-09-2019) Score:98%

Question 28: Health Care

NSG5003 Final Exam and NSG 5003 Midterm. Graded A. Latest 2019 (04/09/2019)
NSG5003 Final Exam and NSG 5003 Midterm. Graded A. Latest 2019 (04/09/2019)

You are a first-year Human Resource Specialist at “State of Estates” estate planning firm. The firm is devising a new employee handbook. You have been asked to create two sections:
The Company Policy regarding Alcohol/Drug Testing
The Company Policy regarding Employer Monitoring of Employees.

Formulate these policies in a single document, reflecting an understanding of course materials and credible outside research.

Include and cite applicable laws for each topic as the basis for the policy. You may use federal, state, or case law as the foundation for your work. Following is a list of topics you may want to consider in your policies:
Pre-employment drug/alcohol testing
Random drug/alcohol testing
Procedure for employees who disagree with results of drug/alcohol Testing
Drug/alcohol procedure for contracted government employees who work in satellite offices
Drug testing in states with legal marijuana use
Monitoring of employee desktop computers
Monitoring of employee personal social media use
Monitoring of employee cell phone and company car

Note: Do not cut and paste an existing policy.

Create your own 1,050-word policy, using APA format for the cover page and references. Both policies should be included in a single document with subheadings to delineate “Alcohol/Drug Testing” and “Employee Monitoring.”

Assignment 3: Fraud in the AIS
For this assignment, research the Internet or Strayer databases to locate a firm that was involved in a fraud and / or embezzlement case.
Explain how the firm’s accounting information system (i.e., components and functions) contributed to the fraud and / or embezzlement. You will need to focus on how each component / function of the accounting information system failed, which resulted in the scandal / case.
Write a ten to twelve (10-12) page paper in which you:
1.   Based on the information you researched, assess the failure of the firm’s accounting information system to prevent the related fraud / embezzlement.
2.   Imagine that the company that you researched uses a third-party accounting system. Evaluate the effectiveness of the firm’s stakeholder in the event that a third-party accounting system suffers a breach. Include an assessment of the level of responsibility of the software provider to the business and its clients. Provide support for your rationale.
3.   Determine what advances in accounting and / or information technology could have prevented the event from occurring. Provide support for your argument.
4.   Evaluate what changes should be made to both the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other current laws in order to make them more effective in deterring companies from committing crimes.
5.   Recommend a strategy that the company you indicated may use to prevent future business information failures. Indicate how the company should approach the implementation of your recommended strategy. Provide support for your recommendation.
6.   Use at least three (3) quality resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and similar Websites do not qualify as quality resources.

BIBL 104 Quiz 2 / Liberty University BIBL 104 Quiz 2 (Already graded A)
BIBL 104 Quiz 2 / Liberty University BIBL 104 Quiz 2 (Already graded A)

Question 4: General Questions

HIUS 221 Primary Source and Presentation Review 8 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Question 1 McClure stated that the founders did not approve of slavery, but accepted the compromises in the Constitution because
Question 2 According to McClure, the Compromise of 1820 merely
Question 3 McClure clearly states that slavery was the source of the war.
Question 4 According to McClure, the basis of state sovereignty was established in
Question 5 According to the video presentation, what did Northerners tend to name battles after?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, what percentage of battles was fought in the South during the Civil War?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, what was the Northern reaction to the Federal Draft Conscription?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, due to the lack of industrialization in the South, how did women help to provide blankets to Confederate soldiers?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, what happened to Jefferson Davis after the fall of the Confederacy?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, where did the second major surrender of the Civil War take place?
Question 1 According to McClure, it was the deeper issue of power between the State and the Nation that created the conflict that led to war.
Question 2 McClure stated that the Civil War was the result of
Question 3 According to McClure, absolute sovereignty lies with
Question 4 According to McClure, the Compromise of 1820 merely
Question 5 According to the video presentation, what percentage of battles was fought in the South during the Civil War?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, who was the President of the Confederate States?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, what was one reason the Emancipation Proclamation was issued?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, due to the lack of industrialization in the South, how did women help to provide blankets to Confederate soldiers?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, what was the last capitol of the Confederacy located?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, where did the second major surrender of the Civil War take place?
Question 1 According to McClure, absolute sovereignty lies with
Question 2 According to McClure, Jefferson believed in the supreme power of
Question 3 McClure stated that it was necessary for the Constitution to be a series of compromises.
Question 4 According to McClure and Jefferson, which of the following was NOT a danger of centralized government:
Question 5 According to the video presentation, which state did the upper Southern states look to as a model?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, where was the first capitol of the Confederacy located?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, where was Sherman’s March to the Sea located?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, what did the Civil War do for Northern businesses?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, where did the second major surrender of the Civil War take place?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, who were some of the last soldiers to put down their arms at the end of the Civil War?

HIUS 221 Primary Source and Presentation Review 7 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Question 1 Which of the following generals who led in the MexicanAmerican War would rather employ intricate maneuvers than frontal attacks?
Question 2 According to the video presentation, what was the root cause of the MexicanAmerican War?
Question 3 Which of the following generals was the master of the frontal attack in the MexicanAmerican War?
Question 4 According to the video presentation, who was perhaps the only President of the United States who kept all his campaign promises?
Question 5 Which of the following was NOT a result of the MexicanAmerican War?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, who invented the cotton gin in 1793?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, what was a nickname for Kansas after the KansasNebraska Act?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, what is sectionalism?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, who wrote “Uncle Tom’s Cabin”?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, who was responsible for the caning of Senator Sumner?
Question 1 According to the video presentation, what was the root cause of the MexicanAmerican War?
Question 2 Why did the Mexican government think they could win a war against the United States?
Question 3 Which of the following was NOT a result of the MexicanAmerican War?
Question 4 According to the video presentation, who was perhaps the only President of the United States who kept all his campaign promises?
Question 5 Which of the following generals who led in the MexicanAmerican War would rather employ intricate maneuvers than frontal attacks?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, who wrote “Uncle Tom’s Cabin”?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, where did John Brown’s raid take place?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, who invented the cotton gin in 1793?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, what was a nickname for Kansas after the KansasNebraska Act?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, what is sectionalism?
Question 1 Which of the following generals who led in the MexicanAmerican War would rather employ intricate maneuvers than frontal attacks?
Question 2 According to the video presentation, who was perhaps the only President of the United States who kept all his campaign promises?
Question 3 According to the video presentation, what was the root cause of the MexicanAmerican War?
Question 4 Which of the following generals was the master of the frontal attack in the MexicanAmerican War?
Question 5 Which of the following was NOT a result of the MexicanAmerican War?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, who wrote “Uncle Tom’s Cabin”?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, what was a nickname for Kansas after the KansasNebraska Act?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, what was the key issue preventing Northern and Southern states from ever truly reaching compromise?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, who invented the cotton gin in 1793?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, what is sectionalism?

HIUS 221 Primary Source and Presentation Review 6 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Question 1 According to the video presentation, what was the Great Disappointment?
Question 2 According to the video presentation, who is the Father of Modern Revivalism?
Question 3 According to the video presentation, what is the belief that man is sinful, but can be perfected through a moderate and moral lifestyle in adherence to God’s precipices?
Question 4 According to the video presentation, who is the founder of the Church of Jesus Christ Latter Day Saints?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, who was famous for his sermon on the Hamilton and Burr duel called “Remedy for Dueling”?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, what was the emphasis placed on during the second Great Awakening?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, where was Katherine Beecher’s first private school for girls located?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, what was the most successful and widely accepted reform movement?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, what are “ardent spirits”?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, who founded the American Temperance Society?
Question 1 According to the video presentation, who was the founder of the Shakers?
Question 2 According to the video presentation, who is the Father of Modern Revivalism?
Question 3 According to the video presentation, who was famous for his sermon on the Hamilton and Burr duel called “Remedy for Dueling”?
Question 4 According to the video presentation, what was the Great Disappointment?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, what was the emphasis placed on during the second Great Awakening?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, what is the belief that man is sinful, but can be perfected through a moderate and moral lifestyle in adherence to God’s precipices?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, what was the most successful and widely accepted reform movement?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, where was Katherine Beecher’s first private school for girls located?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, who are the most important figures in education reform?
Question 1 According to the video presentation, who was the founder of the Shakers?
Question 2 According to the video presentation, what was the emphasis placed on during the second Great Awakening?
Question 3 According to the video presentation, what was the Great Disappointment?
Question 4 According to the video presentation, what is the belief that man is sinful, but can be perfected through a moderate and moral lifestyle in adherence to God’s precipices?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, who was famous for his sermon on the Hamilton and Burr duel called “Remedy for Dueling”?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, who is the Father of Modern Revivalism?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, where was Katherine Beecher’s first private school for girls located?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, who founded the American Temperance Society?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, who are the most important figures in education reform?

HIUS 221 Primary Source and Presentation Review 5 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Question 1 According to the video presentation, what was the name of one of the ships that Jefferson sent to fight the Barbary Pirates?
Question 2 According to the video presentation, what was Jefferson’s primary contribution to the progress of the American nation?
Question 3 According to the video presentation, who was the longest serving Supreme Court Justice as well as a cousin of Thomas Jefferson?
Question 4 According to the video presentation, what was Madison’s goal after the embargo was lifted?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, which of these is NOT a significance of the War of 1812?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, who declared the StarSpangled Banner the National Anthem?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, why is this time period called “The Era of Good Feelings”?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, who was the President during the Missouri Compromise?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, which of these was a nickname Andrew Jackson earned during his Presidency?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, what was considered a black mark on Jackson’s presidency?
Question 1 According to the video presentation, what was the practice of bringing goods to the Caribbean, “paper unloading” them, paying customs duties, and sending them to Europe?
Question 2 According to the video presentation, who served as Thomas Jefferson’s First Lady?
Question 3 According to the video presentation, what was Jefferson’s “peaceable coercion”?
Question 4 According to the video presentation, what was Madison’s goal after the embargo was lifted?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, who led the defense of the city during the Battle of New Orleans?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, who declared the StarSpangled Banner the National Anthem?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, why is this time period called “The Era of Good Feelings”?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, what professions did Jackson occupy before being elected to the Presidency?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, what was considered a black mark on Jackson’s presidency?
Question 1 According to the video presentation, where was the USS Philadelphia captured and grounded?
Question 2 According to the video presentation, when was Jefferson’s embargo lifted?
Question 3 According to the video presentation, what was Jefferson’s primary contribution to the progress of the American nation?
Question 4 According to the video presentation, who led the defense of the city during the Battle of New Orleans?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, who declared the StarSpangled Banner the National Anthem?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, which of these is NOT a significance of the War of 1812?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, why did the United States remain neutral in South American matters until 1822?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, which of these authors did NOT rise to popularity during this time period?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, what was the new party on the rise in Jacksonian America?

HIUS 221 Primary Source and Presentation Review 4 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Which of the branches of government is responsible for passing laws and legislation?
Which of the following is NOT one of the qualifications for becoming President of the United States?
What does Amendment Four prevent?
Where in the Constitution is the “absolute separation of church and state” discussed?
Which is most likely NOT a reason that the Federalist position ultimately prevailed?
The first sentence of the Constitution states: “We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.” The words “insure domestic Tranquility” may have been a reference to
On June 21, 1788, which state’s vote gave Federalists the nine states needed to ratify the Constitution?
Many Anti-Federalists were concerned that the Constitution did not
Question 1 How many witnesses are necessary in order to convict someone of treason?
Question 2 Which house of Congress must approve a bill before it becomes law?
Question 3 Though most cases can be tried in lower courts, where does the Supreme Court have “original jurisdiction”?
Question 4 What does Amendment Four prevent?
Question 5 The Ninth Amendment makes clear that the rights brought out in the Bill of Rights are the only rights citizens of the United States have.
Question 6 According to the video, our American system of government was formed by what decision?
Question 7 According to the video, who was the leader of the faction who opposed the Virginia Plan at the Constitutional Convention?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, the men who resisted the Virginia Plan were trying to protect
Question 9 According to the video presentation, Citizen Genet came to America to
Question 10 According to the video presentation, which of the following caused issues between American merchant shipping and the British?
Question 1 Which of the branches of government is responsible for passing laws and legislation?
Question 2 Which house of Congress must approve a bill before it becomes law?
Question 3 To which branch of government does the Constitution grant sole power of taxation?
Question 4 Though most cases can be tried in lower courts, where does the Supreme Court have “original jurisdiction”?
Question 5 Where in the Constitution is the “absolute separation of church and state” discussed?
Question 6 According to the video, who was the leader of the faction who opposed the Virginia Plan at the Constitutional Convention?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, the men who resisted the Virginia Plan were trying to protect
Question 8 According to the video presentation, who requested that Madison draft a new constitution to replace the Articles of Confederation?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, Citizen Genet came to America to
Question 10 According to the video presentation, which of the following groups sympathized with the French although they disagreed with the excesses of the Revolution?

HIUS 221 Primary Source and Presentation Review 3 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Question 1 Who did the delegates appeal to for judgment of their actions in the Declaration of Independence?
Question 2 The Declaration of Independence claimed that the king had abdicated his right to governing the colonies because he
Question 3 According to the video presentation, most Americans understood
Question 4 According to the video presentation, Thomas Paine felt that who or what should rule in America?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, which of these was NOT an effect of the Stamp Act?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, where was the first Committee of Correspondence formed?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, what was the primary form of communication in the 18th century?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, where did the second Virginia Convention meet?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, where did Benedict Arnold commit his act of treason?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, what did the victory in Saratoga mean for the colonies regarding the French?
Question 1
Who did the delegates appeal to for judgment of their actions in the Declaration of Independence?
Question 2
In every case of the violation of English rights listed in the Declaration of Independence, the colonists had
Question 3
According to the video presentation, what was the most quoted source in literature of the Era of the American Revolution?
Question 4
According to the video presentation, how did Chief Justice Earl Warren describe the relationship between Christianity and the United States?
Question 5
According to the video presentation, which of these was NOT an effect of the Stamp Act?
Question 6
According to the video presentation, where was the first Committee of Correspondence formed?
Question 7
According to the video presentation, what did the establishment of the Committees of Correspondence pave the way for?
Question 9
According to the video presentation, what did the victory in Saratoga mean for the colonies regarding the French?
Question 10
According to the video presentation, where did Benedict Arnold commit his act of treason?
Question 1
Many of the complaints against the king in the Declaration of Independence involved
Question 2
One of the complaints against the king in the Declaration of Independence was that he fundamentally altered longstanding ___________________.
Question 3
According to the video presentation, people at the time of the Revolution saw a connection to
Question 4
According to the video presentation, who is a Founding Father who the British thought was the key instigator of the American Revolution?
Question 7
According to the video presentation, which colony started the intercolonial movement of the Committees of Correspondence?
Question 8
According to the video presentation, what was the policy passed after the Boston Tea Party to make Bostonians repay the East India Trading Company for the tea that was destroyed?
Question 9
According to the video presentation, why did the British want to move the war further south?
Question 10
According to the video presentation, where did the Revolutionary War end?

HIUS 221 Primary Source and Presentation Review 2 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Question 1 Colonial assemblies were needed to deal with such responsibilities as
Question 2 The attempts of the British to seize Fort Duquesne were part of a larger ambition to gain control of
Question 3 The Proclamation of 1763 restricted English colonists to territory
Question 4 What aspect of the New England economy grew most dramatically in the eighteenth century?
Question 5 Which of the following events happened last?
Question 6 The Great Awakening was a movement that reflected a renew interest in
Question 7 The term Anglicization refers to
Question 8 Who were the Old Lights?
Question 9 Which region of colonial America was the most ethnically diverse?
Question 10 In what way did the slave codes of the mainland British colonies ensure the continuity of the institution
Question 1 The text for Jonathan Edwards’ sermon “Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God” was
Question 2 According to Edwards’ “Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God”
Question 3 In his conclusion to “Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God,” Edwards equates the lost state to the Biblical city of
Question 4 According to the video presentation, how did the fashionable world set itself apart?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, once a luxury good became common, what happened?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, who was Samuel Davies?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, in which region of the American colonies did Baptists become predominant?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, what would the College of New Jersey later come to be called?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, when did the TransAtlantic slave trade begin?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, what were the two crops that were grown on plantations that needed the support of slave labor?
Question 1 The text for Jonathan Edwards’ sermon “Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God” was
Question 2 In his conclusion to “Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God,” Edwards equates the lost state to the Biblical city of
Question 3 According to Edwards’ “Sinners in the Hands of an Angry God”
Question 4 According to the video presentation, how was wealth defined prior to the 17 th century?
Question 5 According to the video presentation, where was conspicuous consumption most conspicuous?
Question 6 According to the video presentation, what was the name of the first independent Baptist church?
Question 7 According to the video presentation, where was the first independent Baptist church located?
Question 8 According to the video presentation, which college was founded in 1693 as an Anglican school?
Question 9 According to the video presentation, the concept of race based slavery began when?
Question 10 According to the video presentation, what were the two crops that were grown on plantations that needed the support of slave labor?

HIUS 221 Mindtap Activities 1 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Module 1: The Atlantic World, Exploration and Early Settlement
1.1 Picturing History
Use the dropdown menus to complete the paragraph.
An examination of the graph titled “Native and Nonnative population of North America, 1492–2000” and the information in bubbles on the map reveal the estimated native population in North America to be million. This number between 1492 and 1800 by 2000.
Use the dropdown menus to complete the paragraph.
An examination of the graph titled “Native and Nonnative population of North America, 1492–2000” reveals that the estimated native population steadily decreased from approximately 4.4 million in 1492 to well below 1 million in. Following this decline, the native population until about 1900. After 1900, the native population 2000. During this same period, the estimated nonnative population increased by some 200 million
Use the dropdown menus to complete the paragraph.
An examination of the pie chart titled “World population estimates for 1500 (in millions)” reveals that the Americas contained some million people in 1500. Based on the figure corresponding to the information in bubbles on the map, 5.85 million people resided in, which is much less than the population in Mexico and slightly larger than the population in North America at this time. As seen on the graph titled “Native and Nonnative population of North America, 1492–2000,” the estimated decreased dramatically between 1492 and 1800 but rebounded slightly during the twentieth century.
1.2 A Growing World
When discussing European efforts to expand trade networks between the mid-fifteenth and late sixteenth centuries, historians refer to this period as what?
The Age of Exploration
The Opening of the Silk Road
The Mapping of the Atlantic World
The network of land routes between Europe and Asia was known as what?
The Road to Constantinople
The Mediterranean Thoroughfare
The Silk Road
Select the correct response from the dropdown menu.
In mid-fifteenth- through late-sixteenth-century Europe, men and women performed labor roles specific to their
1.3 Native American and West African Societies before Contact
Determine whether each characteristic describes the Maya culture, the Aztec culture, or both cultures.
Characteristic
Maya
Aztec
Both
Peaked between 300 and 900 AD
Empire consisted of dozens of states
Arrived in the Valley of Mexico around 1200 AD
Determine whether each characteristic describes the Maya culture, the Aztec culture, or both cultures.
Characteristic
Maya
Aztec
Both
Was in decline by the time European explorers arrived
Exercised vast power in Mesoamerica for about three hundred years before European explorers arrived
Developed wealth by conquering neighboring peoples
Characteristic
Maya
Aztec
Both
Developed a society based on military strength
Established a civilization in the Valley of Mexico
Developed an economy based partly on trade

HIUS 222 Content Quiz 8 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

How did President Reagan influence defense spending?
2 out of 2 points
President George W. Bush received a mandate from the 2000 presidential election.
2 out of 2 points
What happened to President Clinton because of the Lewinsky affair and his testimony about it?
2 out of 2 points
Which of the following statements concerning Bill Clinton is true?
2 out of 2 points
Where did the United States fight wars between 2001 and 2013?
How did Dr. Falwell and his work with Moral Majority influence how Americans think about religion and government involvement?
2 out of 2 points
Why did Dr. Falwell found Moral Majority?
2 out of 2 points
Who was Jerry Falwell, Sr.?
2 out of 2 points
How did the Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev signal his desire to change past policies in 1988?
2 out of 2 points
Which area did Jimmy Carter stress in his foreign policies?
2 out of 2 points
What Iraqi decision led to the Gulf War of 1991?
2 out of 2 points
What did Iranians who took American hostages demand in return for their release?
2 out of 2 points
Where were challenges to communist rule the least successful in the late 1980s?
2 out of 2 points
How did Jimmy Carter appeal to voters in 1976?
What was the “war on terror” a response to?
2 out of 2 points
Where was the term “terrorism” first used?
2 out of 2 points
Why did the House vote to impeach President Clinton in 1998?
What is true about the Human Genome Project?
2 out of 2 points
Which nation makes up the third crux in what President George W. Bush described as the “axis of evil” with Iraq and Iran?
2 out of 2 points
What was unique about the 1996 election?
What issue undermined the popularity of George H. W. Bush more than any other? Why?
Question 1 President Carter decided against attempting a military rescue to free the hostages in Iran.
Question 3 Troubling aspects of the Watergate scandal included all of the following EXCEPT for
Question 4 How did Republicans portray liberals to working class voters in the 1980s?
Question 6 The “safe sex” message gained currency in the wake of
Question 7 In the election of 1972, Richard Nixon easily defeated the antiwar candidate
Question 9 In a speech later called the “malaise speech,” President Carter expressed his feeling that
Question 10 President George H. W. Bush’s call for U.S. military involvement in the Persian Gulf came when
Question 11 Which of the following individuals was NOT part of George W. Bush’s administration?
Question 13 Violence ensued when an allwhite jury acquitted the officers in the beating of Rodney King.
Question 15 President Bush muted his response to the fall of the Berlin Wall because
Question 16 President Obama was the first president to consider a comprehensive plan to provide all Americans with health care.
Question 17 In the late 1990s, how did President Clinton choose to fight alQaeda and prevent potential terrorist attacks?

Strayer University – HIS 105Assignment 1 HIS 105.docx
Dealing with Diversity in America From Reconstruction Through the 1920’s
Question 14: History

Strayer University, Washington HIS 105 Assignment 2.2: Policemen of the WorldFinal Paper
Assignment 2.2: Policemen of the WorldFinal Paper
Due Week 10 and worth 120 points

You have already developed a thesis statement and developed an outline in which you explored two (2) real-life international incidentsfrom the past five (5) years involving the United States as they received an elevated status as a world power. Now you will develop the final paper in which you explore your main points in detail.

Write a three to five (3-5) page paper in which you:

Introduce your paper with your previously crafted thesis statement.
Identify two to three (2-3) international events from the past five years that can be traced back to a foreign policy created after the Civil War.
Discuss three (3) aspects of US history since 1865 that has led to the US’s rise as a world super power policeman.
Identify three to five (3-5) international incidents since World War II where America has taken on a policing role.
Determine three to five (3-5) driving forces that fueled international policy decisions involving the international incidents you outlined previously. (Consider treaties, exit strategies, elections, wars, etc.)
Use at least three (3) quality references. Note: Wikipedia and other Websites do not quality as academic resources.

Your assignment must follow these formatting requirements:

Be typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides; citations and references must follow APA or school-specific format. Check with your professor for any additional instructions.
Include a cover page containing the title of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date. The cover page and the reference page are not included in the required assignment page length.

The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:

Analyze the rise of the United States to a world “superpower” and how that status has shaped its internal developments in recent decades.
Recognize the major turning points in American history since the Civil War.
Use technology and information resources to research issues in contemporary U.S. history.
Write clearly and concisely about contemporary U.S. history using proper writing mechanics.

This assignment consists of two (2) sections: a narrative and a PowerPoint presentation. You must submit two (2) sections for the completion of this assignment. Label each file name according to the section of the assignment it is written for.
Note: For additional information on how to submit more than one file for an assignment, follow the instructions in the document “How to Submit Multiple Files for an Assignment”, located here.
Imagine that you have just been hired by a new company as the director of the HR department. You have been tasked to hire a new secretary for the department and to develop an employee compensation and benefits package that will be used for that position upon hire. Develop a PowerPoint presentation to present this information to your Vice President. Go to the Bureau of Labor Statistics’ (BLS) Website, located at www.bls.gov, for information regarding organizations and pay in your geographical area.
Section 1: NarrativeWrite a two to three (2-3) page paper in which you:
1.   Choose the type of organization for which you are designing the package.
2.   Develop an employee compensation and benefits package for this new position. Support your ideas for the compensation/benefits package.
3.   Use at least three (3) quality academic resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and other Websites do not qualify as academic resources.
Section 1 of your assignment must follow these formatting requirements:
Be typed, double spaced, using Times New Roman font (size 12), with one-inch margins on all sides; citations and references must follow APA or school-specific format. Check with your professor for any additional instructions.
Include a cover page containing the title of the assignment, the student’s name, the professor’s name, the course title, and the date. The cover page and the reference page are not included in the required assignment page length.

Question 16: Biology

In 750-1,000 words, identify and describe the issues affecting standards of practice related to competency of medical care identified in the Lyckholm and Hackney article.
In addition to summarizing the relevant points of the article, explain the relevance that standards of practice have (or will have) to you as a practitioner.

Question 17: Biology

Prokaryotic and eukaryotic are the two major categories of cells making up life on earth. Both these types require water and carbon.
Describe the characteristics of water and carbon that makes them important to living things in general, and to specific forms of life including plants, animals, and prokaryotes. Why is NASA looking for water on Mars?
Describe the differences in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. How have the characteristics of each kind of cell put limitations and provided opportunities for the survival and divergence of modern living things? Why might both cell types be considered equally successful? Make sure to consider both Domains of Prokaryotes.

Question 18: Computer Science

The reasons why companies use HRIS vary widely. Large companies will use HRIS in certain ways while other, smaller companies may use it in other ways. Consider the following questions:
What are your perceptions of an HRIS?
What can an HRIS do for an organization?
List why your organization would want to or does use an HRIS.
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Reform of Healthcare Market and Regulation and Antitrust Policy in Health Care” Please respond to the following:
From the e-Activity, synthesize the primary ways in which consumer and provider incentives work together to achieve cost reduction under the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Provide at least one (1) example of such synthesis to support your response.
Defend or critique the key provisions of antitrust legislation in the United States. Analyze the major ways in which quality issues in health care affect antirust healthcare policy. Provide at least one (1) example of antitrust laws in action to support your response.

From the e-Activity, synthesize the primary ways in which consumer and provider incentives work together to achieve cost reduction under the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Provide at least one (1) example of such synthesis to support your response.

Question 20: Urban Planning and Policy

Get Local: Rate Your Environment
Based on the material in this module and your own relevant research, address the following:
How would you rate your own neighborhood and the city or town that surrounds it with regard to the concepts presented in this module?
Discuss as many environmental factors that affect wellness (mining communities, contamination, nuclear poisoning, population density, socioeconomic influences, new vs. old developments, community gardens, etc.) as possible in your analysis and highlight how these factors support or challenge wellness.
How do these factors relate to the eight dimensions of wellness?
Make sure you support your ideas with information presented in the course material, other scholarly resources, and specific examples (real-life observations and experiences),

How would you rate your own neighborhood and the city or town that surrounds it with regard to the concepts presented in the module?

Question 22: Business

About Your Signature Assignment
This signature assignment is designed to align with specific program student learning outcome(s) in your program. Program Student Learning Outcomes are broad statements that describe what students should know and be able to do upon completion of their degree. The signature assignments might be graded with an automated rubric that allows the University to collect data that can be aggregated across a location or college/school and used for program improvements.
Purpose of Assignment
The purpose of this assignment is for students to synthesize the concepts learned throughout the course. This assignment will provide students an opportunity to build critical thinking skills, develop businesses and organizations, and solve problems requiring data by compiling all pertinent information into one report.
Assignment Steps
Resources: Microsoft Excel®, Signature Assignment Databases, Signature Assignment Options, Part 3: Inferential Statistics
Scenario: Upon successful completion of the MBA program, say you work in the analytics department for a consulting company. Your assignment is to analyze one of the following databases:
Manufacturing
Hospital
Consumer Food
Financial
Select one of the databases based on the information in the Signature Assignment Options.
Provide a 1,600-word detailed, statistical report including the following:
Explain the context of the case
Provide a research foundation for the topic
Present graphs
Explain outliers
Prepare calculations
Conduct hypotheses tests
Discuss inferences you have made from the results
This assignment is broken down into four parts:
Part 1 – Preliminary Analysis
Part 2 – Examination of Descriptive Statistics
Part 3 – Examination of Inferential Statistics
Part 4 – Conclusion/Recommendations
Part 1 – Preliminary Analysis (3-4 paragraphs)
Generally, as a statistics consultant, you will be given a problem and data. At times, you may have to gather additional data. For this assignment, assume all the data is already gathered for you.
State the objective:
What are the questions you are trying to address?
Describe the population in the study clearly and in sufficient detail:
What is the sample?
Discuss the types of data and variables:
Are the data quantitative or qualitative?
What are levels of measurement for the data?
Part 2 – Descriptive Statistics (3-4 paragraphs)
Examine the given data.
Present the descriptive statistics (mean, median, mode, range, standard deviation, variance, CV, and five-number summary).
Identify any outliers in the data.
Present any graphs or charts you think are appropriate for the data.
Note: Ideally, we want to assess the conditions of normality too. However, for the purpose of this exercise, assume data is drawn from normal populations.
Part 3 – Inferential Statistics (2-3 paragraphs)
Use the Part 3: Inferential Statistics document.
Create (formulate) hypotheses
Run formal hypothesis tests
Make decisions. Your decisions should be stated in non-technical terms.
Hint: A final conclusion saying “reject the null hypothesis” by itself without explanation is basically worthless to those who hired you. Similarly, stating the conclusion is false or rejected is not sufficient.
Part 4 – Conclusion and Recommendations (1-2 paragraphs)
Include the following:
What are your conclusions?
What do you infer from the statistical analysis?
State the interpretations in non-technical terms. What information might lead to a different conclusion?
Are there any variables missing?
What additional information would be valuable to help draw a more certain conclusion?
Format your assignment consistent with APA format.

Formulate these policies in a single document, reflecting an understanding of course materials and credible outside research.

Note: Do not cut and paste an existing policy.

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:
Review the article, “Personal Electronic Devices in the Workplace” Balancing Interests in a BYOD World.” Discuss the reasons why companies should or should not consider a BYOD program. Consider issues of security and privacy in your discussion.

Question 25: Business

Identify and describe the specific issues Maalick encountered in the workplace. Do the
actions of other workers at Treton represent discrimination and harassment? What
elements of law are important for Treton to consider?
Evaluate the, Marta Ford, in response to Maalick’s situation. What could she have done
to prevent the situation and what more could she do to ensure that this type of situation
would not occur in the future?

3. How would you characterize Clive Jenkins’ behavior and response to this situation?
4. What resolution to this situation might Judith Dixon suggest?
5. What are the broader implications of this situation for Treton? What type of
organizational review might Dixon initiate or suggest from a corporate perspective?

Question 26: Business

The most popular way for international expansion is for a local firm to acquire foreign companies. One of the most benefits for international expansion is global distribution capability that helps expanding the market share.
There are different implications of running a company that is within or outside of the European Union. If you were the head of a firm based in the United States, please answer the following questions, providing the rationale behind your answers:
Would you seek to acquire a company within the European Union or outside of it? Why?
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of the choice you made.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages inherent in the option you did not choose.
Explain why an MNC may invest funds in a financial market outside its own country.
Explain why some financial institutions prefer to provide credit in financial markets outside their own country.
APA format. Reference page needed, not inclued in page count. All information needs to be cited

Chapter 2 Vocabulary Name:
Fill in the parentheses with the letter of the term being described.
g. Economic system
n. Command System
l. Market
j. Product markets
o. Invisible hand
f. Market System
k. Resource Markets
h. Households
i. Circular flow
m. Laissez-faire capitalism

1. ( m ) Individual decision making with little or no government interference.

2. ( ) Self-interest helps people provide goods that are in demand by society (they will sell.)
3. ( ) Economic decisions are made by central planners, as the Communists did.

4. ( ) Place in the circular flow where resources are provided.

5. ( f ) Economic decisions are made by individual buyers and sellers

6. ( ) Where buyers and sellers come together to exchange goods or services.

7.    (  ) Markets where businesses provide output for household consumption, like a Winn Dixie
8.    (  ) Markets where households provide their resources for businesses to use in production, like an employment office or realtor.
9.    (  ) Shows the flow of resources from households to businesses through resource markets and the flow of money from households to businesses through output markets.
10.  (  ) How a society is organized to make the 4 basic production decisions.

Assignment 4 Current and Future Economic Issues Impacting Health Care Sector

Use the Internet or Strayer online databases to research five (5) of what you believe to be the most important and pressing economic issues that confront the United States healthcare industry today and will continue to do so into the next decade.

Provide a review of these issues in a ten to twelve (10-12) page paper in which you:

Provide a detailed description of the issues that you have researched.
Analyze the most significant economic effects of the researched issues on healthcare industry. Provide at least two (2) examples of these issues to support your response.
Suggest specific strategies that relevant entities / stakeholders may use to address the selected issues from an economic perspective. Justify your response.
Determine the strategic manner in which the United States can apply best economic best practices from other countries in addressing these issues.
Assess the likelihood of government and or private sector effectively addressing the issues.
Use at least ten (10) current references. Five (5) of these references must be from current peer-reviewed sources to support and substantiate your comments and perspectives.

Labor in colonial America was scarce. Explain the development of using slaves for labor in the colonies. Below are some of the items you may include:
The development of using slaves for labor
Changes, problems, and issues with slave labor
Unintended consequences of using slave labor
Complete a 2-3 page paper according to CSU-Global’s Guide for Writing and APA Requirements. Each paper should include at least four paragraphs: an introduction, a body with at least two fully developed paragraphs, and a conclusion.

Compare Lewin’s 3-Step Model and Lippitt, Watson, and Westley’s change model. Compare and contrast the models,
discuss resistance, or how change could be embraced between those 2 models

Question 31: Education

Liberty University – UNIV 104Review Test Submission_ Preview 5 – 201640 Fall 2016 .
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Create an overview of the process and steps involved in human resource planning, recruiting, interviewing, selecting, and hiring of employees.
Develop a comprehensive strategy for training new employees. Focusing on the role of the new employees within the organization.
Propose two to four (2-4) training strategies aimed at motivating the employees to learn key aspects about their new jobs.
Determine key issues that human resource management employees would be likely to encounter in the health care field. Prepare a plan that will enable the new employees to address each issue which includes instructional strategies, resources that will be utilized, and evaluation criteria for determining success.
Design at least three (3) visual components that enhance the program you have outlined, such as charts or diagrams.
Use at least three (3) quality academic resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and other Websites do not quality as academic resources

Question 33: Health Care

NAPSRx Final Exam Solution | New Solution Correct Answers | Rated A+
NAPSRx Final Exam Solution | New Solution Correct Answers | Rated A+

Signature Week 6 QNT561 final Signature Assignment
Purpose of Assignment
The purpose of this assignment is for students to synthesize the concepts learned throughout the course. This assignment will provide students an opportunity to build critical thinking skills, develop businesses and organizations, and solve problems requiring data by compiling all pertinent information into one report.

Resources: Microsoft Excel®, Signature Assignment Databases, Signature Assignment Options, Part 3: Inferential Statistics

Scenario: Upon successful completion of the MBA program, imagine you work in the analytics department for a consulting company. Your assignment is to analyze one of the following databases:
Manufacturing
Hospital
Consumer Food
Financial

Select one of the databases based on the information in the Signature Assignment Options.

Provide a 1,600-word detailed, four part, statistical report with the following sections:
Part 1 – Preliminary Analysis
Part 2 – Examination of Descriptive Statistics
Part 3 – Examination of Inferential Statistics
Part 4 – Conclusion/Recommendations

Part 1 – Preliminary Analysis
Generally, as a statistics consultant, you will be given a problem and data. At times, you may have to gather additional data. For this assignment, assume all the data is already gathered for you.

State the objective:
What are the questions you are trying to address?

Describe the population in the study clearly and in sufficient detail:
What is the sample?

Discuss the types of data and variables:
Are the data quantitative or qualitative?
What are levels of measurement for the data?

Part 2 – Descriptive Statistics

Examine the given data.

Present the descriptive statistics (mean, median, mode, range, standard deviation, variance, CV, and five-number summary).

Identify any outliers in the data.

Present any graphs or charts you think are appropriate for the data.

Note: Ideally, we want to assess the conditions of normality too. However, for the purpose of this exercise, assume data is drawn from normal populations.

Part 3 – Inferential Statistics

Use the Part 3: Inferential Statistics document.
Create (formulate) hypotheses
Run formal hypothesis tests
Make decisions. Your decisions should be stated in non-technical terms.

Hint: A final conclusion saying “reject the null hypothesis” by itself without explanation is basically worthless to those who hired you. Similarly, stating the conclusion is false or rejected is not sufficient.

Part 4 – Conclusion and Recommendations

Include the following:
What are your conclusions?
What do you infer from the statistical analysis?
State the interpretations in non-technical terms. What information might lead to a different conclusion?
Are there any variables missing?
What additional information would be valuable to help draw a more certain conclusion?

Format your assignment consistent with APA format.

NURS6521 Final Exam Answers Latest Version Walden University

Question 36: Health Care

NURS4115 Week 3 Assignment
NURS4115 Week 3 Assignment

Question 1: General Question

South University NSG 5003 Chapter 14: Cancer in Children

MULTIPLE CHOICE

1. What congenital malformation is commonly linked to acute leukemia in children?
a.
Down syndrome
c.
Retinoblastoma
b.
Wilms tumor
d.
Neuroblastoma
ANS:
Trisomy 21 (Down syndrome) is the most common genetic defect linked to the development of acute leukemia. Children with Down syndrome have a 10- to 20-fold increased risk of developing acute lymphoblastic and myelogenous leukemia and a higher risk for developing acute megakaryocytic leukemia. No current research supports a link between the other stated congenital malformations and acute leukemia.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 444

2. When are childhood cancers most often diagnosed?
a.
During infancy
c.
After diagnosis of a chronic illness
b.
At peak times of physical growth
d.
After an acute illness
ANS:
Childhood cancers are most often diagnosed during peak times of physical growth. No current research supports the other options.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 443

3. Prenatal exposure to diethylstilbestrol (DES) can result in which type of cancer?
a.
Breast cancer
c.
Vaginal cancer
b.
Leukemia
d.
Lymphoma
ANS:
DES has been identified as a transplacental chemical carcinogen; a small percentage of the daughters of women who took DES during pregnancy developed adenocarcinomas of the vagina. No current research supports a link between the drug and other cancers.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 445

4. Currently, what percentage of children with cancer can be cured?
a.
40%
c.
60%
b.
50%
d.
80%
ANS:
Currently, more than 80% of children diagnosed with cancer are cured.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 445

5. Most childhood cancers arise from the:
a.
Epithelium
c.
Embryologic ectodermal layer
b.
Mesodermal germ layer
d.
Viscera
ANS:

Most childhood cancers originate from the mesodermal germ layer that gives rise to connective tissue, bone, cartilage, muscle, blood, blood vessels, gonads, kidney, and the lymphatic system. The other options are not common sites from which cancers originate.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 443

6. Which form of cancer is linked to congenital malformation syndromes?
a.
Wilms tumor
c.
Osteosarcoma
b.
Retinoblastoma
d.
Rhabdomyosarcoma
ANS:
Wilms tumors are linked with other genetically linked childhood cancers. It is the only form among the available options that is associated with congenital malformation syndromes.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 443 | Table 14-1

7. Research data support a carcinogenic relationship in children resulting from exposure to which virus?
a.
Herpes simplex virus
c.
Varicella zoster virus
b.
Influenza
d.
Epstein-Barr virus
ANS:
The strongest association between viruses and the development of cancer in children has been the Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), Burkitt lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, and Hodgkin disease. No current research supports a link between the remaining options and childhood cancer.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 445

8. A child diagnosed with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) has an increased risk of developing:
a.
Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
c.
Epstein-Barr
b.
Retinoblastoma
d.
Leukemia
ANS:
Children with AIDS have an increased risk of developing non-Hodgkin lymphoma and Kaposi sarcoma. Leukemia is linked to retinoblastoma. Epstein-Barr has been linked to the development of some cancers, whereas no known link has been found between AIDS and the development of leukemia.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 445

9. Which intervention has the greatest affect on a child’s mortality rate when diagnosed with cancer?
a.
Age at the time of diagnosis
b.
Participation in clinical trials
c.
Proximity to a major cancer treatment center
d.
Parental involvement in the treatment planning
ANS:

Mortality rates have significantly declined in the past 40 years largely as a result of advances in treatment and participation in clinical trials. Although important, the other options are not believed to have an affect on the decline of the mortality rate of childhood cancer.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 445

10. Which statement is likely true regarding children being treated for cancer with radiation therapy?
a.
They will most likely have a successful remission of tumor growth.
b.
They seldom require follow-up maintenance treatments.
c.
They are prone to experience severe developmental delays.
d.
They are at increased risk for developing adult cancers.
ANS:
Although the need exists for long-term studies, research has shown a correlation between radiation-induced malignancies from radiotherapy (as in cancer treatment) or radiation exposure from diagnostic imaging; both have shown to increase the risk of developing cancer during adulthood. The other options are not necessarily true regarding the outcomes of radiation therapy for childhood cancers.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 445

11. How should the nurse reply when a parent questions why a computed tomographic (CT) scan of the head was not ordered for their 5-year-old child after a minor fall?
a.
Physicians are cautious about ordering CT scan on children younger than 10 years
of age.
b.
CT scans are seldom conclusive when used to diagnosis head injuries in young
children.
c.
The child’s symptoms will determine whether a CT scan is necessary and worth
the expense.
d.
Research suggests that repeated CT scans can increase the risk of developing brain
cancer.
ANS:
Findings from a recent study of 176,587 children suggest that those who have two or three CT scans of the head before the age of 22 years are three times more likely to develop brain cancer as those in the general population, and the risk of developing leukemia is three times as great in those who received five to ten CT scans. The other options do not represent the logic behind not ordering a CT scan in relationship to minor head trauma.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 445 | What’s New box

MULTIPLE RESPONSE

12. Childhood exposure to which risk factors increases the susceptibility for developing cancers? (Select all that apply.)
a.
Low birth weight
b.
Chemotherapy
c.
Ionizing radiation
d.
Cigarette smoke

e.
Hodgkin disease

ANS: , C, E
Childhood exposure to ionizing radiation, drugs, or existing cancer-causing viruses has been associated with the risk of developing cancer. Although unhealthy, no current research identifies cigarette smoke or low birth weight as risk factors for childhood cancer.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 445 | Table 14-3

13. Which statement is true concerning the difference between adult and childhood cancers?
(Select all that apply.)
a.
Numerous differences exist between these two categories of cancer.
b.
Childhood cancers are far less likely to be associated with genetic mutations.
c.
Environmental risks are strongly associated with childhood cancers.
d.
Exposure to pesticides is a minor risk for the development of adult cancers.
e.
Maternal exposure to carcinogenic substances presents little risk to the fetus.
ANS: , B
Overall, cancers in children are very different than adult cancers and are associated with far fewer genetic mutations. Research does not support the other options.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 442 | Page 444 | What’s New box

14. Most childhood cancers originate from the mesodermal germ layer that ultimately produces which of the following? (Select all that apply.)
a.
Connective tissue
b.
Digestive system
c.
Muscles
d.
Kidneys
e.
Blood
ANS: , C, D, E
Most childhood cancers originate from the mesodermal germ layer, which gives rise to connective tissue, bone cartilage, muscle, blood, blood vessels, gonads, kidney, and the lymphatic system. Cancers of the digestive tract do not originate in the mesodermal germ layer.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 443

15. Which statements are true regarding cancers that develop in children? (Select all that apply.)
a.
Childhood cancers tend to be fast growing.
b.
Childhood cancers are diagnosed during growth spurts.
c.
Childhood cancer generally metastasizes by the time of diagnosis.
d.
Childhood cancer is typically at low risk for aggressive metastasis.
e.
Childhood cancers respond well to standardized treatment modalities.
ANS: , B, C
Childhood cancers are most often diagnosed during peak times of physical growth. In general, they are extremely fast growing, with 80% having distant spread (metastases) at diagnosis.
The other options are not true regarding childhood cancers.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 443

16. The nurse is preparing a discussion on cancer and its occurrence among college-aged students. Which cancers will the nurse include in the discussion? (Select all that apply.)
a.
Colorectal
b.
Testicular
c.
Thyroid
d.
Breast
e.
Lung
ANS: , B, C, D
The most common cancers among the adolescent and young adult population (15 to 39 years of age) are Hodgkin lymphoma, leukemia, germ-cell tumors (particularly testicular), central nervous system tumors, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, thyroid cancer, melanoma, sarcomas, and breast, cervical, liver, thyroid and colorectal cancers. Lung cancer generally develops after chronic inhalation of nicotine-containing products.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 442

Chapter 15: Structure and Function of the Neurologic System

MULTIPLE CHOICE

1. Which pathway carries sensory information toward the central nervous system (CNS)?
a.
Ascending
c.
Somatic
b.
Descending
d.
Efferent
ANS:
Peripheral nerve pathways can be afferent (ascending) pathways that carry sensory impulses toward the CNS. The remaining options do not carry sensory information to the CNS.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 448

2. Which type of axon transmits a nerve impulse at the highest rate?
a.
Large nonmyelinated
c.
Small nonmyelinated
b.
Large myelinated
d.
Small myelinated
ANS:
If the myelin layer is tightly wrapped many times around the axon and is forming the nodes of Ranvier, then conduction velocity increases and the neuron is referred to as myelinated. The increased diameter of the myelinated axons allows for the transmission of impulses at a faster rate. The other options do not affect nervous impulse transmission rates.

PTS: 1 REF: Pages 448-450

3. Which nerves are capable of regeneration?
a.
Nerves within the brain and spinal cord
b.
Peripheral nerves that are cut or severed
c.
Myelinated nerves in the peripheral nervous system
d.
Unmyelinated nerves of the peripheral nervous system

PTS: 1 REF: Pages 450-451

4. The neurotransmitter, norepinephrine, is secreted in the:
a.
Somatic nervous system
c.
Sympathetic postganglion
b.
Parasympathetic preganglion
d.
Parasympathetic postganglion
ANS:
Most postganglionic sympathetic fibers release norepinephrine (adrenaline). The remaining options do not reflect the correct site of norepinephrine secretion.

PTS: 1 REF: Pages 473-474

5. Both oligodendroglia and Schwann cells share the ability to:
a.
Form a myelin sheath
c.
Transport nutrients
b.
Remove cellular debris
d.
Line the ventricles

ANS:
The function of oligodendroglia (oligodendrocytes) is to deposit myelin within the central nervous system (CNS). Oligodendroglia are the CNS counterpart of Schwann cells. The remaining options are not reflective of the common function of these structures.

PTS: 1 REF: Pages 449-450

6. During a synapse, what change occurs after the neurotransmitter binds to the receptor?
a.
The permeability of the presynaptic neuron changes; consequently, its membrane
potential is changed as well.
b.
The permeability of the postsynaptic neuron changes; consequently, its membrane
potential is changed as well.
c.
The postsynaptic cell prevents any change in permeability and destroys the action
potential.
d.
The presynaptic cell synthesizes and secretes additional neurotransmitters.
ANS:
The binding of the neurotransmitter at the receptor site changes the permeability of the postsynaptic neuron and, consequently, its membrane potential. The remaining options do not accurately describe the occurrence.

PTS: 1 REF: Pages 452-453

7. What name is given to a large network of neurons within the brainstem that is essential for maintaining wakefulness?
a.
Midbrain
c.
Medulla oblongata
b.
Reticular activating system
d.
Pons
ANS:
The reticular activating system is essential for maintaining wakefulness. The remaining options are not essential to this function.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 454

8. Thought and goal-oriented behaviors are functions of which area of the brain?
a.
Cerebellum
c.
Prefrontal lobe
b.
Limbic system
d.
Occipital lobe
ANS:
The prefrontal area is responsible for goal-oriented behavior (i.e., ability to concentrate), short-term or recall memory, and the elaboration of thought and inhibition on the limbic (emotional) areas of the CNS. The remaining options are not involved in these functions.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 456

9. The region responsible for the motor aspects of speech is located in the:
a.
Wernicke area in the temporal lobe
c.
Wronka area in the parietal lobe
b.
Broca area in the frontal lobe
d.
Barlow area in the occipital lobe
ANS:
Broca speech area is the only region responsible for the motor aspects of speech.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 457

10. Parkinson and Huntington diseases are associated with defects in which area of the brain?
a.
Thalamus
c.
Cerebellum
b.
Medulla oblongata
d.
Basal ganglia
ANS:
Parkinson and Huntington diseases are conditions associated with defects of the basal ganglia. No current research supports the role of any of the other options in these diseases.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 457

11. Maintenance of a constant internal environment and the implementation of behavioral patterns are main functions of which area of the brain?
a.
Thalamus
c.
Subthalamus
b.
Epithalamus
d.
Hypothalamus
ANS:
Hypothalamic function falls into two major areas: (1) maintenance of a constant internal environment, and (2) implementation of behavioral patterns. The remaining options do not address these functions.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 459

12. The ability of the eyes to track moving objects through a visual field is primarily a function of which colliculi?
a.
Inferior
c.
Mid
b.
Superior
d.
Posterior
ANS:
The superior colliculi are involved with voluntary and involuntary visual motor movements (e.g., the ability of the eyes to track moving objects in the visual field). Tracking moving objects is not the primary function of the remaining options.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 459

13. What parts of the brain mediate the expression of affect, both emotional and behavioral states?
a.
Hypothalamus and subthalamus
c.
Limbic system and prefrontal cortex
b.
Parietal and frontal lobes
d.
Basal ganglia and medulla oblongata
ANS:
Extensive connections with the limbic system and prefrontal cortex mediate the expression of affect, both emotional and behavioral states. The remaining options are not involved in these expressions.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 457

14. Reflex activities concerned with heart rate, blood pressure, respirations, sneezing, swallowing, and coughing are controlled by which area of the brain?
a.
Pons
c.
Cerebellum
b.
Midbrain
d.
Medulla oblongata
ANS:

The medulla oblongata makes up the myelencephalon and is the lowest portion of the brainstem. Reflex activities, such as heart rate, respiration, blood pressure, coughing, sneezing, swallowing, and vomiting, are controlled only in this area.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 460

15. From which part of the midbrain do cranial nerves V to VIII emerge?
a.
Midbrain
c.
Medulla oblongata
b.
Pons
d.
Lateral colliculi
ANS:
The nuclei of cranial nerves V through VIII (see Table 15-6 for discussion) are located only in the pons.

PTS: 1 REF: Pages 459-460

16. From which part of the midbrain do cranial nerves IX to XII emerge?
a.
Midbrain
c.
Medulla oblongata
b.
Pons
d.
Lateral colliculi
ANS:
The nuclei of cranial nerves IX through XII (see Table 15-6 for discussion) are located only in the medulla oblongata.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 460

17. Which area of the brain assumes the responsibility for conscious and unconscious muscle synergy and for maintaining balance and posture?
a.
Cerebrum
c.
Diencephalon
b.
Cerebellum
d.
Brainstem
ANS:
The cerebellum is responsible for conscious and unconscious muscle synergy and for maintaining balance and posture. This role is not assumed by any of the remaining options.

PTS: 1 REF: Page 459

18. Which statement is true regarding upper motor neurons?
a.
Upper motor neurons directly influence muscles.
b.
They modify spinal reflex arcs.
c.
Upper motor neurons are located in the gray matter of the spinal cord.
d.
They extend their dendritic processes out of the CNS.
ANS:
Upper motor neurons (i.e., corticospinal tract) are the classification of motor pathways completely contained within the CNS. Their primary roles include directing, influencing, and modifying reflex arcs, lower-level control centers, and motor and some sensory neurons

Question 2: General Question

NSG 6435 Week 7 Quiz/ NSG6435 Week 7 Quiz (Latest): South University (Already graded A)
NSG 6435 Week 7 Quiz/ NSG6435 Week 7 Quiz (Latest): South University (Already graded A)

Question 3: General Question

Write a 350- to 700-word paper in which you investigate the interrelationship between the
entertainment media and culture. Answer the following questions:
⦁ In what ways have various forms of entertainment media shaped American culture and its values?
⦁ Are the social influences of entertainment media mostly positive or negative? Explain.
Provide specific examples.
Conclude your paper with thoughts on whether the entertainment media are a reflection of or a catalyst for societal behaviors and attitudes.

Write a 350- to 700-word pitch to either a movie or television producer. Your pitch will explain your idea for a new TV or movie program that is based on current market trends. You will need to research what the popular genres are in either movies or television and write your pitch with the intention of selling a story that falls in line with what is currently profitable.
Include an analysis discussing how current popular entertainment trends do or do not reflect American cultural values and their influence on social behavior as well.

Question 4: General Question

Strayer University, Lithonia – ACC 100Accounting Assignment 2.docx
Strayer University, Lithonia – ACC 100Accounting Assignment 2.docx

Question 5: Biology

Each essay response is required to be a minimum of 250 words. Because these essays are open-book, take the time to provide ample information, detail, and personal analysis in each essay response. While there is a minimum word requirement for each essay, there is not a maximum word limit. Feel free to elaborate as needed with relevant information to meet your own personal level of satisfaction.
1. Describe the sliding filament theory, the size principle of motor unit recruitment, and the all or none theory? When training a bodybuilder, why is an understanding of these three principles necessary and how can they be applied when designing training programs for bodybuilders?
2. The author of the textbook describes six core lifts as being necessary to include when designing a training program for a bodybuilder (squat, overhead press, chin-ups, bench press, deadlift, and bar dips). Why does the author feel that these lifts should form the foundation of a bodybuilder’s program? What advantages do these lifts offer? Do you agree with the author’s assessment that these lifts should form the foundation of a training program for bodybuilders? Why or why not?
3. Describe the factors that contribute to muscle hypertrophy. When designing a training program to optimize muscle hypertrophy, what steps can you take to make sure that each factor is accounted for?
4. What style of periodization do you feel would be best for optimizing a bodybuilder’s physique? Defend your answer.
5. Briefly describe the variables that contribute to a bodybuilder’s ability to recover from training. What steps should be taken by a trainer to ensure that optimal recovery is achieved?

Question 6: Biology

You are working with an amateur bodybuilder who is 12 months out from a bodybuilding competition. Design a year-long periodized training program for the athlete with the objective of optimizing the client’s physique at the time of the competition. The training program should include the following:
A list of assessments to be performed at the onset of the training program
A warm-up and cool down for each training day
A detailed year-long periodized training program including specific exercises, sets, repetitions, suggested rest times, etc. The program should include a Foundational Training phase, a Hypertrophy phase, and a Cutting phase.
An explanation as to why you made your recommendations for each phase of training.
Nutrition and supplement recommendations to support the bodybuilder during each phase of training.

Question 7: Biology

Create a video or script demonstrating your understanding of Strength and Conditioning training. The video or script should be completed within the following guidelines:
1. Introduce yourself by name, school, or association that you work for, etc.
2. Identify the athlete and sport you are coaching and the athlete’s position in the training cycle.
3. Introduce the layout of the training program and then begin training. (NOTE: Training should be specific for the athlete’s needs.)
4. Walkthrough training techniques with both verbal explanation and physical demonstration.
5. Include both a warm-up and cool-down routine with both verbal explanation and physical demonstration.
OPTION 2: Training Script
If you are unable to create a video demonstrating your understanding of Strength and Conditioning training, you will need to write a script for the video you would produce if you had the resources. Requirements for the script:
1. The script should be 1500+ words typed and submitted in a Word (.DOC) or PDF format. For ease of review, please used Size 12 font in Black.
2. The format should be easily readable. The reviewer should be able to read your script and get a mental image of what is trying to be relayed. See sample play scripts or movie scripts for sample formats.
3. Since you will not have visual examples, the script will need to convey your vision. Be detailed but concise.

Question 8: Biology

Design year-long training programs for one of the athletes below. Design off-season, pre-season, early season, and competitive season workouts. Include weight training, plyometrics, endurance, and flexibility training.
Choose one of the following:
A. High school football player (specify position)
B. College basketball player (specify position)
C. Minor league baseball player (specify position)
Provide details for the type of exercise, duration, sets, reps, rest intervals, and so on. A coach or athlete should be able to take your program and put it into practice without having to contact you for clarity of further explanation. Provide a rationale for your recommendations. For each season of each 1-year training program, you will include a ONE WEEK ‘example’ of what you would focus on with your client in that given season. For example, in a given week, you will show a proper strength training program for Monday, Wednesday, Friday and will show Plyometrics, agility, and speed on Tuesday/Thursday and you will provide the full exercise program for that given period of time.
⦁ Off-Season: 1-week’ sample’ program
⦁ Pre Season: 1-week ‘sample’ program
⦁ Early Season: 1-week ‘sample’ program
⦁ Competitive Season: 1-week ‘sample’ program
⦁ Post Season: 1-week ‘sample’ program
You will also provide a rationale/explanation regarding your client’s goals for each season and how the programming and training protocol you provided will most appropriately and effectively assist the client in achieving their goals for the following season.

You will provide all of the necessary aspects of your clients’ programming including:
⦁ Initial goals and assessments
⦁ Proper warm-up and cool down for each training day.
⦁ Season appropriate training: exercise prescription, sets, reps and intensity
⦁ Re-assess your client’s progress and update their goals at the beginning of each season in his or her one-year program

Question 9: Biology

Write a 250-word essay response to the following question.
Describe the stretch-shortening cycle and how it relates to exercise.
Analyze two athletes performing a power clean and a power snatch. Do a detailed technical analysis of each lift. List the critical elements of each lift and note any technique deviations.
Pick an athlete and conduct a series of tests appropriate for their sport. What tests did you conduct and what were the results? What do the results tell you about your athlete? What goals will be set for the next testing period?
Give an example of a sports athlete that utilizes each of the three major energy pathways. How long does the body utilize each pathway as its main energy source?

Question 10: Biology

5 Short Answer Questions: 1. Discuss the three E’s of nutrition. Explain how PDIs fit into the three E’s of nutrition. 2. Describe the significance of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins on health and performance? What are the general recommendations for each macronutrient intake? How do body type, health status, and performance goals influence these recommendations? 3. Explain the difference between micronutrients and macronutrients. What role do micronutrients play in maintaining and optimizing health and performance? What are the common micronutrient deficiencies seen in athletes? 4. Describe the path of food through the digestive system and explain each organ's role in the digestive process. What are some factors that influence digestion? 5. Perform a body composition assessment on a subject using one of the methods outlined in Unit 14. Discuss the methodology you used, including possible deviations that could have occurred during testing. Then identify the somatotype of your subject and provide a macronutrient split recommendation for your subject based on his/her somatotype. Explain why you feel that the macronutrient split you provided is appropriate for your client.

Question 11: Biology

For this case study, you ideally will need to recruit a healthy adult competitive athlete. This person can be a recreational sports athlete, college athlete, or other type of active athlete. Alternatively, you can even use yourself. Note that this is just an academic exercise, so the person you are working with does not need to follow the program.
Go through Steps 1 to 8 from Unit 17, provided below, and develop nutritional guidelines for your subject, dependent on the season that he/she is in. Then provide a discussion as to why you made your recommendations.
Show all calculations that may apply, using the methods in the course textbook related to the Steps. Make note of the person’s age, gender, sport, and athletic season.
Step 1: Determine body composition.
Step 2: Determine daily caloric expenditure range for training days and non-training days and for competition days.
Step 3: Determine the bioenergetics the sport primarily demands for peak athletic performance; Athlete- Type; Anaerobic – Immediate Energy System; Anaerobic Glycolytic; Anaerobic Glycolytic – Oxidative Glycolytic; and Oxidative. Some examples of sports are included below.
Step 4: Determine daily protein intake estimate and the foods and supplements to achieve it. Remember from your lessons that protein requirements can differ among different Athlete-Types and among individual athletes. This gives a scientific reason for making protein intake a priority for sports nutrition programs, in addition to other factors.
Step 5: Determine daily carbohydrate estimate and the foods and supplements to achieve it. Remember to plan for carbohydrate beverage intake before, during, and after practice and for sports events as appropriate. Modulate carbohydrate type and amount with meals and snacks to meet specific nutrition goals.
Step 6: Determine fat (essential fatty acids) intake estimate and plan, and select foods and cooking methods to achieve it. Keeping fat intake under 30 percent of total daily calories will be an ongoing skill to master. For certain sports, maintaining low fat intake during the season—between 15 and 20 percent of total daily calories—can be challenging and requires extra effort to make sure athletes are ingesting adequate amounts of the essential fatty acids: linoleic and alpha-pnolenic acids. Add healthy sources of essential fatty acids in addition to EPA and DHA as required for health.
Step 7: Maintain proper fluid intake estimate to meet daily requirements, as determined by the amount of physical activity, environmental factors, and specific athletic training, performance, and health needs.
Step 8: Determine the needs for using special sports nutrition and dietary supplement products.

Question 12: Biology

NURS 6531 Midterm Exam Latest Version Walden University

Question 13: Biology

Nurs 6512 Final Latest Version Walden University

Question 14: Biology

Nurs 6512 Midterm Latest Version Walden University

Question 15: Business

One way to be exposed to another culture is by examining the foods typical of that culture. In this exercise, you will need to create a limited guide to ethnic dining in your city or area. The finished guide will be descriptive in nature; it is not meant to be a rating guide.Purpose: The purpose of this exercise is to allow those students who have had only minimal exposure to cultural differences an opportunity to experience those differences through the common element of food. Students will create a basic ethnic dining guide for restaurants in their area. The guide is not meant to be a rating guide. It is simply meant to be an informative guide.
Instructions

Activities
⦁ Identify ethnic dining categories for inclusion in your guide. Once you have identified categories for your area, make a list of restaurants for each category.
⦁ You will need to create a data collection form so that the same information is collected from each restaurant. For example, you will want to include the name, address, and phone number for each restaurant. Think of other information that would be helpful.
⦁ Choose and complete the assignment for three of the restaurants from the list you have generated in activity One. Consider visiting an assortment of ethnic restaurants. If your budget allows, eat at a few of the restaurants in addition to collecting the information. After you have all the information, review and compare your findings.
⦁ Was there a meal or type of food that you particularly liked? Disliked? Which type of ethnic restaurant seemed most foreign to you? Why do you think that was?

Question 16: Business

Imagine that you have been appointed as the Chief Compliance Officer for “NIKE”
Create a four to six (4-6) slide PowerPoint presentation in which you:

⦁ Summarize your chosen company’s Supplier Code of Conduct information
⦁ In your own words, explain how each aspect of your Supplier Code of Conduct is committed to ethical business practices and society social responsibility.
⦁ Discuss your company’s stance on each of the following areas:
a. Empowering Workers
b. Labor and Human Rights
c. Health and Safety
d. The Environment
e. Accountability
⦁ Identify the key ways that your company’s Code of Conduct has changed in recent years (i.e. have there been any improvements made).
⦁ Examine the manner in which your company’s Supplier Code of Conduct helps the organization operate as a socially responsible organization.
⦁ Provide detailed speaker notes of what you would say if you were delivering the presentation.

Question 17: Business

QSO 500 Milestone One Guidelines and Rubric
Overview: In this final project, you will create a research report based on the application of action research processes for developing problem solving strategies. In designing the report, you will follow the best practices for ethical research. You will utilize the research process to inform decisions in your professional life and as a framework for approaching research projects in other courses in your program. The final product will be a comprehensive research report using the five-step research process (identify the problem; understand the theoretical framework of the problem; design the research study; collect, explain, and analyze the data; report the results; and make conclusions and recommendations).
For Milestone One, submit a draft of your business problem and literature review. Using the problem you identified in your Module One journal and the feedback you received, describe the research problem including the context in which it exists. Using the problem statement, describe the stakeholders and research objective. Based on the research objective, develop a research question that clearly and concisely articulates in one sentence the purpose of the study. Consider the key real or potential ethical issues or challenges of the study.
After describing your business problem and research question, prepare a comprehensive literature review that carefully and thoughtfully examines the research problem from a scholarly perspective using a minimum of seven quality sources. A minimum of three of the sources must be selected from scholarly, peer-reviewed journals. Other quality sources can be professional publications or magazines, internal corporate publications such as annual reports or white papers, or established news sources.
Prompt: Refer to the given case study Maruti Suzuki India: Defending Market Leadership in the A-Segment and select a data-driven business problem that can be addressed using action research to be the basis for your research report. Prepare a comprehensive literature review that carefully and thoughtfully examines the research problem from a scholarly perspective using a minimum of seven quality sources. A minimum of three of the sources must be selected from scholarly, peer-reviewed journals. Other quality sources can be from professional publications or magazines, internal corporate publications such as annual reports or white papers, or established news sources.
Specifically the following critical elements must be addressed:
Business Problem: Refer to the given case study and select a data-driven business problem that can be addressed using action research to be the basis for your research report.
A. Describe the research problem, including the context in which it exists. In other words, what caused or precipitated this problem? What has already been done to address it?
B. Describe the key stakeholders (or potential stakeholders) of your business problem. In other words, who are the people who have the most to gain or lose from a decision?
C. Explain the research objective. How would it benefit the stakeholder to know the results?
D. Develop a research question based on the research objective that clearly and concisely articulates in one sentence the purpose of the study.
E. Discuss the key real or potential ethical issues or challenges of the study. Consider the following: How will data be collected and protected? How will human subjects be used, treated, and protected?
Literature Review:
A. Explain the theories that best ground your organizational problem. Support your explanation with specific examples. These theories might be management, behavioral, social, and/or business related.
B. Discuss the bias and limitations present in the relevant literature and the potential impact these may have on your research.
C. Summarize at least one other research study that has faced this challenge that could potentially be replicated and applied to your research study.
D. From the literature, analyze at least one other organization that has faced similar problems, explaining what they have done to address the problem.
Rubric
Guidelines for Submission: Your milestone must be submitted as a 5- to 6-page Microsoft Word document with double spacing, 12-point Times New Roman font, one-inch margins, and at least seven sources cited in APA format.
Critical Elements
Proficient (100%)
Needs Improvement (75%)
Not Evident (0%)
Value
Business Problem: Research Problem
Describes the research problem, including the context in which it exists
Describes the research problem, but description is cursory or does not include the context in which the problem exists
Does not describe the research problem
9
Business Problem: Stakeholders
Describes all key stakeholders of the business problem
Describes the stakeholders of the business problem, but description is cursory or neglects to address all key stakeholders
Does not describe the stakeholders of the business problem
9
Business Problem: Research Objective
Explains the research objective, including how this research would benefit the stakeholder
Explains the research objective, but explanation is cursory or does not show how this research would benefit the stakeholder
Does not explain the research objective
9
Business Problem: Research Question
Develops a research question based on the research objective that clearly and concisely articulates in one sentence the purpose of the study
Develops a research question based on the research objective, but it does not clearly or concisely articulate in one sentence the purpose of the study
Does not develop a research question based on the research objective
Business Problem: Ethical Issues
Discusses all key real or potential ethical issues or challenges of the study
Discusses real or potential ethical issues or challenges of the study, but discussion is cursory, contains issues of clarity, or neglects to address key ethical issues
Does not discuss real or potential ethical issues or challenges of the study
12
Literature Review: Theories
Explains the theories that best ground the organizational problem with support from specific examples
Explains the theories that best ground the organizational problem, but explanation is cursory or not supported with specific examples
Does not explain the theories that best ground the organizational problem
12
Literature Review: Bias and Limitations
Discusses the bias and limitations present in the relevant literature, including the potential impact on research
Discusses the bias and limitations present in the relevant literature, but discussion contains issues of clarity or does not address the potential impact on research
Does not discuss the bias and limitations present in the relevant literature
12
Literature Review: Other Research Study
Summarizes another research study that has faced this challenge that could potentially be replicated and applied to your research study
Summarizes another research study that has faced this challenge that could potentially be replicated and applied to your research study, but summary is cursory or contains inaccuracies
Does not summarize another research study that has faced this challenge that could potentially be replicated
12
Literature Review: Other Organization
Analyzes another organization that has faced similar problems, including an explanation of what was done to address the problem
Analyzes another organization that has faced similar problems, but analysis is cursory or does not explain what was done to address the problem
Does not analyze another organization that has faced similar problems
12
Articulation of Response
Submission has no major errors related to citations, grammar, spelling, syntax, or organization
Submission has major errors related to citations, grammar, spelling, syntax, or organization that negatively impact readability and articulation of main ideas
Submission has critical errors related to citations, grammar, spelling, syntax, or organization that prevent understanding of ideas
4
Total
100%

Question 18: Business

You are a first-year Human Resource Specialist at “State of Estates” estate planning firm. Norman is the mid-level manager responsible for the southern regional office. The following events have recently occurred in Norman’s office:
⦁ Ken, an estate planner in Norman’s office, recently adopted a baby with his wife. He applied for 12-week family leave, but was denied by Norman because his wife did not physically give birth. The corporate human resource department (where you work) was not given notice of this decision.
⦁ June, part of the full-time housekeeping staff, has been asking other employees if they would like to join a union. There are currently no unions within the organization.
⦁ Maria is concerned about ladders that are placed around the office for remodeling. Norman said not to worry, and that there are no official policies for safety in an office setting.

Prepare a 15- to 20-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation with speaker notes responding to Norman from a Human Resource standpoint. The video or presentation should address the following topics:
⦁ An overview of the FMLA and its key provisions relating to Ken.
⦁ Recommended resolution for Ken’s situation (both for Ken as an employee and as a company handling these requests moving forward).
⦁ An overview of key labor laws to briefly educate Norman on employee rights in unionizing.
⦁ A brief discussion of OSHA and possible application to Norman’s office setting.

Format your presentation consistent with APA guidelines.

Question 19: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:
⦁ Discuss an element of the FSLA, and give an example of how it is enforced. Include who is and who is not exempt from this element’s regulation.

Question 20: Business

Calculations: Calculate the client’s target heart rate using the Karvonen formula.

Training Program: Design
a full 12-week periodized training program for the client described in the Client Profile. Be very specific as you design the training program. This is an opportunity for you to demonstrate your full comprehension of the information and concepts discussed throughout the course. List the types of exercise, duration, sets, reps, rest intervals, and so on.
Include the following in your case study submission:
⦁ A description of your professional responsibilities as discussed in the stages of the drawing-in process (Unit 12)
⦁ Discussion of any fitness tests, methods of evaluation, and data collection used to assess and evaluate the client’s needs
⦁ Specific conditions that you have identified in the client profile
⦁ A fully detailed 12-week comprehensive and periodized training program including specific exercises, sets, repetitions, suggested rest times, etc. Use an integrated approach in your program recommendations.
⦁ Specific and detailed nutritional strategies and an explanation as to how the strategies will assist the client in meeting energy needs
⦁ Explanation for your chosen assessment, programming, and nutritional recommendations. (Be sure to reference course concepts when discussing rationale for your recommendations.
Keep in mind that a client should be able to take your program and put it into practice without having to contact you to clarify what you intended by your recommendations or to explain parts of your program.
Don’t forget your explanation for WHY you listed and recommended what you did. Reference the concepts and theories covered in the course. Be sure to address why the program and exercises recommended are appropriate for the specific client given the client’s history, current abilities, and intended goal(s). For example: if you are developing a program for a beginner client without any resistance training experience, explain how your program addresses the lack of experience, initial need for foundational development, process by which you would safely progress the client, etc. Tying your program to course concepts is a critical component of your case study.

Review the Client Profile below.
Client Profile: Peter Parker
Age: 28
Gender: Male
Resting Heart Rate: 80 bpm
Height: 6’4″
Weight: 252 lb
Body Fat Percentage: 29%
Background and Goals: Peter is a 28-year-old civil servant with a 9-to-5 desk job. He is 6’4″ tall and weighs 252 lb. He played football and basketball in high school and some intramural sports in college, but has not worked out or been very active since. His diet is sporadic and consists of mostly processed and prepackaged foods that are quick and easy to prepare. Peter’s goals are to lose weight, tone his body, and lead a healthier lifestyle. Based on Peter’s current lifestyle and existing exercise and nutrition habits, design a 12-week progressive training program to help him best achieve his goals.

Question 21: Economics

One of the first lessons you will learn in Economics is that in order to do something, or buy something, it often means you cannot do or have something else. Life is full of choices and tradeoffs: “You cannot have your cake and eat it too,” or ” There is no such thing as a free lunch.” What is this course costing you? What is your opportunity cost to take this course? As an introductory assignment, answer each of these in the Discussions.
1) Write about what you could be doing instead of taking this course. It could be something else right at this minute. It could be going on vacation (or buying gas) with the tuition and book money, or it could be another class that conflicted with this, and
(2) Describe a choice you have had to make recently that involved make a choice between 2 alternatives not involving this course, and which way you decided to go. This could be going out to dine or buying gas, buying food rather than new clothes, or even a career change.

Question 22: Education

American Public University SEJPME Final Exam
SEJPME Final Exam | Complete Solution | Scored 92%
1) Marines had to develop which method to achieve speed and dispersion on a potentially atomic
battlefield? [objective81]
vertical envelopment
beachhead assault
tentative landings
fleet dispersion

2) Which of the following is the Coast Guard motto? [objective88]
“Semper Fideles”
“Semper Paratus”
“Anchors Aweigh”

3) The following Reserve Components have both a Federal (Title 10) mission and a State (Title 32)
mission, and therefore can be used to enforce State laws. [objective92] [Remediation Accessed :N]
Air National Guard and Army National Guard
Army Reserve and Army National Guard
Navy Reserve and Marine Corps Reserve
Air Reserve and Air National Guard
4) Which of the following options represent the Statutory Advisors of the National Security Council?
[objective63] [Remediation Accessed :N]
Chief of Staff to the President, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Director of National
Intelligence
Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and Director of National Intelligence
President, Vice President, Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense
Secretary of the Treasury and Secretary of Homeland Security
5) During the early 1990s, what event shifted the focus of the Army’s activities toward the stopping old
rivalries and conflicts? [objective79] [Remediation Accessed :N]
the end of the Cold War
the rise of global terrorism
the breakup of the Soviet Union into smaller states
the collapse of the Warsaw Pact

6) What is the role of the U.S. Armed Forces today? (Select all that apply.) [objective72] [Remediation
Accessed :N]
to organize forces
to train forces
to retain forces
to equip forces

7) The first step in solving a problem is to _____. [objective58] [Remediation Accessed :N]
gather multiple perspectives on the problem
report the problem to the commanding officer
define the problem
draft an action plan

8) Regardless of when or where employed, the Armed Forces of the United States abide by U.S. values,
the standards for the profession of arms, and _____. [objective96] [Remediation Accessed :N]
uniformed code of military justice
constitutional principles
Geneva convention
military law

9) Which reserve mobilization authority provides the President a means to activate, without a declaration of
national emergency, not more than 200,000 reservists for not more than 365 days to meet the support
requirements of any operational mission? [objective90]
selective mobilization (SM)
SECDEF call-up (SCU)
presidential reserve call-up (PRC)
partial mobilization (PM)

10) There are eight distinct domains within the Total Force Fitness (TFF) Program. This one refers to the
ability to physically accomplish all aspects of the mission while remaining healthy and uninjured.
[objective105]
Environmental Fitness
Behavioral Fitness
Social Fitness
Physical Fitness

11) The term “scuttlebutt” is a Navy word referring to the kitchens of the ship. [objective85]
True
False

12) Ice Operations and Marine Environmental Protection fall under which role of the Coast Guard?
[objective77] [Remediation Accessed :N]
maritime stewardship
maritime safety
maritime security

13) Flexibility in aerospace power allows forces to exploit mass and maneuver simultaneously to a far
greater extent than surface forces can. [objective76]
True
False

14) The multinational force commander must resolve or mitigate sovereignty through which of the
following? (Select all that apply.) [objective70] [Remediation Accessed :N]
compromise
communication
consensus
coordination

15) _____ is key to successful employment, readiness, and use of Reserve Component forces. [objective91]
Adaptability
Transformation
Predictability
Training

16) Leaders at all levels should be vigilant and consistent in the prevention, identification, and fraud, waste,
and abuse (FWA). [objective102]
False
True

17) Which of the following are among Marine Corps customs, courtesies and traditions? (Select all that
apply.) [objective86]
addressing enlisted Marines
Marine Corps birthday ball
hail and farewell
Dining-In and Mess Night

18) Marine Corps forces exploit the Total Force concept, employing combinations of active duty and reserve
Marines to ensure that missions are effectively and efficiently executed. [objective75]
True
False

19) Leaders should look for which of the following warning signs that are suggestive of trauma
spectrum disorders? [objective103] [Remediation Accessed :N]
nightmares
all of the answers are correct
memory loss
depression

20) Special Operations Forces are a valuable asset for the joint planner; however, they comprise only a small
part of the total force, a little over _____ percent of the total force. [objective95]
15
2
5
10

21) The non-operational chain of command runs directly from the President to the Secretary of Defense and
then to the _____. [objective60]
combatant commanders via the Service chiefs
Secretaries of the military departments and then to the Service chiefs
Secretaries of the military departments and then to the combatant commanders
Service chiefs via the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff

22) Risk assessment, risk management, and recommending mitigating measures to the commander or
others, are all steps that must be taken in order to properly mitigate risk. [objective100]
False
True

23) The Cooperative Strategy for 21st Century Seapower is the application of maritime forces to
support the United States’ Security Strategy. [objective74] [Remediation Accessed :N]
False
True

24) _____ are operations require independent actions involving a high degree of professionalism, selfdiscipline,
flexibility, patience, and tact. [objective101]
Support for civil authorities
Major combat operations
Humanitarian assistance operations
Peacekeeping operations

25) _____ presents fundamental principles that guide the employment of U.S. military forces in
coordinated and integrated action toward a common objective. It represents what is taught, believed,
and advocated as what is right (i.e., what works best). [objective59] [Remediation Accessed :N]
Operational design
Strategic direction
Law of warfare
Joint doctrine

26) Units that support military commanders by working with civil authorities and civilian populations in the
commander’s area of operations during peace, contingency operations, and war are known as _____ teams.
[objective94]
civil affairs
foreign area officers
special forces
political advisors

27) Who is considered the “Father of the Coast Guard?” [objective83]
Douglas Munro
Ida Lewis
Sumner Kimball
Alexander Hamilton

28) Under what circumstances may the Coast Guard be transferred to and operate as a service of the
Navy? (Select all that apply.) [objective78] [Remediation Accessed :N]
when directed by the President
when ordered by the Secretary of Defense
upon a declaration of war

29) National Security Agency (NSA) provides the following support: (Select all that apply.)
[objective57] [Remediation Accessed :N]
signals intelligence
timely, relevant, and accurate geospatial intelligence
solutions, products, and services
information systems security

30) Joint _____ prepares individual members and units of the Armed Forces to field a joint force that
integrates service capabilities in order to execute assigned missions. [objective97] [Remediation
Accessed :N]
force development
force planning
force training
doctrine

31) Which of the following would be initiated into the “Top 3”? [objective87]
Sgt. Maj.
Master Sgt.
Col.

32) What are the key criticisms of the interagency process? (Select all that apply.) [objective62]
no one is in charge
it can be cumbersome
it is often time-consuming
it is rarely effective

33) The Department of State assigns a ______ to combatant commanders, and increasingly to Join
Task Force commanders, to provide foreign policy perspective and to establish linkage with U.S.
embassies in the area of responsibility or joint operations area and the Department of State.
[objective64] [Remediation Accessed :N]
Chief of Mission (COM)
Political Advisor (POLAD)
Liaison Officer (LNO)
Joint Interagency Coordination Group (JIACG)

34) _____ is the authority to perform those functions of command over subordinate forces involving
organizing and employing commands and forces, assigning tasks, designating objectives, and giving
authoritative direction necessary to accomplish the mission. It includes authoritative direction over all
aspects of military operations and joint training necessary to accomplish missions assigned to the
command.
Combatant Command (COCOM)
Administrative Control (ADCON)
Operational Control (OPCON)
Tactical Control (TACON)

35) A group or person is honor-bound to do which of the following upon receiving a limerick at mess?
[objective84] [Remediation Accessed :N]
return the embarrassment in kind
refute the remark prior to the close of the dinner hour
ignore it as any self-generated entertainment

36) The Army aids in shaping the international environment through an extensive forward presence in which
of the following? [objective73]
Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan
Balkans, Middle East, Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan
Europe, Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

37) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), the Joint Force of the future will find
themselves operating in a security environment that is _____. [objective98]
segregated
ill-prepared
dynamic
predictable

38) Because not every nation will agree with proposed coalition actions, what is an acceptable workarounds
to accomplish the mission without offending other nations? [objective71] [Remediation
Accessed :N]
Rotating coalition partners through lead roles to promote their own political agendas
Establish a basis for coalition members to easily accept and advocate preferred coalition options
Openly show favoritism towards one nation over another nation
Establish temporary consensus through personal and professional relationships

39) Reserve Components now comprise almost what percent of the Total Force and are an integral part
of the Armed Forces of the United States? [objective89] [Remediation Accessed :N]
50 percent
60 percent
30 percent
40 percent

40) Reconnaissance and surveillance actions normally conducted in a clandestine or covert manner to
collect or verify information of strategic or operational significance, employing military capabilities not
normally found in conventional forces are called _____. These actions acquire information concerning
the capabilities, intentions and activities of an enemy. [objective93] [Remediation Accessed :N]
foreign internal defense
strategic reporting
unconventional warfare
special reconnaissance

41) Unlike the military, most U.S. Government agencies and nongovernmental organizations are _____
to create separate staffs at the strategic, operational, and tactical levels, with the result that Joint Task
Force personnel interface with individuals who are coordinating their organization’s activities at more
than one level. [objective65] [Remediation Accessed :N]
not equipped and organized
usually willing, but hesitant
not educated and trained
not eager

42) Joint force commanders must perform an analysis of the adversary, known as a _____, to know
what actions will be an effective deterrent. This continuous analytical process is used by joint
intelligence organizations to produce intelligence estimates and other intelligence products in support
of the commander’s decision-making process. [objective67] [Remediation Accessed :N]
joint intelligence preparation of the battlefield
commander’s estimate
joint intelligence preparation of the operational environment
national intelligence estimate

43) Which technological advancements turned the tide on the U-boats? (Select all that apply.) [objective80]
escort carriers
anti-submarine weapons
direction-finding equipment
long-range reconnaissance planes
destroyers equipped with advanced sonars

44) Successful teamwork requires _____ commensurate with responsibility. [objective99]
[Remediation Accessed :N]
delegation of authority
experience
maturity
rank

45) The complexity and challenges associated with planning for and executing an operation includes:
(Select all that apply). [objective66] [Remediation Accessed :N]
interagency
intergovernmental
multinational partners
military

46) The DoD Reorganization Act of 1958 _____. [objective56] [Remediation Accessed :N]
eliminated the position of Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
separated the Unified/Specified Commands from the Military Departments
placed the Services directly under the President
combined the Unified/Specified Commands during times of war

47) Resilience-based training contributes to the overall mission readiness of the Armed Forces.
[objective104]
True
False

48) Which of the following represent highlights of Air Force history? [objective82]
design of a doctrine of strategic bombing and one of organizational independence
expansion into space
all of the answers are correct
development of the Strategic Air Command

49) Factors that enhance interoperability are _____. [objective69] [Remediation Accessed :N]
varying levels of experience among coalition partners
conflicting personalities
a command atmosphere that permits positive criticism and reward the sharing of information
lack of coalition security teams

50) The purpose of the _____ principle of joint operations is to prepare clear, uncomplicated plans and
concise orders to ensure thorough understanding. [objective68] [Remediation Accessed :N]
security
simplicity
clarity
objective

1) The end strength of the U.S. Coast Guard Reserve is _____ percent of the total Coast
Guard. [objective92] [Remediation Accessed :N]
10
20
50
30

2) The National Security Council comprises of which three levels of formal interagency
committees for coordination and making decision on national security issues? [objective63]
principals, deputies, and interagency policy
principals, deputies, and interagency working group
executive, deputies, and interagency coordination
strategic, operational, and tactical

3) By the time of the Mexican-American War, U.S. soldiers were technologically equivalent to those
of Europe due to advances in_____. [objective79]
standardization of the potency of field artillery
mobility, flexibility, and potency of field artillery
training and standardization

4) The primary function of the Air Force is to provide prompt and sustained offensive and
defensive air operation. [objective72]
False
True

5) Which of the following are keys to success in joint assignments? (Select all that apply.)
[objective58]
Knowing how to solve problems
Checking the work of members from other Services
Knowing the people around you
Having competence in your area of the Service

6) The term _____ refers to the aggregate of features and traits that form the individual nature of a
person. In the context of the profession of arms, it entails moral and ethical adherence to our
values. It is at the heart of the relationship of the profession with the American people, and to each
other. [objective96]
leadership
competence
character
justice

7) The abilities of the Coast Guard to operate in severe weather conditions, 24 hours a day,
year round, are called? [objective77] [Remediation Accessed :N]
Search and Rescue missions
Marine Safety missions
Defense Readiness missions
Deepwater missions

8) Factors affecting military capabilities of nations include _____. [objective70]
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)
leader development and national interests
nongovernmental organizations (NGOs)
religion and culture

9) Service members with good psychological health contribute to force readiness by being
focused, alert, prepared for new tasks, able to engage in critical thinking, and behave responsibly
and ethically. [objective103]
False
True

10) These capabilities comprise the core of U.S. maritime power and reflect an increase in
emphasis on those activities that prevent war and build partnerships: [objective74]
forward presence, deterrence, sea control, power projection, maritime security, humanitarian
assistance and disaster response (HA/DR)
readiness, preparedness, technical prowess, and training
peacekeeping and contingency operations
forward presence, deterrence, sea control

11) The _____ is the primary vehicle through which the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
(CJCS) exercises responsibility to provide for the preparation of joint operation plans. It provides
guidance and direction from the CJCS to the combatant commanders and the Service chiefs for
preparation of contingency plans. [objective59]
Unified Command Plan
Guidance for Employment of the Force
National Military Strategy
Joint Strategic Capabilities Plan

12) Upon a declaration of war the Coast Guard may be transferred to and operate as a service of
the U.S. Navy? [objective78]
True
False

13) Which branch of the armed forces operates within the Department of Homeland Security?
[objective57]
Navy
Army
Coast Guard
Air Force
Marines
None of the branches

14) U.S. Law, Title 10, USC Section 153, gives the _____ authority regarding joint force
development, specifically providing authority to develop doctrine for the joint employment of the
Armed Forces, and to formulate policies for the joint training of the Armed Forces to include
policies for the military education and training of members of the Armed Forces. [objective97]
Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
Secretary of Defense
Service Chiefs
Joint Chiefs of Staff

15) The ______ is an interagency staff group that establishes or enhances regular, timely, and
collaborative working relationships between other government agency (e.g., CIA, DOS, FBI)
representatives and military operational planners at the combatant commands. [objective64]
JIACG
HAST
CMOC
POLAD

16) The offering of ceremonial toasts is a traditional Army custom at a formal Dining-In, which
includes passing the wine, “over the water,” an historical reference to King James I, who was
exiled by Oliver Cromwell. [objective84]
True
False

17) _____ and _____ are two key structural enhancements that should improve the coordination of
multinational forces. [objective71]
Liaison network, coordination centers
Rationalization, training
Interoperability, liaison network
Training, interoperability

18) There are a total of how many Reserve Components in the Armed Forces of the United
States? [objective89] [Remediation Accessed :N]
6
5
8
7

19) Special operations forces are organized under the _____, a functional unified command
responsible for providing mission capable special operations forces to the geographic combatant
commanders. [objective93]
United States Northern Command (USNORTHCOM)
United States Special Operations Command (USSOCOM)
United States Transportation Command (USTRANSCOM)
United States Strategic Command (USSTRATCOM)

20) Nongovernmental organizations are usually willing to quickly align themselves with
intervening military forces in order to ensure their ability to achieve their objectives and for
their physical security. [objective65] [Remediation Accessed :N]
False
True

21) Operations designed to demonstrate U.S. resolve and involve the appearance of a credible
military force in an attempt to defuse a situation that, if allowed to continue, may be detrimental to
U.S. interests are known as _____ operations. [objective67]
enforcement
nation assistance
economy of force
show of force

22) The foremost value of joint force leaders is _____. [objective99]
physical courage
integrity
experience
competence

23) The difficulty some units face adapting their mindset to vastly changed conditions on their
third or fourth deployment to the same location is known as _____ challenges. [objective66]
rotation
transition
situational awareness
influence

24) Under the U.S. Constitution, the Congress has the power to _____. [objective56]
provide tanks and other equipment of war for Canada and Mexico
declare war, support allied armies, and provide ships for allied navies
close the U.S. borders
declare war, raise and support Armies, provide and support a Navy, make rules for the
government and regulation of the land and naval forces

25) Security cooperation activities include _____. [objective69]
foreign military training
individual training exercises
domestic community support
restricted navigational exercises

26) The purpose of the _____ principle of joint operations is to concentrate the effects of combat
power at the most advantageous place and time to produce decisive results. [objective68]
offensive
mass
objective
maneuver
Pre Test
Here is the test result.Correct answers are shown by * next to the choice or given below the question.
The highlighted questions are the questions you have missed.
Remediation Accessed shows whether you accessed those links.’N’ represents links not visited and ‘Y’
represents visited links.
Back to Status page
contains 50 Questions

1) The cornerstone of ARSOAC, the _____, is organized into four like battalions and
provides nighttime, all-weather, medium range insertion, extraction, and resupply
capability in hostile or denied areas. [Remediation Accessed :N]
106th Special Operations Helicopter Regiment
101st Airborne Division (Air Assault)
160th Special Operations Aviation Regiment (correct)
3rd Combat Aviation Brigade

2) To accomplish U.S. objectives, the national security strategy guides the coordination of
the instruments of national power which include _____. (Select all that apply.)
[Remediation Accessed :N]
information (correct)
economics (correct)
diplomacy (correct)
the military (correct)

3) Today, the U.S. and its partners find themselves in an era in which they are unlikely to be fully at
war or fully at peace.
False
True (correct)

4) The _____ is a joint force that is constituted and so designated by the Secretary of
Defense, a combatant commander, a subordinate unified commander, or an existing Joint
Task Force commander to accomplish missions with specific, limited objectives and which do
not require overall centralized control of logistics. It is dissolved when the purpose for which
it was created has been achieved or when it is no longer required. [Remediation Accessed :N]
Service component command
combatant command
joint task force (correct)
subordinate unified command

5) Within joint command organizations, leadership and ethics considerations require us to _____
and consider not only personal experiences, but also the lessons learned from others’ experiences
– both positive and negative.
critically think about (correct)
acknowledge our own prejudice
seek out professional assistance
know all of the facts

6) Special operations involve the use of small units of specially trained personnel using
specialized tactics and equipment to achieve _____ objectives. [Remediation Accessed :N]
tactical
insignificant
strategic or operational (correct)
intermediate

7) What are the peacetime roles of the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.) [Remediation
Accessed :N]
maritime stewardship around the U.S. and U.S. territories
maritime stewardship around the globe (correct)
maritime safety (correct)
maritime security (correct)

8) During the 1930s, which essential building blocks for an effective air force fell into place?
(Select all that apply.) [Remediation Accessed :N]
a comprehensive doctrine of air warfare (correct)
a vision of a long-range, four-engine bomber that became reality with the first B-17 (correct)
clear tactics, techniques, and organization for air-ground cooperation

9) The statutory members of the National Security Council are _____. [Remediation
Accessed :N]
President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of State
President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Homeland Security
President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Treasury
President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Energy (correct)

10) Key considerations involved in planning and conducting multinational operations are affected
by _____.
motives and values of the organization’s members (correct)
media influence
non-military organizations
financial resource constraints

11) The Coast Guard was officially created in 1915 when which two services were combined?
(Select all that apply.) [Remediation Accessed :N]
Steamboat Inspection Service
Revenue Cutter Service (correct)
Life-Saving Service (correct)
Bureau of Navigation

12) Leaders at all levels must understand, establish, and support a Total Force Fitness program
within their organizations.
True (correct)
False

13) Under what circumstances may the Coast Guard be transferred to and operate as a
service of the Navy? (Select all that apply.) [Remediation Accessed :N]
when ordered by the Secretary of Defense
upon a declaration of war (correct)
when directed by the President (correct)

14) Through which of the following strategies has the Navy adopted, which advanced the concept
of combat operations in littoral waters?
“From the Sea” and later “Forward from the Sea” (correct)
Sea power concept
U.S. Containment Policy

15) Deliberations involving the possible use of force must include the Reserve Component at what
point in the planning process?
late in the planning process
after all of the planning is completed
somewhere – early, mid, or later – as long as they are included
early in the planning process (correct)

16) Simultaneous and parallel operations are the most effective use of aerospace power in
producing which of the following?
shock, confusion, and paralysis within the adversary’s system (correct)
initiative, situational responsiveness, and tactical flexibility
confusion, situational responsiveness, and paralysis within the adversary’s system

17) Which of the following is a technical or personal risk when using social media?
[Remediation Accessed :N]
espionage
all of the answers are correct (correct)
network security intrusions
personal identity theft and impersonation
none of the choices are correct

18) With over half of its forces in the Reserve Components, the Army relies heavily on _____.
[Remediation Accessed :N]
the Army National Guard
the Army Reserve
none of the answers are correct
both the Army National Guard and Army Reserve (correct)

19) Reserve Components now comprise almost what percent of the Total Force and are an
integral part of the Armed Forces of the United States? [Remediation Accessed :N]
50 percent (correct)
60 percent
40 percent
30 percent

20) _____ presents fundamental principles that guide the employment of U.S. military forces
in coordinated and integrated action toward a common objective. It represents what is
taught, believed, and advocated as what is right (i.e., what works best). [Remediation
Accessed :N]
Strategic direction
Operational design
Joint doctrine (correct)
Law of warfare

21) Use of joint capabilities in _____ helps shape the operational environment and keeps the
day-to-day tensions between nations and groups below the threshold of armed conflict, while
maintaining U.S. global influence. [Remediation Accessed :N]
strikes and raids
military engagement, security cooperation, and deterrence activities (correct)
major combat operations
forcible entry operations

22) In crisis response and limited contingency operations, having an understanding of the
political objective helps to _____. [Remediation Accessed :N]
prevent the commander from having to explain the plan to the President
avoid actions that may have adverse effects (correct)
assure friends and allies and dissuade adversaries
ensure the integration and synchronization of maneuver and interdiction

23) The offering of ceremonial toasts is a traditional Army custom at a formal Dining-In, which
includes passing the wine, “over the water,” an historical reference to King James I, who was
exiled by Oliver Cromwell.
True (correct)
False

24) It is imperative that the combatant commander or Joint Task Force commander
coordinate closely with the ______ on military activities in a particular country because,
while not authorized to command military forces, he or she can deny military actions.
[Remediation Accessed :N]
Foreign Policy Advisor
National Security Advisor
Ambassador (correct)
Secretary of State

25) Which core value does the following tenet represent: Make decisions in the best interest
of the Navy and the nation, without regard to personal consequences? [Remediation
Accessed :N]
honor
commitment
courage (correct)

26) Receiving realistic training, understanding the types of situations encountered in war, eating
well, getting enough rest, and having meaningful relationships and friendships are all helpful in
building _____ to the challenges and strains of military service.
resilience (correct)
opposition
vulnerability
indifference

27) The _____ is the principal forum to advise the President with respect to the integration of
domestic, foreign, and military policies relating to national security and for coordinating these
policies among various government agencies.
National Security Council (correct)
Homeland Security Council
Foreign Affairs Council
National Economic Council

28) Marine Corps forces exploit the Total Force concept, employing combinations of active duty
and reserve Marines to ensure that missions are effectively and efficiently executed.
True (correct)
False

29) The first step in solving a problem is to _____. [Remediation Accessed :N]
report the problem to the commanding officer
gather multiple perspectives on the problem
draft an action plan
define the problem (correct)

30) Marines had to develop which method to achieve speed and dispersion on a potentially
atomic battlefield? [Remediation Accessed :N]
fleet dispersion
tentative landings
vertical envelopment (correct)
beachhead assault

31) The Joint Task Force (JTF) commander cannot dictate cooperation among other
governmental agencies, intergovernmental organizations, and nongovernmental
organizations. In the absence of a formal command structure, JTFs are required to build
consensus to achieve _____. [Remediation Accessed :N]
synchronization
unity of effort (correct)
command and control authority
unity of command

32) What is the purpose of sending someone to the Grog Bowl?
as punishment for violating the rules of the mess (correct)
as a reward for attendance
recognition for a job well done

33) Recognizing potentially hazardous or negative situations in advance is crucial to being
prepared to prevent them from occurring to begin with. With experience and maturity, the ability to
instinctually recognize signs of potential trouble increases.
True (correct)
False

34) To the greatest extent possible coalition members should _____.
consider the ramifications of labeling information about operational areas as intelligence (correct)
prevent the sharing of relevant intelligence about the situation and adversary
occasionally seek the necessary authorization for foreign disclosure of information
disseminate information freely without a tear line

35) Within the joint environment, cooperation requires team players, and the willingness to
share _____ with all team members. [Remediation Accessed :N]
ideas
credit (correct)
effort
workload

36) _____ is key to successful employment, readiness, and use of Reserve Component forces.
[Remediation Accessed :N]
Transformation
Training
Adaptability
Predictability (correct)

37) A _____ is the principal joint Special Operations Forces organization tasked to meet all
special operations requirements in major operations, campaigns, or a contingency.
[Remediation Accessed :N]
Civil-Military Operations Center (CMOC)
Joint Special Operations Task Force (JSOTF)
Special Operations Joint Task Force (SOJTF) (correct)
Theater Special Operations Command (TSOC)

38) The primary function of the Air Force is to provide prompt and sustained offensive and
defensive air operation.
False
True (correct)

39) Historically, the practice of keeping pets onboard may have started when cats were brought
onboard to combat the rat population, the practice continued to help keep the crew’s morale high.
False
True (correct)

40) Service members with good psychological health contribute to force readiness by being
focused, alert, prepared for new tasks, able to engage in critical thinking, and behave responsibly
and ethically.
False
True (correct)

41) While it is appropriate and strongly recommended to greet a person by name and grade, if you
are unsure of an enlisted Marine’s name or grade, “Marine” is as appropriate as, “Good morning,
Sir,” in the case of an officer.
False
True (correct)

42) What WWII conference established the Joint Chief of Staff? [Remediation Accessed :N]
First Moscow Conference (RIVIERA)
U.S.-British Staff Conference (ABC-1)
First Washington Conference (ARCADIA) (correct)
Casablanca Conference (SYMBOL)

43) Army Special Operations missions can include which of the following? (Select all that
apply.) [Remediation Accessed :N]
training of foreign militaries (correct)
cyberspace operations
major combat operations (correct)
humanitarian assistance (correct)

44) The joint force commander has the operational authority and responsibility to tailor forces for
the mission at hand, selecting those that most effectively and efficiently ensure success.
False
True (correct)

45) The U.S. Army was originally formed to fight in which war?
World War II (correct)
Mexican-American War
World War I
American Civil War

46) The difficulty some units face adapting their mindset to vastly changed conditions on
their third or fourth deployment to the same location is known as _____ challenges.
[Remediation Accessed :N]
transition
rotation (correct)
situational awareness
influence

47) When employing local national support, appropriate security measures should be taken
to _____. [Remediation Accessed :N]
only validate cross-cultural communications skills of select coalition partners
ensure that contracted linguists do not jeopardize operations through espionage (correct)
utilize contracted linguists with general knowledge of some areas but no specific knowledge of
any one location
ensure that contracted linguists promote only U.S. interests

48) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), the Joint Force of the future
will find themselves operating in a security environment that is _____. [Remediation
Accessed :N]
predictable
dynamic (correct)
ill-prepared
segregated

49) One of NATO’s goals is to promote democratic values.
False
True (correct)

50) The concept of “Jointness” must be advanced through continual joint force development
efforts. What does that statement imply? [Remediation Accessed :N]
Joint force development is a “one time” occurrence in one’s career.
Joint staff leaders do not endorse joint force development.
“Jointness” is not an automatic service state of being. (correct)
Service members naturally embrace “Jointness.”
100% Result

Question 23: Health Care

Walden University – NURS 6501Completed Week 7 Quiz Graded A

Question 24: Health Care

Walden University – NURS 6501NURS 6501 wk. 6 quiz Graded A

Question 25: Health Care

Walden University
NURS
NURS 6501
NURS 6501 Week 5 quiz

Question 26: Health Care

NURS 6501N- 13 Advanced Pathophysiology Week 4 Quiz Graded A

Question 27: Health Care

NURS 6501N- 13 Advanced Pathophysiology Week 3 Quiz Graded A

Question 28: Health Care

NURS 6501N- 13 Advanced Pathophysiology Week 2 Quiz Graded A

Question 29: Health Care

NURS 6501 advanced pathophysiology week1 latest Graded A

Question 30: Health Care

Walden University > NURS 6630 Final Exam (2019) Score A

Question 31: Health Care

NSG 6020 Week 7 Quiz ANSWERS Latest SOUTH UNIVERSITY HEALTH ASSESSMENT NSG6020.docx

Question 32: Health Care

How has nursing practice evolved over time? Discuss the key leaders and historical events that have influenced the advancement of nursing, nursing education, and nursing roles that are now part of the contemporary nursing profession. 200-300 words, 2 citations

Question 33: Health Care

NR511 Week 8 Final Exam Latest 2019 (Graded A)
NR511 Week 8 Final Exam Latest 2019 (Graded A)

Question 34; Health Care

South University NSG 5003 Final exam 2019 (Already Graded A)
South University NSG5003 Final
Question 1 (5 points)

Which component of the cell produces hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) by using oxygen to remove hydrogen atoms from specific substrates in an oxidative reaction?
Question 1 options:

Lysosomes

Peroxisomes

Ribosomes

Oxyhydrosomes
Question 2 (5 points)

What is a consequence of plasma membrane damage to the mitochondria?
Question 2 options:

Enzymatic digestion halts deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) synthesis.

Influx of calcium ions halts adenosine triphosphate (ATP) production.

Edema from an influx in sodium causes a reduction in ATP production.

Potassium shifts out of the mitochondria, which destroys the infrastructure.
Question 3 (5 points)

Which statement is a description of one of the characteristics of apoptosis?
Question 3 options:

Apoptosis involves programmed cell death of scattered single cells.

Apoptosis is characterized by the swelling of the nucleus and the cytoplasm.

Apoptosis involves unpredictable patterns of cell death.

Apoptosis results in benign malignancies.
Question 4 (5 points)

During cell injury caused by hypoxia, sodium and water move into the cell because:
Question 4 options:

During cell injury caused by hypoxia, sodium and water move into the cell because:

The pump that transports sodium out of the cell cannot function because of a decrease in adenosine triphosphate (ATP) levels.

The osmotic pressure is increased, which pulls additional sodium across the cell membrane

Oxygen is not available to bind with sodium to maintain it outside of the cell.
Question 5 (5 points)

What is an effect of ionizing radiation exposure?
Question 5 options:

Respiratory distress

Sun intolerance

Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) aberrations

Death
Question 6 (5 points)

Obesity creates a greater risk for dehydration in people because:
Question 6 options: chapter 3 q.2

?Adipose cells contain little water because fat is water repelling.

The metabolic rates of obese adults are slower than those of lean adults.

The rates of urine output of obese adults are higher than those of lean adults.

The thirst receptors of the hypothalamus do not function effectively.
Question 7 (5 points)

In addition to osmosis, what force is involved in the movement of water between the plasma and interstitial fluid spaces?
Question 7 options:

a)
Oncotic pressure

b)
Buffering

c)
Net filtration

d)
Hydrostatic pressure
Question 8 (5 points)

Venous obstruction is a cause of edema because of an increase in which pressure?
Question 8 options:

a)
Capillary hydrostatic

b)
Interstitial hydrostatic

c)
Capillary oncotic

d)
Interstitial oncotic
Question 9 (5 points)

At the arterial end of capillaries, fluid moves from the intravascular space into the interstitial space because:
Question 9 options:

a)
The interstitial hydrostatic pressure is higher than the capillary hydrostatic pressure.

b)
The capillary hydrostatic pressure is higher than the capillary oncotic pressure.

c)
The interstitial oncotic pressure is higher than the interstitial hydrostatic pressure.

d)
The capillary oncotic pressure is lower than the interstitial hydrostatic pressure.
Question 10 (5 points)

It is true that natriuretic peptides:
Question 10 options:

a)
Decrease blood pressure and increase sodium and water excretion.

b)
Increase blood pressure and decrease sodium and water excretion.

c)
Increase the heart rate and decrease potassium excretion.

d)
Decrease the heart rate and increase potassium excretion.
Question 11 (5 points)

What causes the clinical manifestations of confusion, convulsions, cerebral hemorrhage, and coma in hypernatremia?
Question 11 options:

a)
High sodium in the blood vessels pulls water out of the brain cells into the blood vessels, causing brain cells to shrink.

b)
High sodium in the brain cells pulls water out of the blood vessels into the brain cells, causing them to swell.

c)
High sodium in the blood vessels pulls potassium out of the brain cells, which slows the synapses in the brain.

d)
High sodium in the blood vessels draws chloride into the brain cells followed by water, causing the brain cells to swell.
Question 12 (5 points)

A major determinant of the resting membrane potential necessary for the transmission of nerve impulses is the ratio between:
Question 12 options:

a)
Intracellular and extracellular Na+

b)
. Intracellular and extracellular K+

c)
Intracellular Na+ and extracellular K+

d)
Intracellular K+ and extracellular Na+
Question 13 (5 points)

In hyperkalemia, what change occurs to the cells’ resting membrane potential?
Question 13 options:

a)
Hypopolarization

b)
Hyperexcitability

c)
Depolarization

d)
Repolarization
Question 14 (5 points)

Physiologic pH is maintained at approximately 7.4 because bicarbonate (HCO3) and carbonic acid (H2CO3) exist in a ratio of:
Question 14 options:

a)
20:1

b)
1:20

c)
10:2

d)
10:5
Question 15 (5 points)

Increased capillary hydrostatic pressure results in edema because of:
Question 15 options:

a)
Losses or diminished production of plasma albumin

b)
Inflammation resulting from an immune response

c)
Blockage within the lymphatic channel system

d)
Sodium and water retention
Question 16 (5 points)

Hypomethylation and the resulting effect on oncogenes result in:
Question 16 options:

a)
A decrease in the activity of the oncogene, thus suppressing cancer development

b)
Deactivation of MLH1 to halt deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) repair

c)
An increase in tumor progression from benign to malignant

d)
Overexpression of micro-ribonucleic acid (miRNA), resulting in tumorigenesis
Question 17 (5 points)

The functions of the major histocompatibility complex (MHC) and CD1 molecules are alike because both:
Question 17 options:

a)
Are antigen-presenting molecules

b)
Bind antigens to antibodies

c)
Secrete interleukins (ILs) during the immune process

d)
Are capable of activating cytotoxic T lymphocytes
Question 18 (5 points)

The B-cell receptor (BCR) complex functions uniquely by:
Question 18 options:

a)
Communicating information about the antigen to the helper T (Th) cell

b)
Secreting chemical signals to help cells communicate

c)
Recognizing the antigen on the surface of the B lymphocyte

d)
Communicating information about the antigen to the cell nucleus
Question 19 (5 points)

The generation of clonal diversity includes a process that:
Question 19 options:

a)
Involves antigens that select lymphocytes with compatible receptors

b)
Allows the differentiation of cells into antibody-secreting plasma cells or mature T cells

c)
Takes place in the primary (central) lymphoid organs

d)
Causes antigens to expand and diversify their populations
Save
Question 20 (5 points)

Vaccinations are able to provide protection against certain microorganisms because of the:
Question 20 options:

a)
Strong response from immunoglobulin M (IgM)

b)
Level of protection provided by immunoglobulin G (IgG)

c)
Memory cells for immunoglobulin E (IgE)

d)
Rapid response from immunoglobulin A (IgA)
Question 21 (5 points)

What is the mechanism that results in type II hypersensitivity reactions?
Question 21 options:

a)
Antibodies coat mast cells by binding to receptors that signal its degranulation, followed by a discharge of preformed mediators.

b)
Antibodies bind to soluble antigens that were released into body fluids, and the immune complexes are then deposited in the tissues.

c)
Cytotoxic T (Tc) lymphocytes or lymphokine-producing helper T 1 (Th1) cells directly attack and destroy cellular targets.

d)
Antibodies bind to the antigens on the cell surface.
Question 22 (5 points)

When soluble antigens from infectious agents enter circulation, tissue damage is a result of:
Question 22 options:

a)
Complement-mediated cell lysis

b)
Phagocytosis by macrophages

c)
Phagocytosis in the spleen

d)
Neutrophil granules and toxic oxygen products
Save
Question 23 (5 points)

? Considering the hypothalamus, a fever is produced by:
Question 23 options:

a)
Endogenous pyrogens acting directly on the hypothalamus

b)
Exogenous pyrogens acting directly on the hypothalamus

c)
Immune complexes acting indirectly on the hypothalamus

d)
Cytokines acting indirectly on the hypothalamus
Question 24 (5 points)
Vaccines against viruses are created from:
Question 24 options:

a)
Killed organisms or extracts of antigens

b)
Live organisms weakened to produce antigens

c)
Purified toxins that have been chemically detoxified

d)
Recombinant pathogenic protein
Question 25 (5 points)

Carcinoma in situ is characterized by which changes?
Question 25 options:

a)
Cells have broken through the local basement membrane.

b)
Cells have invaded immediate surrounding tissue.

c)
Cells remain localized in the glandular or squamous cells

d)
Cellular and tissue alterations indicate dysplasia.
Question 26 (5 points)

Two “hits” are required to inactivate tumor-suppressor genes because:
Question 26 options:

a)
Each allele must be altered and each person has two copies, or alleles, of each gene, one from each parent.

b)
The first hit stops tissue growth and the second hit is needed to cause abnormal tissue growth.

c)
Tumor-suppressor genes are larger than proto-oncogenes, requiring two hits to effect carcinogenesis.

d)
The first hit is insufficient to cause enough damage to cause a mutation.
Question 27 (5 points)

What is the skin-related health risk induced by some types of chemotherapy?
Question 27 options:

a)
Infection

b)
Ultraviolet damage

c)
Pain

d)
Erythema
Question 28 (5 points)

When a child is diagnosed with cancer, which intervention has the greatest influence on the child’s mortality rate?
Question 28 options:

a)
Age at the time of diagnosis

b)
Participation in clinical trials

c)
Proximity to a major cancer treatment center

d)
Parental involvement in the treatment planning
Question 29 (5 points)

Reflex activities concerned with the heart rate, blood pressure, respirations, sneezing, swallowing, and coughing are controlled by which area of the brain?
Question 29 options:

a)
Pons

b)
Midbrain

c)
Cerebellum

d)
Medulla oblongata
Question 30 (5 points)

The edema of the upper cervical cord after a spinal cord injury is considered life threatening because of which possible outcome?
Question 30 options:

a)
Hypovolemic shock from blood lost during the injury

b)
Breathing difficulties from an impairment to the diaphragm

c)
Head injury that likely occurred during the injury

d)
Spinal shock immediately after the injury
Question 31 (5 points)

What term is used to describe the complication that can result from a spinal cord injury above T6 that is producing paroxysmal hypertension, as well as piloerection and sweating above the spinal cord lesion?
Question 31 options:

a)
Craniosacral dysreflexia

b)
Parasympathetic dysreflexia

c)
Autonomic hyperreflexia

d)
Retrograde hyperreflexia
Save
Question 32 (5 points)

Atheromatous plaques are most commonly found:
Question 32 options:

a)
. In larger veins

b)
Near capillary sphincters

c)
At branches of arteries

d)
On the venous sinuses
Question 33 (5 points)

Multiple sclerosis is best described as:
Question 33 options:

a)
A CNS demyelination, possibly from an immunogenetic virus

b)
Inadequate supply of acetylcholine at the neurotransmitter junction as a result of an autoimmune disorder

c)
The depletion of dopamine in the CNS as a result of a virus

d)
A degenerative disorder of lower and upper motor neurons caused by viral-immune factors
Question 34 (5 points)

Graves disease develops from:
Question 34 options:

a)
A viral infection of the thyroid gland that causes overproduction of thyroid hormone

b)
An autoimmune process during which lymphocytes and fibrous tissue replace thyroid tissue

c)
Thyroid-stimulating immunoglobulin, which causes overproduction of thyroid hormones

d)
Ingestion of goitrogens, which inhibits the synthesis of the thyroid hormones, causing goiter
Question 35 (5 points)

Pathologic changes associated with Graves disease include:
Question 35 options:

a)
High levels of circulating thyroid-stimulating immunoglobulins

b)
Diminished levels of TRH

c)
High levels of TSH

d)
Diminished levels of thyroid-binding globulin
Question 36 (5 points)

A patient diagnosed with diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA) has the following laboratory values: arterial pH 7.20, serum glucose 500 mg/dl, positive urine glucose and ketones, serum potassium (K+) 2 mEq/L, and serum sodium (Na+) 130 mEq/L. The patient
reports that he has been sick with the “flu” for a week. What relationship do these values have to his insulin deficiency?
Question 36 options:

a)
Increased glucose use causes the shift of fluid from the intravascular to the intracellular space.

b)
. Decreased glucose use causes fatty acid use, ketogenesis, metabolic acidosis, and osmotic diuresi

c)
Increased glucose and fatty acids stimulate renal diuresis, electrolyte loss, and metabolic alkalosis.

d)
Decreased glucose use results in protein catabolism, tissue wasting, respiratory acidosis, and electrolyte loss.
Question 37 (5 points)

Type 2 diabetes mellitus is best described as:
Question 37 options:

a)
Resistance to insulin by insulin-sensitive tissues

b)
The need for lispro instead of regular insulin

c)
An increase in glucagon secretion from α cells of the pancreas

d)
The presence of insulin autoantibodies that destroy β cells in the pancreas

Question 38 (5 points)

The common hay fever allergy is expressed through a reaction that is mediated by which class of immunoglobulins?
Question 38 options:

a)
Immunoglobulin E (IgE)

b)
Immunoglobulin G (IgG)

c)
Immunoglobulin M (IgM)

d)
T cells

Question 39 (5 points)

A person diagnosed with type 1 diabetes experiences hunger, lightheadedness, tachycardia, pallor, headache, and confusion. The most probable cause of these symptoms is:
Question 39 options:

a)
Hyperglycemia caused by incorrect insulin administration

b)
The dawn phenomenon from eating a snack before bedtime

c)
Hypoglycemia caused by increased exercise

d)
Somogyi effect from insulin sensitivity
Question 40 (5 points)

Hypoglycemia, followed by rebound hyperglycemia, is observed in those with:
Question 40 options:
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 1: Business

Strategy Club Assignment

Instruction
This assignment will be submitted to Turnitin®. Instructions 1. Go to the www.strategyclub.com website and review videos related to Chapter 2. Summarize ten key points. 2. Go to the www.strategyclub.com website and click on Student Resources and then click on Mission Statement Article and prepare your proposed mission statements for this course according to that article, which simply expands on the material presented in Chapter 2 about the statements being customer-focused. 3. Identify the nine components required for an effective mission statement. Find the new ASU mission and assess the extent to which it complies to these criteria. 4. If an organization does not have a vision or mission state, describe a good process for developing them.

Question 2: Business

Instruction
This assignment is an opportunity for you to reflect on how you negotiated the interest payment in the class financial simulation we carried out, and on the general outcomes in the market. In your 1-2 page write-up, make sure to answer the following questions: 1. For one Full Information session, describe your negotiation strategy by referring to your role (borrower, with high or low quality project, or lender), the interest payment you agreed to, and your final profit. 2. Describe your negotiation strategy in one Limited Information session, by referring to the same items as in question 1 above. 3. What do you think are some problems arising in trading with Limited Information as based on your experience in the financial market simulation? Explain. 4. How do you think the limited information trading impacted the agreed interest rate? Did it impact high and low quality borrowers in the same way? How about lenders? Overall, who benefited and who was hurt by the lack of information? Explain. For your reference, here is the Excel sheet containing the transactions from the class simulation:

Question 3: Education

Instruction
PART 1: Students are to submit a matrix that compares the three disability laws in relation to the specified components (a – h). The matrix provides side-by-side comparisons of each law. A template of the matrix is provided. Also the rubric is attached. Please be sure to review the rubric. A. Type of Law B. Eligibility criteria C. Evaluation procedures/guidelines D. Services provided to support students and parents E. Population(s) served (age groups covered) F. Due Process procedures – Parental Rights G. Funding source(s) to support special services provided H. Administrative Office or Agency that monitors and enforces the law PART 2: Video reflections (3 videos) Click on each link below to watch a short video about individuals with InD, LD, and ADHD. Write a brief summary of each video, which highlights significant shifts in the manner in which individuals with specific disabilities are treated or perceived by others. What were your overall impressions; were they positive or negative? Did the content of the video cause you to change your perceptions of individuals with specific disabilities? Why or why not? 1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0gTtwMGHPes 2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CYHzJGTA6KM 3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fWCocjh5aK0&feature=youtu.be Your reflections/reactions to the videos assigned should be edited for minor grammatical errors and adhere to the general writing style and formatting guidelines of the APA Manual (6th ed.).

COMPONENTS:
Provide a description of each component below.
IDEA 2004 Section 504 ADA
Type of Law
(2 points)

Broad Eligibility Criteria
(2 points)

Evaluation Procedures/Guidelines
(2 points)

Types of Services Provided
(2 points)

Population Served: Age Group(s) Covered
(2 point)

Due Process Procedures
(2 points)

Special Funds Provided to Implement the Law
(1 point)

Administrative Office or Agency that Monitors/Enforces the Law (2 points)

Total Points: _______ (max. 15 points)

Question 4: Education

Instruction
PART 1: Answer the following questions in a paragraph each (4-5 sentences required for each question) 1. Why is parent participation so critical to the IEP process? Why have legislators mandated parent and family participation? 2.To what extend do cultures influence educational practices, and to what extend do educational practices influence cultures? 3. Identify common barriers to effective communication between parents and educators. Describe at least three “best practice” strategies teachers could use to promote effective and frequent communication with parents of children with disabilities. Describe three additional “best practices” that promote active parental engagement and meaningful partnerships. PART 2: The literature is replete with documentation that active parent involvement is highly correlated with positive student outcomes. Extensive research has been dedicated to better understanding the underlying issues as to why some parents actively participate in their child’s school activities while others do not, despite the sometimes numerous attempts made by teachers and the school administration to get parents involved. The required article reading presents the findings of a research study that explored parents’ perceptions of the schools’ efforts to get them engaged in their child’s education. Instructions: Read and submit your critique of the following journal article: Rodriguez, R. J., Blatz, E. T. & Elbaum, B. (2014). Parents’ views of schools’ involvement efforts. Exceptional Children, 8(1), 79-95. doi: 10.1177/0014402914532232 Your critique should include a brief summary of the content that highlights the main points expressed in the article. Include in your critique your perspectives and reactions to what the authors said or recommended, making sure you support or justify your viewpoints with examples or references to other articles and resources. Submission Instructions: Article critiques must be carefully edited and formatted according to APA (6th ed.). Critiques should range between 2 – 3 typed pages, not including the reference page.

Question 5: English
DOCUMENTED ESSAY: Literature Research Paper on Alice Walker’s Novel The Color Purple
As part of your coursework for Gender Roles in Literature / ENG 226, you will be writing a documented research essay, on a literary topic of your choice, which analyzes Alice Walker’s seminal novel The Color Purple. The purpose of this paper is for you to demonstrate your ability to research and analyze a specific topic about the novel, develop an interpretive argument, and synthesize your findings into a unified, coherent, and analytical documented essay.
TOPIC: You may develop any literary topic you wish about the novel, except for biographical studies of Alice Walker. Your documented research essay must focus on the author’s writing, not her life. For example, some possible topics you might consider for your research paper:
➢ Ebonics and the African-American Vernacular in The Color Purple
➢ The Sexual Awakening of Celie
➢ The Role of Sofia in Celie’s Life – and in the Lives of Other Characters –in The Color Purple ➢ The Power of the Feminine as Exhibited in The Color Purple
➢ Celie’s Letters to God and the African-American Slave Narratives (such as Frederick Douglass’ Narrative of the Life of . . . an American Slave and Solomon Northup’s Twelve Years a Slave)
➢ Gender Roles and Their Impact in The Color Purple
SOURCES: You should use your research as a vehicle to drive your own thoughts, deliberations, and arguments as you write your essay. As well as your own thoughts, analyses, interpretations, and conclusions on your chosen topic, your paper must have:
➢ One primary source (the literature text itself). You must include direct quotes and paraphrased cited quotations from The Color Purple in your paper.
➢ At least THREE (3) secondary Scholarly Academic sources (writings about the literary text) of two pages or longer:
o At least one secondary source of information/analysis/critical study must be from a peer-reviewed article from an academic scholarly database. Good scholarly databases to start your research are the following (accessible via RCC Library Website):
▪ EBSCO Humanities Source
▪ GALE Artemis Literary Sources
▪ Literature Criticism Online
▪ JSTOR
o At least one of the secondary sources of information/analysis/critical study should be from a BOOK in print, either an e-book or paper & ink (NOTE: a paper & ink physical book earns you extra-credit points!)
Please Note: You should avoid using Internet sites ending with <.net> or <.com>. These sites are usually commercial, not scholarly, and therefore too superficial for college-level work. Use them to gather initial, general information to START your search. They should NEVER be your sole source of information.
FORMAT: Your paper must be / must have:
➢ At least 1500 words / about five pages of text in length (word count does not include the Works Cited page)
➢ Written utilizing correct MLA-8 citation and formatting rules
➢ Double-spaced, typed, using 12-point font size, Times New Roman or comparable font ➢ Quotes taken from the Original Literature (the Primary Source)
➢ At least two (2) short direct quotations
➢ One long (block) direct quotation
➢ At least two (2) paraphrased quotations
➢ All Support Materials, to be submitted with the documented essay
➢ Submitted into Blackboard no later than the due dates for draft & final essay
Question 6: Mathematics

MAC1105 Discussion Assignment 2: Solving Quadratic Equations The purpose of this assignment is to recognize and apply the different methods for solving quadratic equations.

MAC1105 Discussion Assignment 2: Solving Quadratic Equations

The purpose of this assignment is to recognize and apply the different methods forsolving quadratic equations.

Use the Discussions Link in Falcon Online to Complete Steps 1, 2, and 3

Step 1: Choose a method, covered in Section 1.5 of the textbook, (factoring,square root property, completing the square, and the quadratic formula) to solveeach of the following quadratic equations. Each method can be used only ONCE.

A) 4×2 – 27 = 0
B) 4×2 – 8x – 5 = 0
C) 4×2 – 8x – 12 = 0
D) 4×2 – 9x – 7 = 0

You may solve the equation if that clarifies which method should be used, but the solutions and answers should not be typed into the Discussion Board orsubmitted to the Assignments Link.

Step 2: In a posting to the Discussion Board in Falcon Online, explain the solutionmethod you chose for each equation and why you chose it. Refer to each equationby letter when stating the solution method. It is not necessary to post the solutions and answers. The posting should be written with complete sentences and proper grammar. The following explanation is not an acceptable part of the posting: “Thiswas the last method left.”

Step 3: Next, read at least two original posts by other students. After reading atleast two other original posts, reply to one other original post with acorrection/addition that enhances the explanation.

Use the Assignments Link in Falcon Online to Complete Steps 4 and 5

Step 4: Use the Equation Editor in MS Word to type a document showing thecomplete solution
(all steps) and correct answer to both of the following problems

The document should be saved in .docx, .doc, .pdf, or .rtf format.

Question 8: Other

Question 9: Psychology

Instruction
Vicarious trauma is similar to but distinctly different from burnout and counter-transference. To treat and prevent vicarious trauma effectively, you must be able to distinguish between the three phenomena. Since vicarious trauma, burnout, and counter-transference are closely related, consider how you would educate future supervisees in understanding the similarities and differences of each. For this Application, review this week’s Course Media “Introduction with Laura Simpson” and consider the implications vicarious trauma may have on the counseling process. The assignment: (2–3 pages) Explain the similarities and differences between vicarious trauma and burnout. Explain the similarities and differences between vicarious trauma and counter-transference. Explain two implications vicarious trauma might have on the counseling process. Be specific. Explain one insight you had or conclusion you drew for each comparison. Be specific. Support your Application Assignment with specific references to all resources used in its preparation. You are asked to provide a reference list only for those resources not included in the Learning Resources for this course.

Question 10: Physics

Question 11: Business

Question 12: Statistics

A recent ACT administered to a local high school yielded the following results: Mean = 24.4 and Standard Deviation = 4.2. Which of the following is true? (5 points)
⦁ a. 65% of the students scored between 16 and 32.8
⦁ b. 95% of the students scored between 16 and 33.8
⦁ c. 65% of the students scored between 20.2 and 28.6
⦁ d. 95% of the students scored between 20.2 and 28.6

Question 13: Finance

Boots Ltd sells its goods with terms of 3/12 EOM, net 70. What is the implicit cost of the trade credit?

Question 14: Other

Management Information Systems

Many organizations have started using behavioral targeting in order to capture your website visitor movements. This data is used in order to personalize advertising when you are surfing the web. Some businesses have started collecting personal information outside of your web clicking to create a profile of you. Do you have any personal issues with these practices? At what point could this type of data collection turn into an ethical dilemma? How about a legal issue? Must be 200 words please cite and reference all work.

Case Study Vodafone: A Giant Global ERP Implementation
Vodafone Group PLC is the largest mobile service provider by revenue in the world, with 400 million customers across Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia Pacific, and the United States. In 2013, it had revenues of $64.6 billion and more than 86,000 employees working in over 30 countries. Since its founding nearly 30 years ago, the business has experienced phenomenal growth, largely by establishing local operating companies that provides products and services to their local markets.
As a result, the company was very decentralized, lacking common practices, centralized operations, and data sharing among its various operating companies. Most of Vodafone’s mobile subsidiaries operated as independent companies with their own business processes. Vodafone was a network of individual businesses, but it wanted to function more like a single global firm to better deal with competitive pressures. Management called for a major business transformation to make this happen.
In 2006, Vodafone’s board of directors approved the “Evolution Vodafone” Business Transformation Program” (EVO) designed to refashion Vodafone into a truly global company, with a centralized shared services organization and common worldwide business processes in finances, human resources, and supply chain management for all of the operating companies. (Shared services refers to the consolidation of business operations that are used by multiple parts of the same organization in order to reduce costs and redundancy.) A common SAP ERP system would provide the technology platform for these changes by supporting information-sharing and common business processes that would simplify and speed up work throughout the company. Additional software tools from Informatica, Opentext, Readsoft, Sabrix, Redwood, HP, and Remedy that could integrate with SAP were added to the mix.
Vodafone’s system turned out to be one of the biggest SAP ERP implementations in the world. How did Vodafone pull it off? First of all, Vodafone’s management realized the company lacked the expertise and resources to manage such a complex project entirely on its own. It enlisted the consulting firms Accenture and IBM to provide skills and services that this ambitious project required and which were not available inside the company.
The company spent a year identifying and designing its new business processes and establishing the scope of this project. The management team wanted to limit risks to non-customer-facing processes that were nevertheless important sources of value for the firm. Customer-facing front-end processes were excluded from the first phase of the rollout to keep the transformation more manageable.
Procurement was targeted as the first set of processes to be transformed using the new ERP system. Vodafone had been allowing each of its local companies to manage its own procurement, which prevented it from leveraging the massive purchasing power the company could obtain by managing relationships with material and service suppliers from a single entity. By generating savings from centralized procurement, the transformation project would be able to quickly show a return on investment and win further support. Vodafone did not establish a centralized procurement department but instead created a centralized procurement company based in Luxembourg that uses the SAP ERP platform. Most of the company’s spending goes through this central organization. Suppliers benefit because the system helps them plan their sales to Vodafone and they only need to work with a single purchaser instead of many. This new way of doing business included a new purchase-to-pay process in which invoices are approved automatically for payment by matching them with purchase orders and receipts.
Once the new procurement process and organization were running, Vodafone started creating a centralized shared services organization based on the SAP ERP system. It selected Budapest, Hungary as the pilot location for this new arrangement. Vodafone Hungary is a mid-sized company with 2,000 employees with a small IT platform based on Oracle software. This made Vodafone Hungary more receptive to changing its information system and business processes than Vodafone organizations in larger countries, and Hungary had already been using Oracle systems. There, Vodafone built an entire shared services organization from scratch while simultaneously implementing the SAP ERP system. Vodafone then set up two more shared services organizations in India running on SAP.
After Hungary, Vodafone implemented the new procurement process and SAP software for its German operating company. Germany is Vodafone’s largest market, and accounts for more than 20 percent of Vodafone’s total revenue. Vodafone Germany is a much larger organization than Vodafone Hungary, with 13,000 employees, over 130 local legacy systems, and many customized business processes to replace. Work habits were more deeply entrenched, and Vodafone encountered some employee resistance as it tried to implement the new systems and processes. To minimize risk, Vodafone used a phased, incremental implementation, did a tremendous amount of testing, and made all the necessary system modifications before the system went live. Special support teams were dispatched to work with all the employees affected by the transition. These efforts helped address problems and employee resistance before they got out of hand. Once the German implementation was deemed successful, Vodafone rolled out the new system at many more operating companies, prioritizing the implementations based on each operating company’s size, complexity, and willingness to change.
No two rollouts proceeded the same way because each operating company had unique challenges and demands. Many of these companies had grown rapidly, and had numerous legacy systems based on local requirements. There were large numbers of users, interfaces, and legal requirements to deal with. Vodafone’s project team had to balance the need to proceed rapidly with the need to ensure that the system was implemented carefully.
Vodafone’s implementation plan called for a core project team to visit each individual operating company and implement the new processes locally, assisted by a systems integrator and local resources. Local teams and senior management met with the global teams, IT consultants, and local IT vendors in a friendly environment to encourage knowledge-sharing and openness to change. The success of each rollout was based on multiple factors, including the number and complexity of each unit’s legacy systems, the skills of each local project team, and the willingness of each local organization to embrace change. Vodafone enlisted the services of the global consulting firm Accenture to provide skills where needed and assist with change management in the local companies. Over time, the Vodafone project team and the Accenture consultants learned how to tailor their activities to the needs of each operating company. For example, if no representatives from an operating company showed up for the project launch meeting or they attended but showed little interest, the project team knew that company might be less cooperative. In such cases, the project would require more resources and attention.
The project team also had to be sensitive to local trends as system rollouts took place. For instance, if an operating company was located in a country experiencing economic downturn, its employees might be more resistant to the rollout. Some might see a major business and technology change as an improvement in their situation, while others might see it as another thing to cope with during a very stressful time.
As it finished rolling out the system to its remaining operating companies, the Vodafone project team used what it had learned to make improvements to its earlier ERP implementations. For example, testing and employee feedback revealed that more attention should be paid to usability. So, the project team enhanced the system’s interfaces to make them more user-friendly.
Given the nature of the business, Vodafone’s management wants about 80% of the company’s internal transactions to take place on a mobile device. According to Niall O’Sullivan, Vodafone’s Global Finance Transformation Director, management believes mobile apps will be a major advantage in driving compliance, increasing ease of use, and reducing resistance to the actual processes themselves. The goal is to have the vast majority of user interactions with the system take place on a mobile phone. According to O’Sullivan, mobility provides easy access for employees who don’t typically engage with the SAP system, so more employees are using the system. The more people use the system, the greater the return on investment. Over 60,000 employees around the world now use the new system, with 80,000 expected by the end of 2014.
Vodafone is now rolling out some of its enterprise applications for mobile devices, and so far, four have been selected. The first to go mobile was a travel and expense reporting application. Employees are able to take a photo of their receipts and get reimbursed without using any paper, and they can issue or approve requests for leave on their mobile phones all at one time. This application has reduced the time required to file travel expenses from 30 minutes to 10 minutes, with 7,500 expense claims filed each week, resulting in 300 person-days’ potential savings per week. Vodafone’s future mobile plans call for the development of a mobility portal and the integration of approval applications with finance, HR, and electronic sourcing.
Vodafone’s business process transformation and ERP system have increased business efficiency and produced annual cost savings of $719 million. The total cost of ownership (TCO) of information technology has been lowered. Throughout the world, Vodafone has a consistent way of working and a more unified organizational structure. Getting the various operating companies to think and act more uniformly and to adopt a shared service model has produced benefits that are not immediately quantifiable, but should lead to further profitability in the long run.
Sources: “Customer Journey,” Vodafone Group PLC. www.mysap.com, accessed May 28, 2014,”www.vodafone.com, accessed May 29, 2014; Derek DuPreez, “Vodafone HANA Project Moves Beyond Trial Despite Skills Challenge,” TechWorld, March 11, 2013; “Using SAP MaxAttention to Safeguard the Global Rollout of SAP ERP,” www.mysap.com, accessed April 8, 2013; and David Hannon, “Vodafone Walks the Talk,” SAP InsiderPROFILES, October-December 2012.
Case Study Questions
⦁ 9-13 Identify and describe the problem discussed in this case. What management, organization, and technology factors contributed to the problem?
⦁ 9-14 Why did Vodafone have to spend so much time dealing with change during its business transformation?
⦁ 9-15 Why was an ERP system required for Vodafone’s global business transformation?
⦁ 9-16 What management, organization, and technology issues had to be addressed by the Vodafone project team to ensure the transformation would be successful?
⦁ 9-17 What were the business benefits of Vodafone’s global business transformation? How did it change decision making and the way the company operated?

Instructions

Introduction:
The main learning outcome for this unit addresses advanced information systems solutions. You need to be able to understand not only the concepts behind implementing an advanced solution like ERP, but also the management and technological factors involved in an implementation, the value added by implementing advanced systems, what prompts the need for an advanced system like an ERP system, and the potential benefits of implementing IS advanced systems such as ERP systems. This case gives them a successfully implemented case to analyze.
Assignment Instructions:
Review what you have learned about enterprise resource planning (ERP) from the textbook and from the unit’s study guide.
Analyze the case study titled “Vodafone: A Giant Global ERP Implementation” on pp. 376-378 in your textbook.
For this assignment, you will need to:
analyze and discuss the central issue(s) faced by Vodafone, including the contributing management and technological factors;
explain why ERP was a necessary information system solution to address the organization’s issues;
evaluate the success of Vodafone’s implementation plan and provide one suggestion to improve the process;
discuss the value the new ERP system brought to Vodafone as a company; and
summarize your findings in a two to three page paper.

Course Learning Outcomes for Unit VI
Upon completion of this unit, students should be able to:
9. Examine advanced information systems solutions such as ERP (enterprise resource planning) and SAP (software application and products).
⦁ 9.1 Explain the value added to organizations by implementing advanced information systems
solutions.
⦁ 9.2 Examine different advanced information systems solutions available for businesses.
⦁ 9.3 Analyze different features and functionality offered by advanced information systems solutions.
Reading Assignment
Chapter 9: Achieving Operational Excellence and Customer Intimacy: Enterprise Applications Chapter 10: E-Commerce: Digital Markets, Digital Goods
Unit Lesson
Advanced Information Systems
What exactly are advanced information system solutions? Most people who have worked in an office setting have a good understanding of the processes that affect their everyday lives. They understand that the data they enter or scan is stored in a database, and certain processes they run may close out a monthly account, process a payroll run, or bill a customer. These types of processes, while they seem separate, are often very integrated.
In years past, organizations had large mainframes. These mainframes had to process transactions in batches, usually at night, and until that batch process happened, the screens you were viewing were not always completely correct. For example, you could place an order for a customer, but you would not see the order until the next day. Unfortunately, that also meant that you could not see the inventory reduction until the next day as well. This means you might place an order and there might not be any of that item left in stock at the time. A salesperson or customer service representative might have to go look at three or four different screens to get a good picture of the customer’s account health or to research a problem—even with this batching process. Once client-servers came to organizations, employees had to look at two completely different computers to research that same problem (until organizations could get all of their data and processes moved off of those old mainframes).
Now that businesses have grown so much, many of them have multiple product lines, systems, servers, and databases. In the past, managers would have to wait for big printouts of various reports to make business decisions. Enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems works to integrate all of those critical systems together so they can talk to each other. The applications that make up the enterprise software are created based on predefined best business practices. Think of it this way: When a business purchases a piece of equipment, that order is entered into accounting the same way for all businesses. If a customer makes a purchase, it should generally be handled the same way. When you hire someone, you have the same laws to follow. There may be some customization, but that is handled in the application as well (Laudon & Laudon, 2016).
From a managerial perspective, what is the value in enterprise systems?
MBA 5401, Management Information Systems 1

UNIT VI STUDY GUIDE
Advanced Information System Solutions
This is the question we have to ask ourselves when adopting any sort of informUaNtIioTnxsSyTstUemDYs sGoUluIDtioEn, is it not? We do not just spend large amounts of money on something without understanding the value it offers us
as a company. We have discussed the value of data in previous chapters. Among the other reasons enterprise systems bring us value, they also help us to have firm-wide information to make better decisions.
The bottom line is this: Advanced information system solutions can help organizations in many different ways, such as operating more effectively and efficiently, making better decisions, managing our goods more effectively, reaching our customers faster, and being more competitive and innovative. Anyone can see the value in that!
What Are Some Other Advanced Information System Solutions?
Supply chain management (SCM): Many large organizations (such as Walmart and Amazon) use supply chain management (SCM) to help their organization manage their suppliers and goods more efficiently. If you have thousands of suppliers and hundreds of thousands of orders, it would be impossible to keep up with everything. SCM software can manage all of this and allows for forecasting and decision making as well. Imagine that many of your suppliers are in other countries; this means you have a global supply chain that is even more complex to manage.
Customer relationship management (CRM): Customer relationship management (CRM) involves managing customers. Again, if you have 50,000 customers, how do you keep up with what they purchased? Sure, you can store that information in a database but would it be easy to manage those relationships? How would you keep up with the marketing incentives you have offered them? Better yet, what about the marketing incentives that you want them to pass on to their customers?
Systems application products (SAP): Systems application products (SAP) are a brand of enterprise resource systems. Oracle and Microsoft both have their own brands of enterprise resource systems as well. While all of these vendors offer very similar base functionalities, each of them compete against each other by bringing their own special capabilities to their enterprise resource system offerings.
E-commerce: Another type of advanced information systems involves e-commerce. The explosion of Internet purchasing is no surprise to anyone, but the technology involved in e-commerce is pretty unique. In the past, retailers had pretty tight control over everything. The options for consumers were not plentiful. Still, word of mouth was still prevalent so a business could suffer if it did not treat its customers well. Now, retailers have invited the world to comment on their websites. Sure, they can always delete bad comments, but knowledge is power. Have you ever had a bad experience at a store and wondered if it ever got past the customer service person that you complained to? E-commerce gives retailers global reach, which can be an advantage and a disadvantage. Advanced information systems have given retailers the ability to allow customers to interact with each other through social media-style functionality. Retailers can now personalize your viewing experience based on your web searches. This type of customer targeting was not possible before more advanced information systems were developed.
We have discussed business-to-consumer (B2C) e-commerce, but there have also been many types of e- commerce, e-commerce business models, and e-commerce revenue models developed. Social media is one of the most predominant focuses of marketing today. Another focus of late is m-commerce, which is mobile commerce.
One of the biggest boons to business-to-business e-commerce is the development of electronic data interchange (EDI). This service enables the transfer of data between two organizations. For example, an organization may receive an electronic bill from a supplier through EDI. Conversely, the organization can sent a notice of payment back to the supplier via EDI. An organization can send all of its UPS shipping information to UPS in the form of an EDI file.
Would any of this be possible without advanced information system solutions? What do you think the future holds for information systems and technology as businesses grow bigger and bigger?
MBA 5401, Management Information Systems 2
Title
Reference UNIT x STUDY GUIDE Title
Laudon, K. C., & Laudon, J. P. (2016). Management information systems: Managing the digital firm [VitalSource Bookshelf version] (14th ed.). Retrieved from https://bookshelf.vitalsource.com/#/books/9780133898309/
Suggested Reading
The following journal article is a great study on the critical success factors involved in the implementation of enterprise systems. You are encouraged to review this information.
In order to access the resource below, you must first log into the myCSU Student Portal and access the Business Source Ultimate database within the CSU Online Library.
Ahmad, N., Haleem, A., & Syed, A. (2013). Compilation of critical success factors in implementation of enterprise systems: A study on Indian organizations. Global Journal Of Flexible Systems Management, 13(4), 217-232. doi:10.1007/s40171-013-0019-8.
Learning Activities (Nongraded)
Assume that you have been hired as the new Social Media Manager for the e-commerce division of a retail chain. Create a seven to ten PowerPoint slide presentation to outline your strategic plan for integrating social media into the existing e-commerce business for the organization.
You may use various sources including your textbook and the CSU Online Library. Be sure to cite all sources used in a reference slide with proper APA formatting. Cover and reference slides do not count in the length requirement. You may also use the slide notes function.
As this is a nongraded activity, this work cannot be uploaded to Blackboard. If you would like your professor’s feedback on your work, send this document to them in an email with a note that you would like to receive feedback on your non-graded activity.
MBA 5401, Management Information Systems 3

Unit 6 Assessment

How can organizations create value by implementing an advanced information system solution paired with the appropriate business model?
Your response should be at least 200 words in length

What is social CRM? Why are some organizations hesitant to implement this advanced information system technology?
Your response should be at least 75 words in length.

Recall the e-commerce Internet business model discussed in the unit readings. Identify three different businesses that use this model and their successful descriptions for solutions to information systems.
Your response should be at least 75 words in length

Question 15: Mathematics

⦁ Explain, in your words, what significance means in this experiment. How does probability play a role in determining significance?
⦁ Explain, in your words, what made the experiment in 2 statistically significant?

Question 16: Physics
WORKSHEET Pre-Lab 2 (hand in at start of lab 2)
1. Consider an experiment where a marble is rolling between sensors for a computer controlled timer called a photogate. The sensor measures the time the photogate is blocked as the diameter of the marble passes by. You have measured the following quantities to determine the speed (v) of a marble rolling in front of a photogate. The uncertainty in time is estimated from the spread in values of several trials, and the size of the marble is known with a manufacturer specification on the uncertainty.
tblocked=(0.024±0.002)s and d=(2.54±0.01)cm
Determine the following, showing your work below neatly for each %σt %σd %σv σv and v.
These quantities mean: percent uncertainties in time blocked, diameter of marble, speed of marble respectively. Then the absolute uncertainty in the speed of marble, and finally the speed of the marble itself.
Your final reporting of the speed should look like (with numbers) v=________±_______cm/s
1
2. Consider the formula 2 ∆ . This is a kinematic equation relating final speed, initial speed, acceleration, and displacement. You will solve this equation for the acceleration, “a”, insert measured values for the other quantities and report “a” along with its uncertainty. The goal is to use error propagation to determine uncertainties.
You are given vi = 0.00 (consider this exact), and
vf = (1.87±0.04)m/s, and x=(30.0±0.3)cm.
Which rule will you apply to determine the result for acceleration along with its uncertainty?
Question 17: Mathematics
Question 8 Alone.
Compute k in the following table if the coefficient of correlation between X and Y is 0.9879.

MAT2001-SFE- Digital Assignment-1
⦁ Find the mean, median and mode for the following data.
⦁ The mean of five numbers 6,9,2,x,y is 5 and the standard deviation is x,y.
√
6. Find the values of
Class mark 10.5 30.5 50.5 70.5 90.5 110.5
Fequency 19 6 3 2 1 2
3. A continuous random variable has the probability density function . { kx4 −1 < x < 0
f(x) = 0 otherwise Find the value of k and also find P [(X > 1/2)/(X < −1/4)].
⦁ Find the first four moments about the origin for a random variable X having the probability density function f (x) = 4x(9 − x2 ) , 0 ≤ x ≤ 3.
81
⦁ An investment firm offers its customers municipal bonds that mature after varying number of years. Given that the cumulative distribution function of T , the number of years to maturity for
a randomly selected bond is,

 0, t < 1
 1 / 4 , 1 ≤ t < 3 F(t)=1/2, 3≤t<5 3/4, 5≤t<7
1, t≥7
Find (a)P(T = 5)(b)P(T > 3)(c)P(1.4 < T < 6)(d)P(T ≤ 5/T ≥ 2).
6. The waiting time, in hours, between successive speeders spotted by a radar unit is a continuous random variable with cumulative distributive function
{
0, x<0 1−e−8x, x≥0
F(x) =
Find the probability of waiting less than 12 minutes between successive speeders (i) using the
cumulative distribution function of X (ii) using the probability density function of X.
⦁ If the probability density function of X is given by
{ 2(1−x), 0<x<1 f(x) = 0, otherwise
(a) Show that E(Xr) = 2 . (b) Using this evaluate E[(2X + 1)2]. (r + 1)(r + 2)
⦁ Compute k in the following table if the coefficient of correlation between X and Y is 0.9879.
⦁ Ifthejointprobabilitydensityfunctionofvariable(X,Y)isgivenbyf(x,y)= 9(1+x+y) ,x> 2(1 + x)4(1 + y)4
X 1 3 k 7 8 10
Y 8 12 15 17 18 20
0, y > 0, find the mariginal densities of X and Y . Are they independent?
10. The joint density function of a R.V (X,Y) is given by f(x,y) = 8xy,0 < x < 1;0 < y < x. Find the mariginal and conditional density functions.
11. The joint density function of a random variable (X,Y) is given by f(x,y) = 8xy,1 ≤ x ≤ y ≤ 2
9 and = 0 , elsewhere. Find the mariginal and conditional density functions.
⦁ If the joint p.d.f of a two dimensional random variable (X,Y) is given by f (x, y) = 3(x + y), in x > 0, y > 0 and x + y ≤ 1 and =0, elsewhere, find Var(X), Var(y) and Cov(X,Y).
⦁ If the simple moments of a random variable X are given by E(Xr) = 0.6, for r = 1,2,3,…, show that P (X = 0) = 0.4, P (X = 1) = 0.6 and P (X ≤ 2) = 0.
⦁ The two regression lines are y = a+bx and x = c+dy. Find the values of E(X), E(Y) and rXY . Can you find SX and SY from them?
⦁ If X and Y are two independent variables with variances σX2 and σY2 , prove that r(X, X − Y ) = √σX .
σ X2 + σ Y2
⦁ If X and Y are two independent variables such that the correlation coefficient between (2X+Y)
and (X+2Y) is equal to 1, find the coefficient of correlation between X and Y. 2

Report values for %σvf %σx a %σa σa
Your last statement should look like a=________±__________m/s2.
2
Question 18: Health Care

Need 3 healthcare discussion questions answers to the following:
Take a few minutes to think about the healthcare system as it exists today.
(1) Discuss why quality management is critical?
(2) Explain the three principals of total quality which are customer focus, teamwork, and continuous improvement?
(3) Discuss two ways to ensure healthcare quality is important at the organizational, community, and national level.

In responding to the discussion questions, make sure you provide examples to support each part of the question, and each question should be answered with at least 250 words.
Total discussion questions should be at least 750 words minimum. Need this by Saturday Aug 31. If there are any questions, please let me know.

Question 19: Engineering

https://www.chegg.com/homework-help/questions-and-answers/show-steps-reduction-matlab-code-find-transfer-fuctions-q31106239

Question 20: Physics

A heavy block of mass 625 kg is suspended by a cable is moving downwards with an initial velocity of 7.3 m/s. If the tension in the cable as the block comes to rest is 5000 N calculate the distance travelled by the block(a) 25.0 m(b) 13.6 m(c) 2.72 m(d) 14.8 m

Question 21: General Question

This is a personal paper. It is not a research paper. You can use I,we,she,he etc (cannot be written in 3rd person). The subject is Group Process-write about a personal team and/or group experience including issues faced and how the issues were resolved. Must be 15 pages. No grammatical errors or typos.

Question 22: Health Care

Analysis of a Pertinent Healthcare Issue
The Quadruple Aim provides broad categories of goals to pursue to maintain and improve healthcare. Within each goal are many issues that, if addressed successfully, may have a positive impact on outcomes. For example, healthcare leaders are being tasked to shift from an emphasis on disease management often provided in an acute care setting to health promotion and disease prevention delivered in primary care settings. Efforts in this area can have significant positive impacts by reducing the need for primary healthcare and by reducing the stress on the healthcare system.

Changes in the industry only serve to stress what has always been true; namely, that the healthcare field has always faced significant challenges, and that goals to improve healthcare will always involve multiple stakeholders. This should not seem surprising given the circumstances. Indeed, when a growing population needs care, there are factors involved such as the demands of providing that care and the rising costs associated with healthcare. Generally, it is not surprising that the field of healthcare is an industry facing multifaceted issues that evolve over time.

In this module’s Discussion, you reviewed some healthcare issues/stressors and selected one for further review. For this Assignment, you will consider in more detail the healthcare issue/stressor you selected. You will also review research that addresses the issue/stressor and write a white paper to your organization’s leadership that addresses the issue/stressor you selected.

To Prepare:
⦁ Review the national healthcare issues/stressors presented in the Resources and reflect on the national healthcare issue/stressor you selected for study.
⦁ Reflect on the feedback you received from your colleagues on your Discussion post for the national healthcare issue/stressor you selected.
⦁ Identify and review two additional scholarly resources (not included in the Resources for this module) that focus on change strategies implemented by healthcare organizations to address your selected national healthcare issue/stressor.

The Assignment (3-4 Pages):
Analysis of a Pertinent Healthcare Issue
Develop a 3- to 4-page paper, written to your organization’s leadership team, addressing your selected national healthcare issue/stressor and how it is impacting your work setting. Be sure to address the following:
⦁ Describe the national healthcare issue/stressor you selected and its impact on your organization. Use organizational data to quantify the impact (if necessary, seek assistance from leadership or appropriate stakeholders in your organization).
⦁ Provide a brief summary of the two articles you reviewed from outside resources on the national healthcare issue/stressor. Explain how the healthcare issue/stressor is being addressed in other organizations.
⦁ Summarize the strategies used to address the organizational impact of national healthcare issues/stressors presented in the scholarly resources you selected. Explain how they may impact your organization both positively and negatively. Be specific and provide examples.

Looking Ahead
The paper you develop in Module 1 will be revisited and revised in Module 2. Review the Assignment instructions for Module 2 to prepare for your revised paper.

Develop a 3- to 4-page paper, written to your organization’s leadership team, addressing the selected national healthcare issue/stressor and how it is impacting your work setting. Be sure to address the following: ·   Describe the national healthcare issue/stressor you selected and its impact on your organization. Use organizational data to quantify the impact (if necessary, seek assistance from leadership or appropriate stakeholders in your organization).–
Levels of Achievement:Excellent 23 (23%) – 25 (25%)
The response accurately and thoroughly describes in detail the national healthcare issue/stressor selected and its impact on an organization.
The response includes accurate, clear, and detailed data to quantify the impact of the national healthcare issue/stressor selected.
Good 20 (20%) – 22 (22%)
The response describes the national healthcare issue/stressor selected and its impact on an organization.
The response includes accurate data to quantify the impact of the national healthcare issue/stressor selected.
Fair 18 (18%) – 19 (19%)
The response describes the national healthcare issue/stressor selected and its impact on an organization that is vague or inaccurate.
The response includes vague or inaccurate data to quantify the impact of the national healthcare issue/stressor selected.
Poor 0 (0%) – 17 (17%)
The response describes the national healthcare issue/stressor selected and its impact on an organization that is vague and inaccurate, or is missing.
The response includes vague and inaccurate data to quantify the impact of the national healthcare issue/stressor selected, or is missing.
Feedback:
·   Provide a brief summary of the two articles you reviewed from outside resources, on the national healthcare issue/stressor and explain how the healthcare issue/stressor is being addressed in other organizations.–
Levels of Achievement:Excellent 27 (27%) – 30 (30%)
A complete, detailed, and specific synthesis of two outside resources reviewed on the national healthcare issue/stressor selected is provided. The response fully integrates at least 2 outside resources and 2 or 3 course-specific resources that fully support the summary provided.
The response accurately and thoroughly explains in detail how the healthcare issue/stressor is being addressed in other organizations.
Good 24 (24%) – 26 (26%)
An accurate synthesis of at least one outside resource reviewed on the national healthcare issue/stressor selected is provided. The response integrates at least 1 outside resource and 2 or 3 course-specific resources that may support the summary provided.
The response explains how the healthcare issue/stressor is being addressed in other organizations.
Fair 21 (21%) – 23 (23%)
A vague or inaccurate summary of outside resources reviewed on the national healthcare issue/stressor selected is provided. The response minimally integrates resources that may support the summary provided.
The response explains how the healthcare issue/stressor is being addressed in other organizations that is vague or inaccurate.
Poor 0 (0%) – 20 (20%)
A vague and inaccurate summary of no outside resources reviewed on the national healthcare issue/stressor selected is provided, or is missing.
The response fails to integrate any resources to support the summary provided.
Feedback:
·   Summarize the strategies used to address the organizational impact of national healthcare issues/stressors presented in the scholarly resources you selected and explain how they may impact your organization both positively and negatively. Be specific and provide examples.–
Levels of Achievement:Excellent 27 (27%) – 30 (30%)
A complete, detailed, and accurate summary of the strategies used to address the organizational impact of the national healthcare issue/stressor is provided.
The response accurately and thoroughly explains in detail how the strategies may impact an organization both positively and negatively, with specific and accurate examples.
Good 24 (24%) – 26 (26%)
An accurate summary of the strategies used to address the organizational impact of the national healthcare issue/stressor is provided.
The response explains how the strategies may impact an organization both positively and negatively. May include some specific examples.
Fair 21 (21%) – 23 (23%)
A vague or inaccurate summary of the strategies used to address the organizational impact of the national healthcare issue/stressor is provided.
The response explains how the strategies may impact an organization both positively and negatively that is vague or inaccurate. May include some vague or inaccurate examples.
Poor 0 (0%) – 20 (20%)
A vague and inaccurate summary of the strategies used to address the organizational impact of the national healthcare issue/stressor is provided, or is missing.
The response explains how the strategies may impact an organization both positively and negatively that is vague and inaccurate, or is missing. Does not include any examples.
Feedback:
Written Expression and Formatting – Paragraph Development and Organization: Paragraphs make clear points that support well-developed ideas, flow logically, and demonstrate continuity of ideas. Sentences are carefully focused—neither long and rambling nor short and lacking substance. A clear and comprehensive purpose statement and introduction is provided which delineates all required criteria.–
Levels of Achievement:Excellent 5 (5%) – 5 (5%)
Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity.
A clear and comprehensive purpose statement, introduction, and conclusion is provided which delineates all required criteria.
Good 4 (4%) – 4 (4%)
Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 80% of the time.
Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment is stated, yet is brief and not descriptive.
Fair 3.5 (3.5%) – 3.5 (3.5%)
Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity 60%–79% of the time.
Purpose, introduction, and conclusion of the assignment is vague or off topic.
Poor 0 (0%) – 3 (3%)
Paragraphs and sentences follow writing standards for flow, continuity, and clarity < 60% of the time.
No purpose statement, introduction, or conclusion was provided.
Feedback:
Written Expression and Formatting – English writing standards: Correct grammar, mechanics, and proper punctuation–
Levels of Achievement:Excellent 5 (5%) – 5 (5%)
Uses correct grammar, spelling, and punctuation with no errors.
Good 4 (4%) – 4 (4%)
Contains a few (1 or 2) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors.
Fair 3.5 (3.5%) – 3.5 (3.5%)
Contains several (3 or 4) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors.
Poor 0 (0%) – 3 (3%)
Contains many (≥ 5) grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors that interfere with the reader’s understanding.
Feedback:
Written Expression and Formatting – The paper follows correct APA format for title page, headings, font, spacing, margins, indentations, page numbers, parenthetical/in-text citations, and reference list.–
Levels of Achievement:Excellent 5 (5%) – 5 (5%)
Uses correct APA format with no errors.
Good 4 (4%) – 4 (4%)
Contains a few (1 or 2) APA format errors.
Fair 3.5 (3.5%) – 3.5 (3.5%)
Contains several (3 or 4) APA format errors.
Poor 0 (0%) – 3 (3%)

Question 23: Health Care

Evaluating a Statistical Study Assignment

To complete this assignment, select one of the articles below taken from the online library and answer the questions that follow.

Articles:
Trends in Patient Information Preferences and Acquisition
Determining College Performance of Allied Health students
The Impact of College Sports Success on the Quantity and Quality of Student Applications
Child Abuse: Radiologic-Pathologic Correlation
Reference Equations for the Six-Minute Walk in Healthy Adults

Questions:

⦁ Briefly summarize (2 or 3 sentences) the objectives and findings of the study
⦁ Describe the data analyzed in the study. Identify the data’s level of measurement. How was it collected? Evaluate possible sources of error or bias in the data.
⦁ What population characteristics or parameters were the researchers trying to evaluate or estimate? What sample statistics were used as indicators?
⦁ Identify one of the researcher’s null hypothesis and the corresponding alternate hypothesis. Did the researchers accept or reject the null hypothesis? What was the confidence interval (significance level) used for evaluating the hypothesis. Evaluate how choosing a different confidence interval could impact the execution or results of the study.
⦁ Identify the type I and type II errors associated with accepting or rejecting the null hypothesis. Given the context of the study, which type of error is more critical to avoid? Why?
⦁ How might the results of this study be used? Describe how the knowledge gained could be applied. Suggest additional research that could be pursued to supplement these findings.

Question 24: Mathematics

https://www.khanacademy.org/math/ap-statistics/probability-ap/randomness-probability-simulation/v/basic-probability
https://www.khanacademy.org/math/ap-statistics/probability-ap/randomness-probability-simulation/v/statistical-significance-experiment
⦁ Explain, in your words, what significance means in this experiment. How does probability play a role in determining significance?
⦁ Explain, in your words, what made the experiment in 2 statistically significant?

Question 25: Health Care

Evidence-Based Practice and the Quadruple Aim
Healthcare organizations continually seek to optimize healthcare performance. For years, this approach was a three-pronged one known as the Triple Aim, with efforts focused on improved population health, enhanced patient experience, and lower healthcare costs.
More recently, this approach has evolved to a Quadruple Aim by including a focus on improving the work life of healthcare providers. Each of these measures are impacted by decisions made at the organizational level, and organizations have increasingly turned to EBP to inform and justify these decisions.
To Prepare:
⦁ Read the articles by Sikka, Morath, & Leape (2015); Crabtree, Brennan, Davis, & Coyle (2016); and Kim et al. (2016) provided in the Resources.
⦁ Reflect on how EBP might impact (or not impact) the Quadruple Aim in healthcare.
⦁ Consider the impact that EBP may have on factors impacting these quadruple aim elements, such as preventable medical errors or healthcare delivery.
To Complete:
Write a brief analysis (no longer than 2 pages) of the connection between EBP and the Quadruple Aim.
Your analysis should address how EBP might (or might not) help reach the Quadruple Aim, including each of the four measures of:
⦁ Patient experience
⦁ Population health
⦁ Costs
⦁ Work life of healthcare providers
Write a brief analysis of the connection between evidence-based practice and the Quadruple Aim. Your analysis should address how evidence-based practice might (or might not) help reach the Quadruple Aim, including each of the four measures of:

·   Patient experience
·   Population health
·   Costs
·   Work life of healthcare providers–
Levels of Achievement: Excellent 77 (77%) – 85 (85%)
Good 68 (68%) – 76 (76%)
Fair 60 (60%) – 67 (67%)
Poor 0 (0%) – 59 (59%)
Written Expression and Formatting—Paragraph Development and Organization:
Paragraphs make clear points that support well-developed ideas, flow logically, and demonstrate continuity of ideas. Sentences are carefully focused—neither long and rambling nor short and lacking substance. A clear and comprehensive purpose statement and introduction is provided which delineates all required criteria.–
Levels of Achievement: Excellent 5 (5%) – 5 (5%)
Good 4 (4%) – 4 (4%)
Fair 3.5 (3.5%) – 3.5 (3.5%)
Poor 0 (0%) – 3 (3%)
Written Expression and Formatting—English Writing Standards:
Correct grammar, mechanics, and proper punctuation.–
Levels of Achievement: Excellent 5 (5%) – 5 (5%)
Good 4 (4%) – 4 (4%)
Fair 3.5 (3.5%) – 3.5 (3.5%)
Poor 0 (0%) – 3 (3%)
Written Expression and Formatting—The paper follows correct APA format for title page, headings, font, spacing, margins, indentations, page numbers, running head, parenthetical/in-text citations, and reference list.–
Levels of Achievement: Excellent 5 (5%) – 5 (5%
Good 4 (4%) – 4 (4%)
Fair 3.5 (3.5%) – 3.5 (3.5%)

Poor 0 (0%) – 3 (3%)

less than 20% similarities
Question 26: English

I need 5 questions answered from my english class the book is called practical argument 3rd edition
Read Student Sample Essay pp. 361-367 and answer the questions below using complete sentences and clear explanations:
1. Summarize the argument Blaine is making in one sentence.
2. Give three examples of evidence that Blaine uses to prove her argument. Cite the page numbers. Do you think this is enough evidence to support her argument? Why? Why not?
3. Does Blaine give an opposing argument? If so, summarize what it is and how she refutes it.
4. Does Blaine establish a strong context for her argument? Explain why or why not by using specific examples from the text. Make sure to cite the page numbers when stating an example from the text.
5. Do you agree or disagree with Blaine’s argument? Why or why not.

Question 27: Business

Question 29: Business

For this discussion post, define the fact pattern in the Netflix case study, which you read about in the following Module One articles and presentation:
⦁ Library Article: How Netflix Reinvented HR
⦁ Article: The Woman Behind the Netflix Culture Doc
⦁ Presentation: Netflix Culture: Freedom & Responsibility
⦁ This information will be a key part of your final project for this course. According to Legal Dictionary, a fact pattern is “a concise description of all the occurrences or circumstances of a particular case, without any discussion of their consequences under the law.”
⦁ In other words, it provides the basic information—who, what, when, where, and why (which we will call the 5W approach):
⦁ Who: The individuals and organization involved in the issue
⦁ What: The issue at hand. What variables have created the situation that needs resolution, and what facts regarding the individuals involved and the organization can be codified as factual statements.
⦁ When: The timetable as to when the issue began and the approximate timeframe in which it must be settled. If not definitively known, provide an estimate of the duration.
⦁ Where: The geographic location, department, or division in which the problem exists.
⦁ Why: The drivers that created the situation needing resolution.
⦁ How: The ways in which the organizational culture may directly and/or indirectly impact the negotiation in an interpersonal or organization conflict situation.

For this discussion post, define the fact pattern in the Netflix case study, which you read about in the following Module One articles and presentation:

Question 31: General Question

This forum is designed to engage us in a discussion involving a comparison between Kouzes and Posner’s Leadership Practices and Senge’s Five disciplines (click for link). Support your assertions with scholarly source material. Examine the document showing the table of comparisons and answer the following:
1. In what ways are the two sources suggestive of similar theoretical concepts and/or presentation?
Values/Actions Congruence, Shared Vision, Learning Together Through Collaboration,
2. How are they different?
Question the Status Quo, Integration of the Whole
3. What are your conclusions about the thinking of these leadership scholars as expressed in the table and with regard to additional sources you may elect to include in your discussion.

Question 32: Education

1.      What building blocks can an organization use to sustain competitive advantage?
2.      Define value creation and the components that can be used to determine value creation per unit. How is value creation related to competitive advantage?
What is a value chain? Why is efficiency so important in an organizations value chain?
3.      What does an internal analysis help a company to determine? How does this contribute to the overall health (value creation, competitive advantage, profitability) of the company?
4.      Why do companies fail? How does competitive advantage relate to failure?
5.      What are functional level strategies? How can functional level strategy contribute to efficiency?
6.      Describe economies of scale and its relation to competitive advantage. What strategic significance does economies of scale have?
7.      How does innovation relate to competitive advantage? What can be done to sustain innovation?
8.      How does customer relations contribute to competitive advantage? What is the effect of customer relations on value creation and its components?
9.

Assignment 2

Chapter 3 Questions:

10. Define value creation and the components that can be used to determine value creation per unit. How is value creation related to competitive advantage?

Question 33: Health Care

NURS6521 Final Exam Answers Latest Version Walden University

Question 34: Health Care

NURS4115 Week 3 Assignment
NURS4115 Week 3 Assignment

Question 35: Health Care

Week 1 Discussion Nurs 6051 Transforming Nursing and Healthcare Through Technology

Question 36: English

Reform of Healthcare Market and Regulation and Antitrust Policy in Health Care” Please respond to the following:
⦁ From the e-Activity, synthesize the primary ways in which consumer and provider incentives work together to achieve cost reduction under the Affordable Care Act (ACA). Provide at least one (1) example of such synthesis to support your response.
⦁ Defend or critique the key provisions of antitrust legislation in the United States. Analyze the major ways in which quality issues in health care affect antirust healthcare policy. Provide at least one (1) example of antitrust laws in action to support your response.

Question 37: History

Strayer University – HIS 105Assignment 1 HIS 105.docx
Dealing with Diversity in America from Reconstruction Through the 1920’s

Question 38: History

Strayer University, Washington HIS 105 Assignment 2.2: Policemen of the WorldFinal Paper
Assignment 2.2: Policemen of the WorldFinal Paper
Due Week 10 and worth 120 points

You have already developed a thesis statement and developed an outline in which you explored two (2) real-life international incidents from the past five (5) years involving the United States as they received an elevated status as a world power. Now you will develop the final paper in which you explore your main points in detail.

Write a three to five (3-5) page paper in which you:

Your assignment must follow these formatting requirements:

The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:

Question 39: Gender Studies

Question 40: Gender studies

Apply information from the Aquifer Case Study to answer the following discussion questions:
⦁ Discuss the Mr. Payne’s history that would be pertinent to his genitourinary problem. Include chief complaint, HPI, Social, Family and Past medical history that would be important to know.
⦁ Describe the physical exam and diagnostic tools to be used for Mr. Payne. Are there any additional you would have liked to be included that were not?
⦁ Please list 3 differential diagnoses for Mr. Payne and explain why you chose them. What was your final diagnosis and how did you make the determination?
⦁ What plan of care will Mr. Payne be given at this visit, include drug therapy and treatments; what is the patient education and follow-up?

discuss the Mr. Payne’s history that would be pertinent to his genitourinary problem. Include chief complaint, HPI, Social, Family and Past medical history that would be important to know.

Question 41: Chemistry

Compare Lewin’s 3-Step Model and Lippitt, Watson, and Westley’s change model. Compare and contrast the models,
discuss resistance, or how change could be embraced between those 2 models

Question 42: Geology

Labor in colonial America was scarce. Explain the development of using slaves for labor in the colonies. Below are some of the items you may include:
⦁ The development of using slaves for labor
⦁ Changes, problems, and issues with slave labor
⦁ Unintended consequences of using slave labor
Complete a 2-3 page paper according to CSU-Global’s Guide for Writing and APA Requirements. Each paper should include at least four paragraphs: an introduction, a body with at least two fully developed paragraphs, and a conclusion.

Question 43: Geology

Describe the additional complications facing an MNC compared with a domestic corporation when it is evaluating a capital budgeting project. Why should an MNC’s capital budgeting decision be based on the parent’s results rather than those of the subsidiary? Is an MNC generally faced with incurring double taxation on its profits in the subsidiary’s country? Why or why not?

Question 44: Urban Planning and Policy

Get Local: Rate Your Environment
Based on the material in this module and your own relevant research, address the following:
⦁ How would you rate your own neighborhood and the city or town that surrounds it with regard to the concepts presented in this module?
⦁ Discuss as many environmental factors that affect wellness (mining communities, contamination, nuclear poisoning, population density, socioeconomic influences, new vs. old developments, community gardens, etc.) as possible in your analysis and highlight how these factors support or challenge wellness.
⦁ How do these factors relate to the eight dimensions of wellness?
Make sure you support your ideas with information presented in the course material, other scholarly resources, and specific examples (real-life observations and experiences),

How would you rate your own neighborhood and the city or town that surrounds it with regard to the concepts presented in the module?

Question 45: Computer Science

Question 47: Biology

Question 48: General Question

Assignment 4 HR Training Class New Employee Customer Service Training

Imagine that you are a member of the HR department of a small retail company and upper management has asked you to create a new employee customer service training class for all new employees.

Write a six to seven (6-7) pages paper in which you:

1. Justify the use of a needs assessment of your company’s proposed employee customer service training, stressing five (5) ways in which such an assessment would expose any existing performance deficiencies.

2. Develop a customer service training implementation plan and determine the method of training (i.e., presentation, discussion, case study, discovery, role play, simulation, modeling, or on-the-job training).

3. Justify why you selected the training method that you did.

4. Propose two (2) ways to motivate an employee who has no interest in attending a training class.

5. Develop a survey to collect feedback from the employees who attend the training.

6. Use at least three (3) quality academic resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and other Websites do not qualify as academic resources.

Question 49: Engineering

Read the article “Cognitive Effects of Risperidone in Children with Autism and Irritable Behavior”, and identify the research questions and/or hypotheses as they are stated. Consider the following questions: What are the variables (sample sizes, population, treatments, etc.)? How was the analysis of variance used in this article (and what type of ANOVA was used)?
Write a two- to three-page paper presenting the information listed below. In addition, provide a title page and reference page in APA style. Cite any references made to the article within the body of the paper in APA style. Your paper should begin with an introductory paragraph (including a thesis statement) and end with a concluding paragraph summarizing the major points made in the body of the paper and reaffirming the thesis.
The body of your paper must:
1.   Determine what question(s) the authors are trying to answer by doing this research.
2.   Determine the hypothesis being tested and the concepts that were applied in this process.
3.   Evaluate the article and critique the statistical analysis employed in the study. Would you have included more and/or different variables? Explain your answer.
4.   Examine the assumptions and limitations of the statistical study. What would you have done differently in this case? Explain your answer.
5.   Identify how the authors applied statistical testing to the problem.
6.   Interpret the findings of the author(s) using statistical concepts.

Question 50: Engineering

assignment 3: Fraud in the AIS
For this assignment, research the Internet or Strayer databases to locate a firm that was involved in a fraud and / or embezzlement case.
Explain how the firm’s accounting information system (i.e., components and functions) contributed to the fraud and / or embezzlement. You will need to focus on how each component / function of the accounting information system failed, which resulted in the scandal / case.
Write a ten to twelve (10-12) page paper in which you:
1.   Based on the information you researched, assess the failure of the firm’s accounting information system to prevent the related fraud / embezzlement.
2.   Imagine that the company that you researched uses a third-party accounting system. Evaluate the effectiveness of the firm’s stakeholder in the event that a third-party accounting system suffers a breach. Include an assessment of the level of responsibility of the software provider to the business and its clients. Provide support for your rationale.
3.   Determine what advances in accounting and / or information technology could have prevented the event from occurring. Provide support for your argument.
4.   Evaluate what changes should be made to both the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other current laws in order to make them more effective in deterring companies from committing crimes.
5.   Recommend a strategy that the company you indicated may use to prevent future business information failures. Indicate how the company should approach the implementation of your recommended strategy. Provide support for your recommendation.
6.   Use at least three (3) quality resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and similar Websites do not qualify as quality resources.

Question 51: Astronomy

Crane Corp., a company whose stock is publicly traded, provides a noncontributory
defined-benefit pension plan for its employees. The company’s actuary has provided the following information for the year ended December 31, 2018:

Projected benefit obligation $622000
Accumulated benefit obligation 449000Fair value of plan assets 740000Service cost 180000Interest on projected benefit obligation 12000Amortization of prior service cost 36000Expected and actual return on plan assets 46500
The market-related asset value equals the fair value of plan assets. No contributions have been made for 2018 pension cost. In its December 31, 2018 balance sheet, Crane should report a pension asset / liability of

Question 1: General Question

Question 1 (500 points)

You are currently working for a company called Pierogi’s and More. This company specializes in
authentic ethnic European style foods. Product offering includes Blintzes, Golabki, Kaputsa, and
Kielbasa, but the main item in the product line is the traditional Pierogi. A pierogi is best
described as a piece of pastry or dough that is stuffed with various ingredients. Going back to the
tradition of the product, the original pierogis were normally stuffed with mashed potatoes,
spinach, sauerkraut and/or variety of cheeses. The pierogi was the ‘worker’ or ‘laborers’ meal, so
consequently did not include meats as they were not affordable but when available, some meats
would be an ingredient in the pierogi. These meat-based pierogis were considered a delicacy and
used mainly for special occasions.
The pricing strategy has been quality/value-priced based. The company has been trying to
develop a reputation and perspective of a high quality item. The standard price for one dozen
pierogis has been $5.99 per dozen. This price is a little higher than the prices of the main
competitors. Depending upon the ingredients, the competitors’ prices range from $2.79 to $5.39
per dozen in most grocery stores. Based on the current production costs and overheads, there is
some room to manipulate price, but there is a desire to make sure that the pricing strategy
reflects the quality of the product. While the company has completed no in-depth research or
analysis, management believes they offer the highest quality pierogi on the market and believes
their price should reflect as much. A breakdown of the cost structure revealed total variable
costs of $1.87/dozen and total fixed costs of $0.20/dozen.
Pierogi’s and More is starting to enter a new phase of distribution. To this point, sales were
through the current company store front or direct sales to a few local markets. The company is
now branching into specialty or higher end grocery retail. This change will require the inclusion
of a wholesaler into the marketing channel. Studies have shown that most grocery wholesalers
maintain a 30 percent mark-up while the retailer maintains a 25 percent mark-up. Pierogi’s and
More desires to maintain their current price point at the retail level when they enter this new
distribution channel. The company would also like to maintain a 45 percent mark-up.
Based upon the above information, please respond to the following:
a: Using the target price of $5.99, determine the price point the company should use for the
wholesaler. Does this price point allow the company to maintain its desired 45 percent mark-
up? If you know that the consumer price elasticity for this product group is 0.80, what would be
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!
your concerns when establishing the price?
b: Do you believe the company should continue to use a value-based pricing mechanism? Why or
why not? If you know the customer group has a high level of price sensitivity, what is your
concern with this pricing scenario?
c: In addition to the pricing decisions, Pierogi’s and More does not have a promotional campaign
designed for this new marketing channel. Prepare an appropriate marketing campaign to enter
the new market. Be specific in your response. Does brand play a role in this process?
d: Pierogi’s and more has the opportunity to distribute the product through the specialty store in
both a frozen offering and a fresh offering in the deli/meat counter. Should their pricing
structure be the same or different for the two products? How would this impact other aspects of
the promotional mix? Does brand play any roll in this process?
e: Create a slogan for the business, less than 20 words, which captures the essence of the brand.
Explain your rationale for the slogan. Then show how it should be incorporated within the brand
image and integrated marketing communication plan.

Question 2: Biology

NURS 6531 Midterm Exam Latest Version Walden University

Question 3: Biology

NURS 6531 Midterm Exam Review WEEK 2 Latest Version Walden University

Question 4: Biology

NURS 6512 Final Exam Latest Version Walden University

Question 5: Biology

NURSE 6531 Final Exam Adv. Practice Care of Adults Latest Version Walden University

Question 6: Business

Wk 4 – Advisory Memo

As a first-year Human Resource Specialist at “State of Estates” estate planning firm, your boss (Will N. Trusts) presents you with the following two scenarios:
Scenario 1
Ned was hired six weeks ago by “State of Estates” to supervise the call center on weekends. At the time of hire, Ned did not disclose that he is a follower of the “Weekend Warriors” religion. In observance of his religious practices, Ned may not work Saturday mornings before noon. Ned called out of work three Saturday mornings in a row, costing the company extra overtime costs. The company looked to re-arrange the schedule, but to pull in a more senior supervisor on the weekend would require time-and-a-half pay. In addition, call-center statistics indicate a drop in productivity when there is a change of supervisor mid-day. The company would like to terminate Ned’s employment.
⦁ Would Ned have an argument for religious discrimination against “State of Estates?” Why or why not?
⦁ If yes, would the company be able to assert any defenses under these circumstances?

Scenario 2
Ella works in the accounting department in the northern satellite office of the company. She has been employed for four years and performed her job well until recently when she was caught sleeping on the job numerous times. Ella explained to her supervisor that she suffers from sleep apnea and has not been sleeping well at night. She requested a special caffeine supplement, at $200 daily, to keep her focused on the spreadsheets.
⦁ What factors would a court consider in determining whether Ella’s sleep apnea qualifies her for protection under the ADA?
⦁ Would “State of Estates” have to provide the requested accommodation of the caffeine pills in this instance? Why or why not?

Create two 350-word memos in one document based on these two scenarios.

Format your memos, including citations and references consistent with APA guidelines.

Question 7: Business

Wk 4 discussion

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:
⦁ The age for full social security benefits is 67 today, with more than one-third of people working past the age of 70. The ADEA was enacted to prevent discrimination against older workers. Discuss some of the underlying situations that contribute to discrimination by age and what companies can do to avoid decisions based on age alone.

Question 8: Business

6 page paper (use template)

Analyze the business-level strategies for the corporation you chose to determine the business-level strategy you think is most important to the long-term success of the firm and whether or not you judge this to be a good choice. Justify your opinion.
Analyze the corporate-level strategies for the corporation you chose to determine the corporate-level strategy you think is most important to the long-term success of the firm and whether or not you judge this to be a good choice. Justify your opinion.
Analyze the competitive environment to determine the corporation’s most significant competitor. Compare their strategies at each level and evaluate which company you think is most likely to be successful in the long term. Justify your choice.
Determine whether your choice from Question 3 would differ in slow-cycle and fast-cycle markets.
Use at least three (3) quality references.
The specific course learning outcomes associated with this assignment are:
Identify various levels and types of strategy in a firm.
Use technology and information resources to research issues in business administration.
Write clearly and concisely about business administration using proper writing mechanics.

Week 8 Assignment 3
Student Full Name

Date

Everything in Blue below should be deleted
Due Week 8 and worth 150 points
Using the corporation you chose from Assignment 1, examine its industry. Research the company on its own Website, the public filings on the Securities and Exchange Commission EDGAR database (http://www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml), in the University’s online databases, and any other sources you can find. The annual report will often provide insights that can help address some of these questions. NOTE: Be sure to read Chapters 1 – 10 in the course textbook and complete the LEARN E-Activities for Weeks 1-8 as they set the foundation to this assignment. Be sure to cite your sources! Begin your paper on Page 2 and write a minimum of six (6) pages (does not include Title or Source pages).

Corporate-Level Strategies
Analyze the corporate-level strategies for the corporation you chose to determine the corporate-level strategy you think is most important to the long-term success of the firm and whether or not you judge this to be a good choice (Note: in this step you need to choose and write about only one (1) corporate-level strategy from the text book (not Google). Justify your opinion.
You should briefly define (1 – 2 sentences) corporate-level strategy based upon the textbook/lectures (cite your sources) as part of your analysis. Read Chapter 6 in the course textbook. Review the Week 6 Learn video/Lecture for supporting content.
Competitive Environment
Analyze the competitive environment to determine the corporation’s most significant competitor (this will require research/cite your sources). Compare their strategies at each level (market commonality, resource similarity, competitive behavior, and competitive dynamics/actions/responses) and evaluate which company you think is most likely to be successful in the long term. Justify your choice. Hint: read Chapter 5 in the course textbook as it provides a solid background and clues on this model that apply to this section. Review the Week 4 Learn video Lecture for supporting content (cite your sources).
Market Cycles
Determine whether your choice from Question 3 (Competitive Environment section above) would differ in slow-cycle and fast-cycle markets. It would be a good idea to briefly (1 – 2 sentences) explain what the slow-cycle and fast-cycle markets are from the textbook (cite your sources) as a short introduction to your determination. Hint: read Chapter 5 in the course textbook with a special focus on the Competitive Dynamics section. Review the Week 4 Learn video Lecture for supporting content (cite your sources).
Sources
Hitt, M. A., Ireland, R. D., & Hoskisson, R. E. (2013). Strategic management: Concepts and cases: Competiveness and globalization (10th ed.). Mason, OH: South-Western Cengage Learning.
List your sources on this page and remember to delete the instructions, which are in blue font.
Use at least three (3) quality sources, one of which must be the course textbook to support your ideas/work. Note: Wikipedia and college essay sites do not qualify as academic resources.
Cite your sources throughout your work when you borrow someone else’s words or ideas.
The source page must include all sources used. All sources listed here must be cited in your paper.
Look for a permalink tool for a webpage when possible (especially when an electronic
source requires logging in).
When using SWS remember to organize sources in a numbered list and in order of use throughout the paper; use the original number when citing a source multiple times; and follow this format for all sources:
Author. Publication Date. Title. Page # (written as p. #). How to Find (e.g. web address)
The APA format may also be used for a Reference page.
Questions to ask yourself before submitting your paper.
⦁ Did I read the required course material and complete the required activities?
⦁ Have I deleted the blue font instructions in this template?
⦁ Did I leave the provided section headings in place, as provided in this template?
⦁ After deleting the blue fonts in this template, have I changed all font to black?
Additional things to keep in mind.
⦁ You will be graded on the content of your submission, the quality of your answers, the logic/organization of the report, your language skills, and your writing skills using the grading rubric.
⦁ Strayer uses SafeAssign – an automated plagiarism checker. It is advised that you do your own writing and use external resources to support what you have written in your own words.

Question 9: Business

The Woolong Company produces high-end vacuum cleaners and has hired you to oversee the development and release of their latest product. A preliminary project initiation meeting will result in the identification of the project sponsor, selection of a project manager, and creation of the project charter. A manager in the production department who knows you are taking a college project management course asks you to prepare a report to help them prepare for the meeting by answering the following questions:
⦁ Who are the project stakeholders? How will they be involved in the project?
⦁ Whom should the project sponsor be? Why?
⦁ What skills and experience are likely needed by the project manager for each phase in the project life cycle, and how do these skills and experiences differ between the various phases?
⦁ What kind of roles and responsibilities should the key stakeholders have? Discuss at least 4–5 different kinds of stakeholders.
⦁ How should they communicate to different stakeholders during the project?
⦁ What information should be shared with the project stakeholders?
⦁ What is the mechanism that could be used for each type of information?
⦁ What is the frequency with which information should be shared?
⦁ What should be done if project communications are not proving to be effective?
⦁ What technology could be used for project communications?
⦁ At what point could communication about the project become an ethical or legal issue?
⦁ What are the best ways to manage project risks as well as opportunities during project execution?
⦁ How do they update and analyze old risks as well as new risks while undertaking the project?
⦁ What business opportunity might project completion create?
⦁ What is the potential financial impact of the project?
⦁ What are the expected results of the project?
⦁ What value will the project add?
⦁ What is the potential impact to the company if the project is not finished well?
Present your findings as a Word document of 4–5 pages (not including title and reference pages) formatted in APA style, using the attached template. Submitting your assignment in APA format means, at a minimum, you will need the following:
⦁ Title page: Remember the running head. The title should be in all capitals.
⦁ Body: The body of your paper begins on the page following the title page and abstract page and must be double-spaced (be careful not to triple- or quadruple-space between paragraphs). The type face should be 12-pt. Times Roman or 12-pt. Courier in regular black type. Do not use color, bold type, or italics except as required for APA-level headings and references. The deliverable length of the body of your paper for this assignment is 2–3 pages. In-body academic citations to support your decisions and analysis are required. A variety of academic sources is encouraged.
⦁ Reference page: References that align with your in-body academic sources are listed on the final page of your paper. The references must be in APA format using appropriate spacing, hang indention, italics, and upper- and lowercase usage as appropriate for the type of resource used. Remember, the Reference Page is not a bibliography but a further listing of the abbreviated in-body citations used in the paper. Every referenced item must have a corresponding in-body citation.

Question 10: Business

1)      Describe the changing demographic patterns of the aging population. How do these patterns vary by age, gender, race, and ethnicity? How will the demographic changes in the population in the next decade influence the type and delivery of community resources available to older adults?
2)      Major historical events can shape the way a cohort behaves throughout their lives. As an example individuals who grew-up during the depression are often frugal with spending even in old age. What was the major historical event of your life course? How did this affect your life and do you think it will continue to impact you as you age?
3)      From the point of view of older adults, what might be the advantages and disadvantages of living in a state with a large older population? From the point of view of younger generations? Explain, using references from this week’s resources to support your response.
4)      What is ageism (as it applies to the aging population)? Name three examples of ageism that you’ve personally witnessed, experienced, or perhaps even committed yourself. How are these instances damaging to the aging population?

Question 11: Business

HRM 530 Assignment 1 Alignment of HRM and Business Strategies
HRM 530 Assignment 1 Alignment of HRM and Business Strategies

Question 12: Business

Create a chart with rows and columns to establish the following requirements of discrimination under the law in the following areas at the top:

⦁ Title VII Gender Discrimination in Employment Practices
⦁ Sexual Harassment Based on Hostile Work Environment
⦁ Quid-Pro-Quo Sexual Harassment
⦁ Sexual Orientation in the Workplace

Along the left side of the chart, create the following rows:

⦁ Requirements to Prove Under the Law
⦁ Ways Employers can Minimize Liability
⦁ Recent Case Example

Complete the chart for each section.

Explain in 350 to 525 words the requirements of each type of potential gender discrimination.

Explain in 350 to 525 words the specific ways employers can minimize liability for each type of gender discrimination.

Research and include a relevant case to illustrate each type of gender discrimination.

Format your citations and references consistent with APA guidelines.

Question 13: Health Care

Nursing Therapy Quiz

STUDY GUIDE

This quiz will cover the following topics, which relate to psychotherapy with individuals in the Wheeler textbook and the Fisher textbook excerpts:

Topics
·         The Nurse Psychotherapist and a Framework for Practice
·         Confidentiality Limits in Psychotherapy: Ethics Checklists for Mental Health Professionals
·         Assessment and Diagnosis
·         The Initial Contact and Maintaining the Frame
·         Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
·         Supportive and Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
·         Stabilization for Trauma and Dissociation
·         Motivational Interviewing
·         Psychotherapeutic Approaches for Addictions and Related Disorders

Wheeler, K. (Eds.). (2014). Psychotherapy for the advanced practice psychiatric nurse: A how-to guide for evidence-based practice (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Company.
·         Chapter 1, “The Nurse Psychotherapist and a Framework for Practice”
·         Chapter 3, “Assessment and Diagnosis”
·         Chapter 4, “The Initial Contact and Maintaining the Frame”
·        Chapter 5, “Supportive and Psychodynamic Psychotherapy”
·        Chapter 7, “Motivational Interviewing” (pp.299-312)
·        Chapter 8, “Cognitive Behavioral Therapy”
·        Chapter 13, “Stabilization for Trauma and Dissociation”
·        Chapter 16, “Psychotherapeutic Approaches for Addictions and Related Disorders”

Fisher, M. A. (2016). Introduction. In Confidentiality limits in psychotherapy: Ethics checklists for mental health professionals (pp. 3–12). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. doi:10.1037/14860-001

Fisher, M. A. (2016). The ethical ABCs of conditional confidentiality. In Confidentiality limits in psychotherapy: Ethics checklists for mental health professionals (pp. 13–25). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. doi:10.1037/14860-002

Question 1
⦁ After informing a prospective patient about limits of confidentiality, the patient consents to the “conditions” of confidentiality and signs an informed consent form. Several weeks later, a lawyer representing the patient’s spouse for a court case, asks the PMHNP for the disclosure of information about the patient. The PMHNP should:

A.
Disclose all patient information as requested

B.
Refuse to disclose any confidential information

C.
Limit disclosure to the extent legally possible

D.
Ignore the request based on ethical reasons
1 points
Question 2
⦁ The PMHNP is meeting with a new patient who is a young veteran back from serving two tours overseas. When reviewing the patient’s health history file that was sent from the VA, the PMHNP learns that several months ago, the patient was diagnosed with PTSD, but never followed up with treatment for it. After a comprehensive mental health assessment, the PMHNP confirms the PTSD diagnosis and understands that which therapeutic approach will be the most effective as a first-line treatment modality?

A.
Performing a psychiatric debriefing on the patient

B.
Employing cognitive behavioral therapy with the patient

C.
Using psychodynamic psychotherapy with the patient

D.
None of the above
1 points
Question 3
⦁ One of the strategies the PMHNP wants to try includes sleep restriction. What will the PMHNP suggest to follow sleep restriction therapy?

A.
“Restrict sleep for 24 hours.”

B.
“Restrict the amount of time you spend in bed.”

C.
“Restrict the amount of exercise you do prior to going to bed.”

D.
“Restrict the amount of food you eat before bedtime.”
1 points
Question 4
⦁ The PMHNP is conducting a peer review of another PMHNP’s medical charts. Upon review, the PMHNP notes that the peer often begins patient sessions late, as well as ends them later than scheduled. The PMHNP also found a comment in the chart regarding the patient sending text messages while in the middle of the session. Based on these findings, the feedback that the PMHNP will provide to the peer involves which therapeutic principle?

A.
Assessing safety

B.
Applying therapeutic communication

C.
Using empathy

D.
Maintaining the frame

32.The PMHNP is mentoring a student. After working with a patient during a session, the student laments about all the things she should have, or could have, said to the patient. “I feel guilty that I didn’t speak up more about the patient’s concern toward her son,” says the student. The PMHNP understands that the student is exhibiting signs of which therapeutic concept?
1 points
Question 5
⦁ True or false: If after a third round of processing followed by stabilization, a patient has increased anxiety that requires further interventions aimed at stabilization, the therapeutic relationship can no longer successfully provide therapeutic change.
True
False
1 points
Question 6
⦁ The PMHNP has been treating a 15-year-old patient with a history of abuse and neglect. Thirty minutes into their therapy session the patient jumps up and begins to pace around the room. Utilizing Socratic dialogue (SD) the PMHNP’s best action would be to:

A.
Allow the patient time to process before speaking.

B.
Ask, “Why don’t you come have a seat beside me?” while tapping the table.

C.
Say, “I noticed a change. Can you tell me what happened?”

D.
Say, “We can continue this session later if you prefer.”

1 points
Question 7
⦁ The PMHNP is caring for a patient who the PMHNP believes would benefit from a relational psychodynamic approach to therapy. Which action made by the PMHNP demonstrates appropriate use and understanding of the relationship psychodynamic model?

A.
Focusing the exploration on making the unconscious conscious

B.
Focusing the exploration on the genetic roots of the patient’s problem

C.
Focusing the exploration on here and now

D.
None of the above
1 points
Question 8
⦁ The PMHNP is caring for a patient with borderline personality disorder. Using a psychoanalytic psychotherapy approach, the PMHNP attempts to intensify the patient’s transference to enhance emotional processing by:

A.
Developing increased boundaries

B.
Decreasing supportive psychotherapy

C.
Scaling back contact with the patient

D.
Increasing the number of sessions per week
1 points
Question 9
⦁ An elderly patient in a nursing home has been losing interest in activities and now refuses to leave his room. After a physical exam, he is referred to a PMHNP for an initial assessment.
True or false: After speaking with the patient, an appropriate screening tool for the PMHNP to use would be the Geriatric Depression Scale.
True
False
1 points
Question 10
⦁ A middle-aged man who works over 50 hours a week is being seen for depression and anger management. He states, “I am even more frustrated when I come home and my wife wants to argue about stupid stuff. All I want to do is come home, take a shower, and eat. Is that too much to ask?” The PMHNP explains that people can be assertive, aggressive, and passive. She encourages the patient to be more assertive and begins role-play with assertive training. The PMHNP determines that the patient is beginning to understand when he states:

A.
“I am tired, I work very hard all day to support you and this family!”

B.
“I come home and all you do is argue, but I don’t care.”

C.
“I don’t know what I did. Why are you acting like this?!”

D.
“I feel frustrated when I come home and we argue.”

1 points
Question 11
⦁ The PMHNP is treating a patient with a substantial fear of feeling closed in (claustrophobia). Thus, the patient will not get into an elevator. The office where he works is on the 10th floor and this requires that he walk up and down the stairs in the morning and evening to get to his office. With permission from the patient, the PMHNP is beginning systematic desensitization to address the patient’s need to use the elevator. What is the PMHNP’s best plan of action?

A.
Begin by having the patient stand in front of the elevator and write down his feelings

B.
Complete a 30-minute therapy session in an elevator

C.
Allow the patient to watch an elevator go up and down

D.
Allow the patient to see the PMHNP getting into an elevator
1 points
Question 12
⦁ A PMHNP is assessing ego functioning of his 40-year-old patient by asking what she feels is the cause of her problems. She attributes her problems to her overprotective parents not letting her have enough freedom growing up. Based on her answer, the PMHNP is testing _____________.

A.
adaptive regression in the service of the ego

B.
regulation and control of affects and impulses

C.
defensive and interpersonal functioning

D.
sense of reality of the world and of the self
1 points
1 points
Question 18
⦁ During a session, the PMHNP asks a patient with a history of sexual abuse to recall the relationship she had as a child with her parents. The patient responds by saying she has a headache and her stomach hurts, and starts talking about her physical ailments. What is the appropriate response by the PMHNP?

A.
Assure the patient that she does not have to discuss these memories

B.
Explain why it is important for the patient to discuss these memories openly

C.
Tell the patient that she may not get better if she does not face her fears

D.
Let the patient know that plenty of other people have similar painful memories, too
1 points
Question 20
⦁ During a therapy session with an 18-year-old female the PMHNP learns that she has lived in six different foster homes in the last 24 months. She states that her mother is in a correctional facility for drug abuse and prostitution. During the assessment, the PMHNP notices multiple superficial cuts to each wrist. The patient appears tearful, withdrawn, and never makes direct eye contact. The PMHNP believes that this patient may have feelings of insecurities as well as abandonment issues and is aware that which diagnosis is likely possible?

A.
Narcissistic personality disorder

B.
Obsessive-compulsive personality disorder

C.
Borderline personality disorder

D.
Paranoid personality disorder
1 points
Question 21
⦁ A patient named Steve is seeking therapy to get help with his home situation, stating that he has been stressed since his mother-in-law moved into the house. What can the PMHNP do to assist the patient in constructing a narrative?

A.
Share a personal story about her home situation and family members

B.
Elicit details so Steve becomes more self-disclosing and self-examining

C.
Guide Steve through imagery exercises so he can decrease his stress

D.
None of the above
1 points
Question 22
⦁ A 16-year-old female patient has had a stable therapeutic relationship with the PMHNP for several months. The PMHNP notices what appears to be fresh cigarette burns on the patient’s arm. When asked, the patient admits to this self-injurious behavior. Although the patient is still depressed, her mood seems to be somewhat better this week. True or false: The PMHNP would most likely consider this patient stabilized and ready to move to Stage II.
True
False
1 points
Question 23
⦁ The PMHNP is working with a patient who experiences abreactions when discussing repressed feelings of his sexual abuse as a child. What can the PMHNP do to manage the patient’s intense emotional reactions?

A.
Sit closer to the patient so the patient does not feel isolated

B.
Embrace the patient to provide physical comfort

C.
Suggest a relaxation technique, such as yoga or meditation

D.
All of the above
1 points
Question 25
⦁ During cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), a 64-year-old male patient states, “I get so frustrated sometimes and I just blow up at everybody!” Which response by the PMHNP demonstrates translation of Socratic dialogue (SD)?

A.
“Please explain how this affects the relationship with your wife.”

B.
“When you say blow up, what exactly does blow up mean and how does it feel to you?”

C.
“What coping methods have you used in the past during times of frustration?”

D.
“So you blow up when you become frustrated?”
1 points
Question 26
⦁ The PMHNP is mentoring a student. After working with a patient during a session, the student laments about all the things she should have, or could have, said to the patient. “I feel guilty that I didn’t speak up more about the patient’s concern toward her son,” says the student. The PMHNP understands that the student is exhibiting signs of which therapeutic concept?

A.
Countertransference

B.
Therapeutic communication

C.
Empathy

D.
Boundaries
1 points
Question 27
⦁ A 28-year-old male patient is experiencing distress related to the workplace. What might the PMHNP ask to assess affective development?

A.
“How do you think your colleagues feel about you?”

B.
“How do you calm yourself when you are upset at the office?”

C.
“How do you think your colleague felt when you blamed her?”

D.
All of the above.
1 points
Question 28
⦁ A PMHNP is preparing confidentiality forms for his patients. What is the most appropriate first step he should take?

A.
Talk to potential patients to get their feedback and suggestions

B.
Research his profession’s ethics code and state/federal laws

C.
Use current patient interactions to decide what matters most

D.
All of the above
1 points
Question 29
⦁ A PMHNP is caring for a 21-year-old woman who is suffering from anxiety and is having difficulty managing stress. Which of the following would be an appropriate step by the PMHNP?

A.
Asking the patient what she does to relieve anxiety

B.
Giving the patient basic stress management activities

C.
Developing a plan together that is not overwhelming

D.
All of the above
1 points
Question 30
⦁ The PMHNP is caring for a patient who has acute stress disorder after experiencing a traumatic event 1 week prior. The PMHNP wants to begin with a therapeutic framework that follows the adaptive information processing (AIP) model. What is the priority action for the PMHNP to take?

A.
Focus on the patient’s safety and stabilization

B.
Help the patient process painful memories

C.
Encourage the patient to find ways to achieve personal growth

D.
Assist the patient in planning for the future
1 points
Question 31
⦁ The PMHNP is working with a 43-year-old male patient who develops idiosyncratic transference over weeks of therapy. The best way for the PMHNP to respond to this patient is to ___________:

A.
employ cognitive behavioral therapy

B.
use empathy

C.
utilize intersubjectivity

D.
none of the above
1 points
Question 32
⦁ The PMHNP is working with a 56-year-old man who is being seen because of his anxiety and depression. During the therapy sessions, the PMHNP assists the patient in discussing his experiences and expanding on his thoughts and feelings. He tells the PMHNP stories about how he used to be teased by his coworkers at the office for becoming too anxious in large conference rooms. The PMHNP listens to the patient and helps focus on his strengths to promote self-understanding. Which principle best accounts for the PMHNP’s interactions with the patient?

A.
Therapeutic communication

B.
Maintaining the frame

C.
Working with resistance

D.
None of the above
1 points
Question 33
⦁ During a therapy session the patient is asked how she currently deals with stress, and she says, “Well, I don’t. I just let it build and build.” The PMHNP responds by asking how well this has been working out for her. The patient states, “Well, to be honest, it just feels like I’m drowning, you know what I mean.” Illustrating idiosyncratic meaning, the PMHNP responds with:

A.
“Would you say you feel like you are suffocating?”

B.
“No, I am not sure what you are saying. Can you please explain?”

C.
“Sort of like a fish out of water?”

D.
“When you say, ‘I just can’t breathe,’ you do understand, that is a form of anxiety?”

1 points
Question 34
⦁ The PMHNP is having a therapy session with Charlotte, a 20-year-old victim of date rape. The patient states, “I shouldn’t have been there; I should have just gone home. This was all my fault; how could I have been so stupid?” Using the Socratic method, what is the PMHNP’s best response?

A.
“If this had happened to someone else with the exact same circumstances, would you say this was her fault?”

B.
“Can you recall exactly what stopped you from going home when you originally wanted to go home?”

C.
”Have you shared these thoughts about what you should have done with anybody other than me?”

D.
“Do you understand that there is absolutely nothing that you could ever do to deserve to be treated the way you were treated?”
1 points
Question 35
⦁ At the initial interview with a patient, the PMHNP reviews the condition of receiving services, including limits that will be imposed on confidentiality. During the discussion, the patient shares information that the PMHNP is legally required to report.
True or false: If the PMHNP does not report information that s/he is legally required to report, state laws govern the consequences which include penalties for not reporting, especially child and elder abuse.
True
False
1 points
Question 37
⦁ The PMHNP is meeting with a 42-year-old man with depression brought on by the recent passing of his wife. As he describes the circumstances surrounding his late wife’s death, the PMHNP begins to feel sad. The sadness lingers for several hours, and the PMHNP finds it difficult to focus on other patients for the rest of the day. What is the most appropriate explanation for the reaction that the PMHNP is experiencing?

A.
Autognosis

B.
Complementary identification

C.
Concordant identification

D.
Self-disclosure
1 points
Question 38
⦁ The PMHNP employs psychodynamic psychotherapy with a patient who experiences anxiety and depression. As the process enters the psychoanalytic end of the psychodynamic continuum, the PMNHP will focus on:

A.
Interpreting unconscious conflict in the patient

B.
Restoring the patient’s functioning and stabilization

C.
Reducing the patient’s anxiety

D.
Strengthening the patient’s defenses
1 points
Question 39
⦁ The PMHNP is working with a patient who experiences anxiety around her parents that later leads to poor impulse control. What will the PMHNP do to employ psychodynamic psychotherapy properly for this patient?

A.
Emphasize the past

B.
Focus on expressions of emotion

C.
Identify patterns in relationships

D.
All of the above
1 points
Question 40
⦁ A new patient has been informed of the limits of confidentiality, and has signed informed consent forms. No consent, however, has been obtained for voluntary “Release of Information.” The patient is 20 years old and still lives at home with his parents. He is being treated for depression, which he attributes to the trouble he’s had finding employment.
True or false: If the patient’s mother calls the PMHNP to check up on her son to see how he is doing, the therapist is required to protect patient confidentiality and not disclose information.
True
False
1 points
Question 41
⦁ A PMHNP is treating a 45-year-old female patient who is upset that her brother has not been calling since his divorce. When asked to describe her brother and what prompts him not to call as frequently, she says, “Everything is about him, not me. I think he’s jealous that I have a good marriage and he wants me to be unhappy, too. So he doesn’t call to upset me and ruin my relationships.” Based on this information, the PMHNP can conclude that the patient _________.

A.
may lack ability to see independent motivations

B.
has an insistent emphasis on the feelings of others

C.
has an intrusive interpersonal relationship

D.
all of the above
1 points
Question 42
⦁ The PMHNP is assessing a patient who grew up in a foster home because she was neglected and abused by her birth parents at a young age. The patient admits to having difficulty forming and maintaining relationships throughout her life. Understanding maladaptive schemas, which statement does the PMHNP predict that the patient is likely to make?

A.
“I deserve the utmost respect from everyone who meets me.”

B.
“I prefer doing everything on my own.”

C.
“It takes me a while to warm up to people; people often wear masks.”

D.
“I can’t seem to do anything on my own.”

1 points
Question 43
⦁ A patient who has borderline personality disorder is meeting with the PMHNP. When asked about future goals, the patient responds, “I’d like to go back to school to do what you
do. You know, talk to people all day about their problems. It seems pretty easy.” How does the PHMNP respond to the client in a way that is free from any stigmatizing beliefs or judgments?

A.
“It is dangerous to fantasize about the future.”

B.
“I think that’s an excellent idea! I can help you review the prerequisites!”

C.
“You may want to explore the requirements for becoming a PMNHP.”

D.
None of the above.
1 points
Question 44
⦁ True or false: A PMHNP may ask his patient to describe her relationship with her father, both as a child and now, in order to assess interpersonal style.
True
False
1 points
Question 45
⦁ A 41-year-old male patient is meeting with the PMHNP and reveals that he is homosexual. He begins telling the PMHNP about his feelings as a homosexual, middle-aged man. The PMHNP nods understandingly. Before long, the patient asks, “Are you gay? Are you married? Do you have kids?” What is the best response by the PMHNP?

A.
Answer the patient’s questions honestly to establish trust

B.
Mention that the patient seems quite curious, and ask him to discuss more about himself

C.
Ignore the patient’s questions and move on to another topic

D.
None of the above
1 points
Question 46
⦁ The PMHNP is working with a veteran who has posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). The PMHNP believes that dual awareness will be beneficial in allowing the patient to focus on the here and now. What strategies can the PMHNP use to develop dual awareness in the patient?

A.
Asking the patient to recall a recent and mildly disturbing event

B.
Having the patient focus on details of the room, such as how hot or cold it is

C.
Telling the patient to rate the level of disturbance he feels from a mildly disturbing event

D.
All of the above
1 points
Question 47
⦁ The PMHNP has been assisting a shy and timid 23-year-old male patient struggling with esteem and self-concept issues. Over the weekend, this patient was given the task of completing an exercise that would usually cause him distress and shame, also called a shame-attacking exercise. The PMHNP determines that this task has successfully been achieved when the patient states:

A.
“I was able to eat in public yesterday despite how loudly I chew.”

B.
“I confessed all of my infidelities to my ex-spouse yesterday.”

C.
“I calmly sat through a conversation with my spouse in which she confessed all of her infidelities to me.”

D.
“I journaled the shame and guilt that I’ve been feeling from my past that has been holding me back.”

1 points
Question 48
⦁ A 35-year-old patient seeks treatment for depression and anxiety after an abusive relationship. To help empower the patient, the PMHNP wants to teach the safe-place exercise to create a feeling of calm. In order to walk the patient through the exercise, the PMHNP first says:

A.
“Identify an image of a safe place that makes you feel calm.”

B.
“Think about the things that cause you anxiety and let them go.”

C.
“Take a deep breath and start to relax with each new breath.”

D.
“Picture a beautiful beach and describe to me what you see.”
1 points
Question 49
⦁ When conducting an initial assessment, a PMHNP has finished conducting a mental status examination with 10 minutes left in the session. The patient is distressed and would like to continue sharing her personal history.
True or false: An appropriate response that the PMHNP might tell the patient is, “I understand that you are upset. [Summarizes diagnosis, treatment recommendations, and follow-up plan.] We can continue the conversation next week. How does this time next Monday work for you?”
True
False
1 points
Question 50
⦁ A PMHNP’s patients have already signed confidentiality agreements, including limits that will be imposed on confidentiality. Months later, the state’s laws have changed that affect confidentiality promises the PMHNP has already made. What is an appropriate step for the PMHNP to take after finding out this information?

A.
Revise intake forms to align with state laws

B.
Review confidentiality revisions with patients

C.
Have patients give informed consent again

D.
All of the above
1 points
Question 51
⦁ A 65-year-old patient has suffered the loss of his wife. He is in a state of hyperarousal with increased sympathetic nervous system arousal. One or more interventions may help the patient to deal with this arousal. To decrease sympathetic nervous system arousal, the PMHNP’s treatment strategy is ___________.

A.
mindfulness techniques

B.
deep breathing exercises

C.
self-regulation strategies

D.
all of the above
1 points
Question 52
⦁ A PMHNP is treating a 50-year-old patient who suffers from depression. When he was growing up, he was often responsible for taking care of his three younger siblings. Since then, the patient puts other people’s needs before his own. Based on this information, the PMHNP would conclude that his interpersonal style is __________.

A.
overly nurturing

B.
nonassertive

C.
exploitable

D.
vindictive
1 points
Question 53
⦁ The PMHNP meets with an adolescent patient who has depression and often presents with resistance when discussing his parent’s divorce. For the past couple of sessions, the patient has been quiet, sometimes refusing to speak. To further support the therapeutic relationship, the PMNHP:

A.
Observes and points out the behavior

B.
Stays quiet until the patient is ready to speak

C.
Brings in a colleague to help get the patient to talk

D.
None of the above
1 point
Question 54
⦁ The PMHNP has a session with a patient who was injured and traumatized from an explosion at the industrial plant where he used to work. During the session, an outside noise startles the patient and he experiences a flashback of the loud boom from the explosion. The PMHNP witnesses the patient present with anxiety and belabored breathing. What is the appropriate action of the PMHNP?

A.
Telling the patient there is no reason to be startled

B.
Avoiding interrupting the flashback as it occurs

C.
Asking the patient to describe the flashbacks

D.
Have the patient use the relaxation response (take a deep breath, exhale long, and slow down)
1 points
Question 55
⦁ In your office, you see a 58-year-old patient with PTSD who reports having nightmares, making it impossible for her to sleep. What recommendations based on principles of sleep hygiene will the PMHNP make?

A.
Eat a heavy meal before bedtime to induce sleepiness

B.
Maintain a warm bedroom temperature

C.
Avoid watching television or reading in bed

D.
Try going to sleep at different times throughout the week to avoid monotony
1 points
Question 57
⦁ The PMHNP is working with a patient who is living in poverty and abusing substances. According to the treatment hierarchy framework, what needs does the PMHNP need to attend to first?

A.
Provide safety through case management strategies

B.
Help the patient manage positive and negative emotions

C.
Explore the meaning of significant adverse life experiences

D.
Process all dimensions of memory associated with the trauma
1 points
Question 58
⦁ Your patient is a 65-year-old male who has a strained relationship with his son and daughter. His children refuse to participate in a family session. The PMHNP asks the patient to draw his family genogram as a next step to _______________.

A.
assess the patient’s mental health status and functioning

B.
explore the interpersonal styles of each family member

C.
provide background information for the patient’s family structure

D.
measure the patient’s quality of well-being and productivity
1 points
Question 59
⦁ During cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), a 64-year-old male patient, states, “My wife hates me! She’s just waiting for me to die.” Using Socratic dialogue (SD) the PMHNP demonstrates understanding of analysis when she responds:

A.
“Now, I’m sure your wife doesn’t hate you.”

B.
“Where is the evidence that your wife hates you?”

C.
“You seem convinced that your wife hates you.”

D.
“What has your wife done to make you believe this?”

1 points
Question 60
⦁ The PMHNP is working with a patient who has insomnia and battles going to sleep. The patient reports consistent self-defeating behaviors, and hates trying to go to sleep. Which action made by the PMHNP demonstrates the use of a paradoxical intervention?

A.
Telling the patient to start trying to go to sleep earlier, since it takes long to fall asleep

B.
Telling the patient to resist sleep and stay awake

C.
Having the patient perform a relaxing ritual before bedtime

D.
Instructing the patient to avoid stimulants and sugars for 3 hours before falling asleep
1 points
Question 61
⦁ The PMHNP is working with a patient who seems dissatisfied with the therapeutic relationship. The PMHNP invites the patient to discuss her feelings regarding the PMHNP openly and honestly. It becomes clear to the PMHNP that they are experiencing an alliance rupture. How does the PMHNP repair the therapeutic alliance?

A.
Responding to the patient in a nondefensive manner and accepting responsibility for the PMHNP’s part in the tension

B.
Emphasizing with the patient’s experiences and validating the patient for bringing it up

C.
Considering changing the goals of the patient’s treatment

D.
All of the above
1 points
Question 62
⦁ The patient attempts the PMHNP’s sleep hygiene recommendations for 2 weeks, but does not make any progress mitigating nightmares and hyperarousal. Which behavioral strategy does the PMHNP suggest next?

A.
Progressive muscle relaxation exercises

B.
Paradoxical interventions

C.
Biofeedback

D.
All of the above
1 points
Question 63
⦁ A PMHNP is taking a history and wants to assess how the patient copes with adversity. To do so, the therapist asks questions about the patient’s belief system. What would be an appropriate question to ask?

A.
“What are your beliefs about therapy and seeking help?”

B.
“To what extent do your religious beliefs give you comfort?”

C.
“What gives you a sense of meaning and purpose in life?”

D.
All of the above.
1 points
Question 64
⦁ An 11-year-old patient has been exhibiting low self-esteem at school and acting out. According to Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, which of the following questions would best be addressed first by the PMHNP?

A.
“Are Joel’s peers including him at recess?”

B.
“Does Joel feel safe and secure at school?”

C.
“Is Joel getting enough sleep at home?”

D.
“How can Joel feel that he is loved?”
1 points
Question 65
⦁ The PMHNP is treating a 35-year-old male officer in the military. He discloses that both of his parents are deceased and that he loved them. However, he says that he had feelings of inadequacy because his parents held him to a standard that he could never achieve. He went on to say that nothing he did ever felt good enough. The PMHNP assesses that this patient has perfect creases in his uniform with no strings or tags out of place; she also notices that he has perfect posture and questions him about ritualistic behaviors. She suspects that this patient has maladaptive responses to the expectations placed on him as a teenager and young adult. Which statements made by the patient would verify the PMHNP’s suspicion?

A.
“I typically don’t listen to anyone. I take care of my own wants and needs so I feel like no one can judge me or criticize me, period.”

B.
“I don’t mean to hurt other people’s feelings. When people cry or say that I have made them upset in some way, that’s not my fault; some people are just sensitive.”

C.
“I like to listen to the beat of my own drum; I don’t mind spending most of my days alone. I don’t need recognition or praise; I would just like to be left alone.”

D.
“I believe in systems; I have to have order and rules in my everyday life. If a task must be completed, I will often complete it myself versus depending on someone else.”

1 points
Question 66
⦁ The PMHNP is caring for a patient who seems to seek affection and attention from the PMHNP and others in the clinic, as well as displays heightened emotional responses to feelings of being excluded. What therapeutic approach does the PMHNP use to decrease autonomic arousal in the patient?

A.
Group therapy

B.
Controlled confrontation

C.
A safe-place exercise

D.
Body and energy work
1 points
Question 67
⦁ The PMHNP is caring for a patient with dissociated self-state that the PMHNP identifies as being associated with traumatic experiences in the patient’s past. What approach does the PMHNP use with the patient that is crucial to the psychodynamic therapy process?

A.
Assisting the patient to experience and accept the various dimensions of the self through enhanced awareness of the traumatic states

B.
Becoming a co-participant in the co-construction of the relationship with the patient, rather than an outside observer

C.
Making associations between an event or situation and the patient’s feelings

D.
Providing empathy, understanding, and soothing to help the patient identify the other self-states
1 points

Question 14: Health Care

Once you have submitted your second submission to the grade book dropbox, it will be considered final and subject for grading.
Purpose
The purpose of this assignment is to provide the student an opportunity to explore the role of the advanced practice nurse (APN) and develop an APN professional development plan.
Course Outcomes
Through this assignment, the student will demonstrate the ability to:
CO1: Analyze the historic development of advanced practice roles including the impact of advanced practice nursing on healthcare delivery from the perspective of selected current reports (i.e., LACE, IOM, etc.) (PO 3)
CO3: Explore how leadership styles influence healthcare delivery and organizations. (PO 4)
CO5: Reflect on personal and professional growth toward achieving competence as a family nurse practitioner. (PO 3)
Due Date: Sunday 11:59 p.m. MST at the end of Week 6
Total Points Possible: 225
Requirements:
1.    To complete this application, you will need to access to the following databases: CINAHL, MEDLINE, Cochrane Library, and the Joanna Briggs Institute. You may access these databases through the Chamberlain College of Nursing Online Library.
2.    The APN Professional Development Plan paper is worth 225 points and will be graded on quality of information, use of citations, use of Standard English grammar, sentence structure, and overall organization based on the required components as summarized in the directions and grading criteria/rubric.
3.    Create your manuscript using Microsoft Word, which is the required format for all Chamberlain College of Nursing documents.
4.    Follow the directions and grading criteria closely. Any questions about this paper may be posted under the Q & A Forum or emailed to your faculty.
5.    The length of the paper is to be no less than 6 and no greater than 8 pages excluding title page and reference pages. In some cases, students may need to exceed this page number.
6.    APA (2010) format is required with both a title page and reference page. Use the required components of the review as Level 1 headers (upper and lower case, centered):
1.    Introduction to the APN professional development plan- Discuss the goals and purpose of an APN professional development plan
2.    APN Scope of Practice – This pertains to NP practice in your state.
3.    Personal Assessment using Benner’s Self-Assessment Tool
4.    Networking and Marketing Strategies
5.    Conclusion
6.    CV / resume
7.    References
Preparing the paper
The following are best practices for preparing this paper:
1.    Review Chapter 30- Role Transition: Strategies for Success in the Marketplace in DeNisco and Barker (2015).
2.    Nurse practitioners need to take into account the state rules and regulations that guide advanced practice. Research and review the Nurse Practice Act and APN scope of practice guidelines in your particular state. Identify information regarding educational requirements, licensure and regulatory requirements, as well as practice environment details. Review information regarding full, limited, or restricted practice limitations as well as prescriptive authority (This is similar to what you created in your week 1 Kaltura presentation). .
3.    Review Guidelines for APN Role Transition Using Benner’s Self-Assessment Tool (Links to an external site.). Identify and discuss your position on Benner’s Novice to Expert ladder. Prior to engaging in pursuit for employment, APNs should complete a comprehensive, honest, personal assessment to identify their strengths and weaknesses as well as their goals and objectives. Research assessment tools, conduct a personal assessment and reflect upon your strengths, weaknesses, goals, and objectives.
4.    To complete the transition from students to expert nurse practitioners working in the healthcare field, graduating APN students will need to secure their first position. Research local and national professional organizations that advertise employment opportunities for APNs. Identify networking and marketing strategies and provide a rationale for your selections. Be specific.
5.    Write your Curriculum Vitae (CV) or current resume. Refer to the template on pages 772-773 in DeNisco and Barker (2015). Your CV / resume should not exceed 2 pages in length but will, vary for each student. If you have not done some of the components of the CV/resume, i.e. research, publications, presentations, then do not include them.
6.    When concluding the paper, summarize important aspects of the APN professional development plan.
This assignment will follow the late assignment policy specified in the course syllabus.
Rubric
NR510 APN Professional Development Plan Grading Rubric
NR510 APN Professional Development Plan Grading Rubric
Criteria
Ratings
Pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeIntroduction to the APN professional development plan
20.0 pts
Exceptional- Excellent introduction of APN professional development plan. Rationale is well presented and purpose fully developed.
18.0 pts
Exceeds- Good introduction of APN professional development plan. Rationale is presented and purpose provided.
16.0 pts
Meets- Basic information and/or limited elements addressed regarding APN professional development plan and/or inappropriate emphasis on an area.
8.0 pts
Needs Improvement- Little or very general introduction of APN professional development plan. Little to no original explanation; inappropriate emphasis on an area.
0.0 pts
Developing- No introduction of APN professional development plan provided.
20.0 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPN Scope of Practice
35.0 pts
Exceptional- Provided detailed information regarding education, licensure, and regulatory requirements, as well as practice environment details per the student’s state. Included information regarding full, limited, or restricted practice limitations as well as prescriptive authority.
31.0 pts
Exceeds- Provided some information regarding education, licensure, and regulatory requirements, as well as practice environment details per the student’s state. Included information regarding full, limited, or restricted practice limitations as well as prescriptive authority.
28.0 pts
Meets- Provided non-state specific information regarding education, licensure, and regulatory requirements, as well as practice environment details. Included information regarding full, limited, or restricted practice limitations as well as prescriptive authority.
13.0 pts
Needs Improvement- Lacking detailed information regarding education, licensure, regulatory requirements, or practice environment. Missing information regarding practice limitations and/or prescriptive authority.
0.0 pts
Developing- Did not provide information regarding education, licensure, and regulatory requirements, as well as practice environment details per the student’s state. Not provide information regarding full, limited, or restricted practice limitations as well as prescriptive authority.
35.0 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomePersonal Assessment
30.0 pts
Exceptional- Provided detailed information following a personal assessment and reflected upon strengths, weaknesses, goals, and objectives.
26.0 pts
Exceeds- Provided some detailed information following a personal assessment and reflected upon some of the strengths, weaknesses, goals, and objectives.
24.0 pts
Meets- Provided some detailed information following a personal assessment. Missed providing reflection upon strengths, weaknesses, goals, or objectives.
11.0 pts
Needs Improvement- Provided information following a personal assessment, but did not reflect upon strengths, weaknesses, goals, or objectives.
0.0 pts
Developing- Did not provide a personal assessment and did not reflect upon personal strengths, weaknesses, goals, or objectives.
30.0 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeNetworking and Marketing Strategies
30.0 pts
Exceptional- Provided detailed information regarding local and national professional organizations that advertise employment opportunities for APNs. Identified networking and marketing strategies and provide a rationale for their selections.
26.0 pts
Exceeds- Provided some detailed information regarding local and national professional organizations that advertise employment opportunities for APNs. Identified networking and marketing strategies and provide a rationale for their selections.
24.0 pts
Meets- Provided information but lacked specific details regarding local and national professional organizations that advertise employment opportunities for APNs. Identified networking and marketing strategies and provide a rationale for their selections.
11.0 pts
Needs Improvement- Provided information regarding professional organizations that advertise employment opportunities, but missed providing information regarding networking and marketing strategies and/or a rationale for their selections.
0.0 pts
Developing- Did not provide detailed information regarding local and national professional organizations that advertise employment opportunities for APNs. Did not identify networking and marketing strategies or provide a rationale.
30.0 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeCurriculum Vitae
40.0 pts
Exceptional- Provided detailed information which included demographics, education, professional employment, licensure and certification, professional honors, research, scholarship, and service. Free from typographical errors.
35.0 pts
Exceeds- Provided detailed information. Missing 1-2 key elements. Free from typographical errors.
32.0 pts
Meets- Provided moderately detailed information. Missing 3 key elements. Free from typographical errors.
15.0 pts
Needs Improvement- Provided minimal detail. Missing 4 or more key elements. Contains 1-2 typographical errors.
0.0 pts
Developing- Information provided was inaccurate and vague. Contains 3 or more typographical errors. Did not provide curriculum vitae.
40.0 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeConclusion
25.0 pts
Exceptional- Excellent summary of APN professional development plan. Conclusions are well evidenced and fully developed.
22.0 pts
Exceeds- Good summary of APN professional development plan. Conclusions are supported by evidence and developed.
20.0 pts
Meets- Basic and/or limited summary regarding APN professional development plan.
10.0 pts
Needs Improvement- Little or no summary of APN professional development plan; inappropriate emphasis on an area.
0.0 pts
Developing- No summary of APN professional development plan and/or conclusions were provided.
25.0 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeClarity of Writing
25.0 pts
Exceptional- Excellent use of standard English showing original thought. No spelling or grammar errors. Well organized with proper flow of meaning.
22.0 pts
Exceeds- Good use of standard English showing original thought. No more than two spelling or grammar errors. Well organized with proper flow of meaning.
20.0 pts
Meets- Some evidence of own expression and competent use of language. No more than three spelling or grammar errors. Well organized thoughts and concepts.
10.0 pts
Needs Improvement- Language needs development. Four or more spelling and/or grammar errors. Poorly organized thoughts and concepts.
0.0 pts
Developing- More than six spelling and/or grammar errors. Poorly organized thoughts and concepts.
25.0 pts
This criterion is linked to a Learning OutcomeAPA Format
20.0 pts
Exceptional- APA format, grammar, spelling, and/or punctuation are accurate, or with zero to one errors.
18.0 pts
Exceeds- Two to four errors in APA format, grammar, spelling, and syntax noted.
16.0 pts
Meets- Five to seven errors in APA format, grammar, spelling, and syntax noted.
8.0 pts
Needs Improvement- Eight to nine errors in APA format, grammar, spelling, and syntax noted.
0.0 pts
Developing- Post contains greater than ten errors in APA format, grammar, spelling, and/or punctuation or repeatedly makes the same errors after faculty feedback.
20.0 pts
Total Points: 225.0
Question 15: Health Care

Jarvis: Physical Examination & Health Assessment, 6th Edition

Chapter 01: Evidence-Based Assessment

Test Bank

MULTIPLE CHOICE

1. After completing an initial assessment on a patient, the nurse has charted that his respirations are eupneic and his pulse is 58. This type of data would be:
A)
objective.
B)
reflective.
C)
subjective.
D)
introspective.

2. A patient tells the nurse that he is very nervous, that he is nauseated, and that he “feels hot.” This type of data would be:
A)
objective.
B)
reflective.
C)
subjective.
D)
introspective.

3. The patient’s record, laboratory studies, objective data, and subjective data combine to form the:
A)
data base.
B)
admitting data.
C)
financial statement.
D)
discharge summary.

4. When listening to a patient’s breath sounds, the nurse is unsure about a sound that is heard. The nurse’s next action should be to:
A)
notify the patient’s physician immediately.
B)
document the sound exactly as it was heard.
C)
validate the data by asking a coworker to listen to the breath sounds.
D)
assess again in 20 minutes to note whether the sound is still present.

5. The nurse is conducting a class for new graduate nurses. During the teaching session, the nurse should keep in mind that novice nurses, without a background of skills and experience to draw from, are more likely to make their decisions using:
A)
intuition.
B)
a set of rules.
C)
articles in journals.
D)
advice from supervisors.

6. Expert nurses learn to attend to a pattern of assessment data and to act without consciously labeling it. This is referred to as:
A)
intuition.
B)
the nursing process.
C)
clinical knowledge.
D)
diagnostic reasoning.

7. The nurse is reviewing information about evidence-based practice (EBP). Which statement best reflects evidence-based practice?
A)
EBP relies on tradition for support of best practices.
B)
EBP is simply the use of best practice techniques for treatment of patients.
C)
EBP emphasizes the use of best evidence with the clinician’s experience.
D)
The patient’s own preferences are not important with EBP.

8. The nurse is conducting a class on priority setting for a group of new graduate nurses. Which is an example of a first-level priority problem?
A)
A patient with postoperative pain
B)
A newly diagnosed diabetic who needs diabetic teaching
C)
An individual with a small laceration on the sole of the foot
D)
An individual with shortness of breath and respiratory distress

9. When considering priority setting of problems, the nurse keeps in mind that second-level priority problems include which of these aspects?
A)
Low self-esteem
B)
Lack of knowledge
C)
Abnormal laboratory values
D)
Severely abnormal vital signs

10. Which critical thinking skill helps the nurse to see relationships among the data?
A)
Validation
B)
Clustering related cues
C)
Identifying gaps in data
D)
Distinguishing relevant from irrelevant

11.
The nurse knows that developing appropriate nursing interventions for a patient relies on the appropriateness of the _____ diagnosis.
A)
nursing
B)
medical
C)
admission
D)
collaborative

12. The nursing process is a sequential method of problem solving that nurses use, and includes which steps?
A)
Assessment, treatment, planning, evaluation, discharge, follow-up
B)
Admission, assessment, diagnosis, treatment, discharge planning
C)
Admission, diagnosis, treatment, evaluation, discharge planning
D)
Assessment, diagnosis, outcome identification, planning, implementation,
evaluation

13. A newly admitted patient is in acute pain, has not been sleeping well lately, and is having difficulty breathing. How should the nurse prioritize these problems?
A)
Breathing, pain, sleep
B)
Breathing, sleep, pain
C)
Sleep, breathing, pain
D)
Sleep, pain, breathing

14. Which of these would be formulated by a nurse using diagnostic reasoning?
A)
Nursing diagnosis
B)
Medical diagnosis
C)
Diagnostic hypothesis
D)
Diagnostic assessment

15. Barriers to incorporating evidence-based practice (EBP) include:
A)
nurses’ lack of research skills in evaluating quality of research studies.
B)
lack of significant research studies.
C)
insufficient clinical skills of nurses.
D)
inadequate physical assessment skills.

16. What is the step of the nursing process that includes data collection by health history, physical examination, and interview?
A)
Planning
B)
Diagnosis
C)
Evaluation
D)
Assessment

17. During a staff meeting, nurses discuss the problems with accessing research studies in order to incorporate evidence-based clinical decision making into their practice. Which suggestion by the nurse manager would best help this problem?
A)
Form a committee to conduct research studies.
B)
Post published research studies on the unit’s bulletin boards.
C)
Encourage the nurses to visit the library to review studies.
D)
Teach the nurses how to conduct electronic searches for research studies.

18. When reviewing concepts of health, the nurse recalls that components of holistic health include which of these?
A)
Disease originates from the external environment.
B)
The individual human is a closed system.
C)
Nurses are responsible for a patient’s health state.
D)
Holistic health views the mind, body, and spirit as interdependent.

19. The nurse recognizes that the concept of prevention in describing health is essential because:
A)
disease can be prevented by treating the external environment.
B)
the majority of deaths among Americans under age 65 years are not preventable.
C)
prevention places emphasis on the link between health and personal behavior.
D)
the means to prevention is through treatment provided by primary health care practitioners.

20. The nurse is reviewing the components of the nursing process. Which statement about nursing diagnoses is true?
A)
They evaluate the etiology of disease.
B)
They are a process based on the medical diagnosis.
C)
They are clinical judgments about a person’s response to an actual or potential health state.
D)
They focus on the function and malfunction of a specific organ system in response to disease.

21. The nurse is performing a physical assessment on a newly admitted patient. An example of objective information obtained during the physical assessment includes the:
A)
patient’s history of allergies.
B)
patient’s use of medications at home.
C)
last menstrual period 1 month ago.
D)
2 ´ 5 cm scar present on the right lower forearm.

22. A visiting nurse is making an initial home visit for a patient who has many chronic medical problems. Which type of data base is most appropriate to collect in this setting?
A)
A follow-up data base to evaluate changes at appropriate intervals
B)
An episodic data base because of the continuing, complex medical problems of this patient
C)
A complete health data base because of the nurse’s primary responsibility for monitoring the patient’s health
D)
An emergency data base because of the need to rapidly collect information and make accurate diagnoses

23. Which situation is most appropriate for the nurse to perform a focused or problem-centered history?
A)
A patient’s admission to a long-term care facility
B)
A patient has sudden, severe shortness of breath
C)
A patient’s admission to the hospital for surgery the following day
D)
A patient in an outpatient clinic has cold and flu-like symptoms

24. A patient is at the clinic to have her blood pressure checked. She has been coming to the clinic weekly since she changed medications 2 months ago. The nurse should:
A)
collect a follow-up data base and then check her blood pressure.
B)
ask her to read her health record and indicate any changes since her last visit.
C)
check only her blood pressure because her complete health history was documented 2 months ago.
D)
obtain a complete health history before checking her blood pressure because much of her history information may have changed.

25. A patient is brought by ambulance to the emergency department with multiple traumas received in an automobile accident. He is alert and cooperative, but his injuries are quite severe. How would the nurse proceed with the data collection?
A)
Collect history information first, then perform the physical examination and institute life-saving measures.
B)
Simultaneously ask history questions while performing the examination and initiating life-saving measures.
C)
Collect all information on the history form, including social support patterns, strengths, and coping patterns.
D)
Perform life-saving measures and not ask any history questions until he is transferred to the intensive care unit.

26. A 42-year-old Asian patient is being seen at the clinic for an initial examination. The nurse knows that it is important to include cultural information in his health assessment to:
A)
identify the cause of his illness.
B)
make accurate disease diagnoses.
C)
provide cultural health rights for the individual.
D)
provide culturally sensitive and appropriate care.

27. In the health promotion model, the focus of the health professional includes:
A)
changing the patient’s perceptions of disease.
B)
identifying biomedical model interventions.
C)
identifying negative health acts of the consumer.
D)
helping the consumer choose a healthier lifestyle.

28. The nurse is classifying nursing diagnoses. Which of these would be considered a risk diagnosis?
A)
Identifying existing levels of wellness
B)
Evaluating previous problems and goals
C)
Identifying potential problems the individual may develop
D)
Focusing on strengths and reflecting an individual’s transition to higher levels of wellness

29. The nurse has implemented several planned interventions to address the nursing diagnosis of acute pain. Which would be the next appropriate action?
A)
Establish priorities.
B)
Identify expected outcomes.
C)
Evaluate the individual’s condition and compare actual outcomes with expected outcomes.
D)
Interpret data and then identify clusters of cues and make inferences.

30. Which statement best describes a proficient nurse? A proficient nurse is one who:
A)
has little experience with a specified population and uses rules to guide performance.
B)
has an intuitive grasp of a clinical situation and quickly identifies the accurate solution.
C)
sees actions in the context of daily plans for patients.
D)
understands a patient situation as a whole rather than a list of tasks and sees long-term goals for the patient.

MATCHING

Put the following patient situations in order according to level of priority.
A)
A patient newly diagnosed with type 2 diabetes mellitus does not know how to check his own blood glucose levels with a glucometer.
B)
A teenager who was stung by a bee during a soccer match is having trouble breathing.
C)
An older adult with a urinary tract infection is also showing signs of confusion and agitation.

1. A = first-level priority problem

2. B = second-level priority problem

3. C = third-level priority problem

MSC: Client Needs: Safe and Effective Care Environment: Management of Care
NOT: First-level priority problems are immediate priorities, such as trouble breathing (remember the “airway, breathing, circulation” priorities). Second-level priority problems are next in urgency, but not life-threatening. Third-level priorities are important to a patient’s health but can be addressed after more urgent health problems are addressed (i.e., patient education). See Table 1-1.

MULTIPLE RESPONSE

1. The nurse is reviewing data collected after an assessment. Of the data listed below, which would be considered related cues that would be clustered together during data analysis? Select all that apply.
A)
Inspiratory wheezes noted in left lower lobes
B)
Hypoactive bowel sounds
C)
Non productive cough
D)
Edema, +2, noted on left hand
E)
Patient reports dyspnea upon exertion
F)
Rate of respirations 16 breaths per minute

Question 16: Health Care

Liberty University HIEU 201 Lecture 1 Test
Liberty University HIEU 201 Lecture 1 Test

Question 17: Health Care

NURS 6551 Final Exam Latest Version Walden University
NURS 6551 Final Exam Latest Version Walden University

Question 18: Health Care

NURS 6551 Midterm Exam Latest Version Walden University
NURS 6551 Midterm Exam Latest Version Walden University

Question 19: Mathematics

six times a certain number plus the number is equal to 56

Question 20: Other

Use scholarly sources you need and refer to specific information from those sources. To demonstrate your use of these works, please cite them. Quotes should be used very sparingly. The answers should be paraphrased and should demonstrate your understanding of the material and concepts.
Each answer needs to be 300 words
⦁ What is the threat of transnational gangs to local communities? How should immigration laws be changed to be able to appropriately deal with members of transnational gangs once they are identified?
⦁ What relationship do you see between social, political, and economic conditions of an ethnic group to the success or decline of a gang from that ethnic group?
⦁ How do the responses of correctional staff to the gangs contrast or compare to those of law enforcement? Provide at least two resources supporting your answer.
⦁ Compare and contrast gangs from two ethnic groups in terms of membership, criminal activity, violence, and relationship to their own community.
⦁ Consider the trend of more females becoming involved in gang activity. How does this trend change the way law enforcement devises programs to suppress, intervene, and combat gangs?

Question 21: Business

For your research paper, be sure to include:
1.     Title page (not included in the 5-page limit)
2.     Introduction: a brief overview of topic selected, including why this topic is of importance to organizations (you may reuse the rationale in paper M3A1), but you need to edit the language to fit the introduction of your essay. Include a thesis statement/purpose for the paper.
3.     Body of research paper: Develop the outline that you designed in M5A1. Make sure to use in-text citations in APA style.
4.     Conclusion: Write a brief summary of your findings and a call to action. A call to action for at least one action or step you want the President to take after reading your research paper (you may use the items identify in the application for professional practice).
5.     References: Insert a page with the references used for your paper, in APA style.

Motivating Employees

Name of student:

Student ID:

Introduction
For an organization, it is very important to make sure that the employees are motivated. This helps the organizations in many ways that lead to increase in their productivity and performance in the market. However, motivating employees is not an easy task. There are many challenges that the managers face due to the individual nature of each of the employees. In the present day business context, managers have to identify the individual factors that motivate each of the employees and use that knowledge for helping them increase their productivity in the company (Manzoor, 2012).
Thesis Statement
The paper aims to define the major factors that contribute to employee motivation and how can employee motivation be promoted in an organization along with its major benefits.
Issues addressed in the Paper
The paper aims to understand the area of employee motivation to understand its contribution for the company. In order to understand that, the following areas will be addressed in the paper:
⦁ What is the effect of employee motivation on the organization: For an organization, it is important to make sure that their employees are motivated. It is because when employees are motivated, it is possible for them to improve their performance at work (Ali & Ahmed, 2009).
⦁ What are the advantages of employee motivation for the organization: There are a number of other advantages of motivating the employees. Besides improving their individual performance, when employees are motivated properly, they engage better with their peers, making way for mutual dependence and healthy competition. This helps in the improvement of the organizational culture and ultimately contributes to improving the productivity of the company (Dar et al., 2014).
⦁ What are the factors that contribute to employee motivation: The biggest challenge for the employers is to understand the factors that motivate their employees. While some employees are motivated in a positive manner through appreciation and reward, some need to be motivated through negative factors like the fear of punishment and elimination (Tohidi, 2011).
⦁ What are the benefits of having motivated employees for the organization: Understanding the various factors that can motivate the employees can help employers in making sure that the goals of the organization are achieved while also promoting personal and professional growth of the employees (Manzoor, 2012).
Application to Professional Practice
The area of employee motivation is as challenging as it is important for an organization. When the employees in a company are motivated, this is beneficial for the entire organization. This is the reason why the research in employee motivation holds so much importance for an organization. It has been observed over time that as the needs of an organization change, the employees are likely to feel less motivated with time, this shows that the motivation is not only a mental boost for the employees but the ways in which employees are motivated also helps them to understand the needs of the organization that they are working for. It allows them to develop startegic methods that can help them in improving their performance in the organization (Ali & Ahmed, 2009).
Due to its many benefits, employee motivation is as essential for the company and the president as it is for the employees. For a president, it is easier to explain the needs of the organizations to motivated employees. Besides, they can also expect their employees to contribute positively to the purpose of the organization if they are motivated. Without motivation, the employee will not be able to take up his part of the job in the company in a proper manner. The result of this is that it will affect the performance of the company along with the results that they expect. This will increase the problems of the president in the direction of achieving the goals of the company (Dar et al., 2014).
The president of a company can uses the information from the paper to motivate employees in three ways:
⦁ By rewarding them for their good performance with bonus or increments.
⦁ By encouraging them in case of poor performance.
⦁ By promoting them for good performance in the long run by giving incentives and other benefits.
For presidents, motivating the employees has three major benefits:
⦁ It improves the performance of the employee.
⦁ It helps in reducing employee turnover.
⦁ It helps in boosting the performance of the company.

References
Ali, R., & Ahmed, M. S. (2009). The impact of reward and recognition programs on employee’s motivation and satisfaction: an empirical study. International review of business research papers, 5(4), 270-279.
Dar, A. T., Bashir, M., Ghazanfar, F., & Abrar, M. (2014). Mediating role of employee motivation in relationship to post-selection HRM practices and organizational performance. International Review of Management and Marketing, 4(3), 224-238.
Manzoor, Q. A. (2012). Impact of employees motivation on organizational effectiveness. Business management and strategy, 3(1), 1-12.
Tohidi, H. (2011). Teamwork productivity & effectiveness in an organization base on rewards, leadership, training, goals, wage, size, motivation, measurement and information technology. Procedia Computer Science, 3, 1137-1146.

Question 22: Engineering

An inverter is connected to the utility network by a transformer. The connection
transformer can be modelled by a per-phase series inductance of 0.8 mH and
resistance of 0.4 Ω.
i. Derive the control transfer function for the d and q axis loops, showing your
fully working.
ii. If a q-loop control with gains of 𝑘𝑘𝑝𝑝 = 14 and 𝑘𝑘𝑖𝑖 = 900 are used. What is the
control loop bandwidth and damping for this loop?

Question 23: Engineering

What are the types of soil dams?

Question 24: Computer Science

Instruction
I’m looking for someone to help me write 25 to 30 pages for my thesis in computer science I uploaded a Doc with the sections that you have to write about it so you have clue about how I want my thesis will be

Assessing the Security Health of Public WiFi Environments Using Mobile Devices
I. Abstract
IV. Contents
V. List of Figures
VI. List of Tables 1. Introduction
1.1 Overview
1.2 Introduction 1.3 Mobile Threats
1.3.1 Classification of mobile threat
1.3.2 Most Targeted Mobile Platform in 2014 1.4 Honeypot Approach
1.4.1 Advantages & Benefits of Honeypot
1.4.2 Honeypot types based on interaction levels 1.4.3 Honeypot classifications
1.4.4 Honeypot requirements
1.5 Problem statement
1.6 Research Challenges
1.7 Objectives and desirable outcomes 1.8 Project Outline
2. Literature Review
2.1 Introduction
2.2 New Types of Honeypots
2.3 Honeypot Data Consumption 2.4 Configurations of Honeypots 2.5 Smartphone Honeypots
3. Design and Implementation
3.1 Introduction (Linux-based application ” HosTaGe”) 3.2 Implementation (HosTaGe Honeypot works)
3.2.1 Implementation Steps
3.2.1.1 Remote Procedure Call Attack (RPC)
3.2.1.1.1 Remote Procedure Call Attack Result 3.2.1.2 Scanning Attack using nmap
3.2.1.2.1 Scanning Attack Result 3.2.1.3 Metasploit Attack
3.2.1.3.1 Metasploit Attack Result 3.2.1.4 Nessuss Attack
3.2.1.4.1 Nessus Attack Result 3.3 Performing Attacks in Khalifa campus wireless
4. Data Collection
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Transferring Data from HosTaGe Database 5. Analysis
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Data Analytic and Intelligence
5.2.1 Add Data to Splunk 5.2.2 Search in Splunk
6. Conclusion
6.1 Summary
6.2 Future work 7. References
5.2.2.1 Summarized Analysis

Question 25: Business

Instruction
Write out the question prior to answering it Answer in your own words – As a rule of thumb, no more than 10% of your response to review questions should be quoted. Have at least one intext citation per question, such as [Moseley, 47], unless it is entirely an opinion question Use quotes if you copy three or more words and include an intext citation Use a minimum of three resources – the textbook, one item from “lecture” – the videos I provide each module, and one outside source that you have researched Provide a Works Cited or Reference Section in MLA Style at the end of the paper. Watch the following YouTube Videos. Information from at least one of these sources must be referenced in answering your Review Questions. Please be sure to use intext citations and reference them. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TVBPhCJh-dw https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2rnYxbIcf44

1.Why do people form organizations and why is management needed? 2.Identify the five functions every manager must perform and briefly explain each. 3.What are the three levels of management found in large organizations? Describe each, giving its responsibilities. 4.How are most supervisory positions filled? Explain why this is so. 5.Identify each of the trends challenging today’s supervisors and explain how each impacts supervisors. 6.What are the three basic steps in planning? Why do supervisors tend to slight the planning function? 7.How does planning differ among top, intermediate, and supervisory management levels? 8.What are some guidelines for setting performance objectives? 9.What is the difference between a policy, a rule, and a procedure? 10.Distinguish between objectives and strategies.

Question 26: Health Care

Instruction
Adopting a personal code of conduct can guide leaders and managers to make and prioritize decisions. You have been selected to serve in a critical leadership position in your organization. In 2-4 pages not including title page and reference page, write a personal code of conduct (sometimes called a personal code of ethics) that you would pass along to your staff. Explain how you would communicate your personal code of conduct across the organization. Note: Use APA style to cite at least 2 scholarly sources from the last 5 years.

Question 27: Physics

Clearly show me your system sketch and related energy flows for all problems.

1.[5/100 pts] In a particular application the heating load is 1750 kW, the cooling load is 1500 kw and the power load is 2500 kW. The installed capacity of the power generation, Winstalled, is 2700 kW. Calculate the HLRP, CHR and % air flow for this case.

2.[5/100 pts] The Energy Utilization Factor, EUF, for a tri-generation system is 0.98. Calculated the required fuel input when the thermal load is 100 kW and the power load is 1000 kW. The high heat value is 55.4 MJ/Kg.

3.[5/100] The HLRP, %Air Flow and CHR values for a given application are 1.0, 100% and 1.0. Determine the Energy Utilization factor and the rate of carbon dioxide production per total energy load for this condition.

4.1 [10/100 pts] Determine the electrical energy supplied to a tank heater when the temperature of the water is heated from 20 C to 89 C. The pressured tank holds 1500 Kg of liquid water at a constant pressure of 3 bars and the specific heat is c = 4,370 J/(Kg K). There is no heat loss from the tank.

4.2[10/100 pts] Calculate the entropy production in Problem 4.1.

4.3[10/100 pts] Calculate the exergy destruction (J) in Problem 4.1. The dead state temperature is 293.2 K and pressure is 1 bar.

4.4 [10/100] Calculate the mass of fuel (natural gas) required to heat the water mass to the conditions of problem 4.1. The high heating value (HHV) of the fuel is 50.02 MJ/kg and the efficiency of the burner unit can be taken as 100%.

4.5[10/100] Calculate the exergy destroyed in the process described by problem 4.4. The exergy of the fuel entering this process is 51.82 MJ/Kg. The dead state temperature is 293.2 K and pressure is 1 bar. The products of combustion leave this process at the dead state.

4.6[15/100] The utility providing the electricity to the heater in problem 4.1 uses the same fuel as that used in problem 4.4 and has an efficiency of 0.35. The cost of the water tank is the same in each process, but the cost of the electric heater is $3000 and has a lifetime of 15 years. The cost of the fuel based heating system is $5000 and has a lifetime of 20 years. The fuel cost is $0.10/kg and the cost of electricity is $0.20/kWh. Which process would you recommend in terms of fuel consumption, exergy production and cost? Note the total amount of fuel consumed is directly related to the carbon dioxide emission from each process. This is not a thermoeconomic problem.

5.1[10/100 pts] Water flows at a mass rate of 1.0 Kg/s from an elevation of 250 m through a water turbine. The turbine exit is located at zero m, elevation. The water enters the pipe at temperature 293 K a velocity of 0.1 m/s and a pressure of 1 bar. It leaves the turbine’s exit at a temperature, velocity and pressure of 293.2 K, 0.05 m/s 1 bar. The process is adiabatic. Determine the power output at steady state conditions from this turbine. The specific heat of water is 4,180 J/(Kg K) and its density is 1000 Kg/m3.

5.2[10/100 pts] Calculate the exergy destruction for water turbine. (Hint: include all exergy property terms into and out of the system). The dead state is T0 = 293 K and P0 = 1.0 bar.

Question 28: Other

Instruction
A minimum of 25 page business plan, suggested 15-20 slide powerpoint/prezi and 1-2 page reflection paper that refers to the project. The business plan is outlined with what areas or questions need to be answered. The project must be plagiarism free and done at a quality that I would receive an A.

BADM690 Strategic Management Project Guidelines
Table of Contents
Required Submissions…………………………………………………………………………………………………2 Tips for Writing the Plan……………………………………………………………………………………………..3 Project Format……………………………………………………………………………………………………………4 Expectations ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………5 Suggested Section Topics ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 7 Full Outline………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..8
1
Required Submissions:
This project allows you to apply concepts learned in this class and your other graduate business courses. Make sure your report has been specifically prepared ONLY for this class. You must include a statement on your project cover page that the paper has NOT been submitted for credit in a previous class and will not be submitted for credit in any future class, either in whole or in part.
You may work either with a team (max 3 students) or independently on this project. You should identify a “real life” company that you can have enough access to in-depth financial and operational information to fully analyze the company’s strategic management situation. It would be best if you (or a group member) work in the company you want to analyze. This will facilitate the flow of information. This project has the following assignments or requirements:

⦁ (1) A PROJECT PROPOSAL from each person. You should submit a 1-2 page proposal that describes the company you are using for the project and the plan you have for completion. Document how you plan to get relevant company information. Ideally, you will analyze the entire company and then focus on specific projects and initiatives. You should include a proposed timeline for completion. If you are working with a group, explain how you plan to work with group members (who, when, where, etc.). The proposal should be completed individually so that I can confirm that all students have a project that will work for this assignment. You will need to submit the proposal in the “Project Proposal” assignment dropbox available under the Project tab. (4%-individual submission and grade).
⦁ (2) A PROJECT UPDATE from each person. You should submit a 1-2 page paper that describes your progress. Explain what problems you have run into and how you plan to overcome those. Specifically list which sections you have completed and what is still remaining. Include an updated completion timeline from your proposal. If you are working with a group, explain how your group members are collaborating (who, when, where, etc.). You will need to submit the update in the “Project Update” assignment drop box available under the Project tab. (4%-individual submission and grade)
⦁ (3) A FINAL REPORT that includes all of the detailed data, sources of information and an in depth analysis as well as a more exhaustive discussion of all of the points contained in the outline provided below. You will need to submit the final report in the Turnitin link called “Final Report”, which is available under the Project tab. (15%-group/individual grade)
⦁ (4) A POWERPOINT/PREZI describing the Final Report that is a professional presentation. The presentation should summarize the findings and recommendations. The submission must be placed in the drop-box called “Powerpoint” which is available under the Project tab. (4%-group/individual grade)
⦁ (5) A COURSE REFLECTION PAPER that describes your experiences and learning in this course. You should describe the strengths and weaknesses in your capstone project. What did you feel that you did really well? What areas could you have improved on? If you worked in a group, specifically discuss the positive and/or negative contributions made by each individual. Also, please explain what new knowledge, skills, and/or abilities you have learned from the project and the case studies. Which case study did you enjoy most/least and why? In addition, please describe how the text material you
2
studied this this course relates to: (a) your project, (b) the case studies, and (c) your current/past/future workplace. Use specific examples/concepts from the chapters. Also, include your opinions on different aspects of the course. What was most helpful to you? What was least helpful? How could you have improved your course experience and how could I have improved your semester? Finally, please include a section describing what comes next for you. What will your life look like post-MBA? Will you look for a new job, get a promotion, get married, move, go back for another degree (i.e. DBA, JD, PhD), and/or just enjoy more free time? The reflection paper should be approximately 5 pages and should be submitted in the drop-box called “Course Reflection” which is available under the Project tab. (10%-individual submission and grade).
Your first step is to decide whether you want to work independently or in a group. If you want to work alone, you will need to sign-up in the ‘Solo Sign-up List’. To sign-up, select any available Solo#. You must sign-up in a Solo# so that the assignments will be available for you, and you will be able to access your grades.
If you would like to work in a group, you need to first find or contact other students willing to work with you. To do so, you need to post your information on the discussion board link ‘Looking for Project Partners’. Once you have contacted other students, and agreed to work together, SIGN-UP in any available Group# in the Group Sign-up List. Please, select a Group Number that is available and make sure to sign-up on the correct Group# (The Group# with your chosen team members)! Please, make sure that all members register in the same Group #, so look for your partners before signing up. Also, do not sign-up in a group without permission or agreement that you will work with the group. You must contact the members first.
The maximum number of members in each group should be 3. Keep in mind that the higher the number of members, the higher the expectations from the report.
Your next step will be to decide the company to analyze and begin your project proposal.
Tips for Writing this Plan:
⦁ All of the writing involved in the assignment should include the use of proper citations (APA) for sources quoted or used. This applies to both the powerpoint presentation as well as the accompanying complete report.
⦁ Grammar, spelling, and formatting are important. Just because the document has passed spell check doesn’t mean the word is correctly used in context or spelled correctly in context. Please use a traditional 12 pt. font.
⦁ Your powerpoint presentation is to be done from the vantage point of an executive presentation to senior management including the CEO, COO, CFO, etc.
⦁ Clearly identify the readers of this document. Then write the plan in a style that is easily understood by readers.
⦁ Remember that this plan is a working document that has the clear purpose of initiating focussed action and generating clear and measurable results. Avoid the excessive use of
3
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

descriptive adjectives to ‘pad’ or over-sell the plan. Flowery, highly descriptive language can cloud key issues, blur the plan’s focus and slow/confuse its implementation
⦁ Keep the plan ‘tight’; ensure it remains concise, balanced, clear and logical. Where possible use quantitative rather than qualitative information. Remember the KISSS approach to planning; keep it simple, short and specific. Interlink all Sections, with the Market Analysis (SWOT) providing a clear focus for all subsequent sections.
⦁ Focus on facts and information from credible and reputable sources. Where possible avoid critical dependencies on one source of information. Build redundancy into information sources. Make sure to validate all key information used in the plan.
⦁ Always remember that faulty assumptions and faulty logic are some of the greatest hazards to business performance and business planning. Also remember that a good plan implemented today will always beat an excellent plan implemented sometime in the future. So, get the plan completed and into action as soon as is practicable. Also, plans must be adaptive to changing circumstances. If the plan is not performing be prepared to complete ‘major surgery’ on it.
⦁ If any information is overly repetitive between sections, skip it and note that that information has been covered and where to find it.
⦁ If any section doesn’t apply to your industry/company, skip it and note that it is irrelevant.
Project Format:
The format of the final report must be digitally submitted using a 12 pt. font in word (.DOC) document format. You must use the outline provided. The main document should include a minimum of 25 and a maximum of 40 double-spaced pages (if you go above this number, make sure that the information provided is necessary). Appendices may be located at the end the report, and are not included in your maximum page count. Your references may also appear at the end of the report, before the appendix. Organize the final report under section headings and subheadings as needed. Finally, as in most business writing, the paper should adequately convey and document what you want to say, but otherwise be no longer than necessary.
The final written report will be graded primarily on its content, however, format and presentation is important too. Grading will also consider the report’s organization (sequence of ideas), balance (evidence of comparable degree of analysis in sections of comparable importance), style (English usage, grammar and punctuation), and its implementation schedule.
If you are interested in modifying the plan, please ask. I am flexible and I want you to
4
get as much out of your time in my class as possible.
Citations and References
⦁ You MUST use APA style. Please, look on the Internet or purchase the APA guides. In addition, Microsoft Word Software comes with these Citations styles functions embedded in the system. Please, do not use Chicago or Turabian styles.
⦁ It is very important that you use the proper in-text citations and reference style. Footnotes
Footnotes in the text must be numbered and typed at the bottom of the page where the footnote is made or on a separate page following the text (i.e., endnote). A footnote or endnote should be used to clarify the text, define terms, make comments, or to list additional sources. Footnotes provide additional information that would detract from the subject being discussed in the body of the text. Again, Microsoft Word software provides this function, which is easy to use!
Figures and Tables Captions
⦁ Search online for the APA and how to caption figures and tables. Then, look online for how to caption figures and tables using Microsoft. http://www.microsoft.com/education/AddCaption.aspx
⦁ Remember, if captioning Tables, the caption goes at the TOP of the Tables. However, if captioning figures or graph, the caption goes below the figures or graph and should include the source of the table (unless you have developed).
⦁ All Tables/Charts/Figures should have a descriptive title. Power Point
In addition to the written report each team/individual will prepare a POWERPOINT presentation. Assume this presentation will be displayed for a team of venture capitalists, entrepreneurs, and directors of the business you selected that may be in attendance to assist in the evaluation of your plan. It should be professional, but interesting. It should probably be between 15-25 slides, but that is not a requirement only a recommendation.
Expectations for the Capstone Project:
Your success in the business world will depend, to a large extent, on your ability to communicate. Courses during your first few years at the Business School provided the opportunity to hone your written and oral communication skills. This course will provide you with the opportunity to develop further both of these skills. You will be required to write a formal report, which might possibly be available for external judges at the end of the semester and try to convince them of the strength of your Project. The goal of this paper is to examine a company in depth to identify strategies that may have a positive impact on the firm. Remember that a strategic change is typically initiated in reaction to a triggering event and is rare, consequential, and directive.
Substance: You should substantiate what you are trying to convey with facts and data. In most cases, you will be asking the reader of your business report to commit substantial resources–financial, human, or physical–to a project. The decision-maker will not make
5

the decision because you think is a good concept. Rather, you will need to convince the reader by providing hard facts and data with appropriate citations. Your rationale and reasoning should be explained logically and clearly. Effective business reports are not documents put together at the last minute—they take time to develop.
Style: The style of your business reports should be clear, concise, and to the point. The executive reading the report does not want to be entertained. He or she wants the information necessary to make a decision. Avoid flowery language with lots of adjectives and adverbs. I have high expectations. If you want to excel in the business world you should too.
Outline: You should follow the outline provided. However, most word processing software includes an outlining function. Use it. Begin your reports by developing an outline to organize your thoughts and the concepts you are trying to convey. The more comprehensive and detailed your outline, the easier it will be to write the report.
Proofread: Carefully proofread each draft of the report. You will probably need three or four drafts before you are satisfied with the report.
Exhibits/Tables/Appendices: I do not expect to receive exhibits or appendices with your handwriting on them. Instead, you should have typed exhibit numbers (let me know if you want some help). This includes copying exhibits from other sources. Unless you are using a photograph that cannot be reproduced in Word document, I expect you to make models, charts, spreadsheets on your own. This takes time but it is all part of being professional. Also, it is important to use captions for Figures or Graphs and Tables. If using Microsoft Word (or any word processor), you can select (highlight) the figure or table, then right click and select insert caption. This will insert automatically the caption (Figure 1 or Table 1) label and number. By doing this you will be able to use the captions as reference in the report. Finally, for Figures and Graphs the captions should be inserted below the graphs. For Tables, the captions should be inserted above the table. Check these in any of your textbooks, look how tables and graphs are reported.
Due dates: Reports are due on the dates assigned and there is no time in the schedule for the report to be turned in late because grades are due to the registrar just after the project due date.
Grading: Reports will be graded as if I were an executive trying to make a business decision based upon the written report. Grading will be competitive. That is, your reports will be graded relative to those turned in by your classmates. Proper spelling, syntax, grammar, punctuation, bibliography, citations, footnotes, and professional appearance are expected. Your grade may be lowered as much as two full letter grades if these areas are lacking.
Reviewing papers: I am willing to discuss the logical reasoning and proposed content of your reports. Before visiting my office, emailing or calling me, you should have made significant progress and should be well prepared.
Plagiarism: Don’t do it. Students are expected to adhere to the University policies regarding academic honesty as stated in the student handbook. Cheating or plagiarism will not be tolerated. Plagiarism includes taking exhibits or ideas from books or websites without giving credit to appropriate sources in addition to direct copy/paste instances. I am very strict about this and I will not hesitate to report academic dishonesty to the university. The work you submit MUST be your own thoughts and written in your own words. Written
6
assignments will be run through TURNITIN.
If your submission is above that limit you may be asked to redo the assignment or depending on the severity of the infraction, you
may even receive an automatic 0 on the assignment (and therefore fail the course). In addition, you may also receive an academic dishonesty warning/report.
Suggested Section Topics:
The following is a simple, but effective planning format that will fit many of the sections in this plan. The format is not rigid and should be adapted to the requirements of individual sections as applicable. The four sub-sections that comprise the suggested format are as follows:
⦁ Current Situation
Clearly and concisely present the current situation with any contributing history, and any trends, cycles, changes or future developments that are relevant
⦁ Key Issues
Clearly define the most urgent and important issues as they relate to the current situation for this Section, and the overall purpose of this plan and the company’s Mission. Key issues are usually those strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats, capability gaps and impediments that impact on business performance
⦁ Strategies to Address the Key Issues
Formulate strategies using the SMAAART acronym to address the key issues. SMAAART (Specific, Measurable, Action-orientated, Achievable, Affordable, Relevant and Time-bound)
⦁ Key Performance Measures and Targets
Establish key performance measures/indicators, performance targets and time lines in conjunction with the strategies to assess and improve performance
For your capstone project there is no reason
7

for the TURNITIN match to be any higher than 20%.
Final Report Outline:
Here is a detailed outline of what you should include in your report. You should use the headings and subheadings, but your paper should be in paragraph form. If any of the headings/subheadings do not apply to your project, just type does not apply or disregard the section.
Thus, at a minimum you must develop a strategic plan for the study entity that adequately covers:
⦁ i) Title Page:
⦁ Strategic Business Plan for “Company Name”
⦁ Period of the Study (i.e. January 2018 to December 2019)
⦁ Team Members
⦁ Originality Statement
⦁ ii) Summary:
The Summary is the last section written, but is placed in the front of the paper. It should be restricted to two to three pages in length. In essence the summary is a very effective distillation of the overall strategic plan into a ‘hard hitting’ summary of key performance initiatives and performance targets. Typically it would include a brief description of the company and then the following information about the proposed strategic plan:
⦁ Purpose:
⦁ The Business Opportunity
⦁ The Product
⦁ Main Findings:
⦁ The Market Strategy
⦁ The Management Team
⦁ Profit and Cash Projections
⦁ Investment Needs
⦁ Returns to Investors
⦁ Conclusions and Recommendations
⦁ iii) Table of Contents
⦁ iv) Body of the report:
1) Strategic Focus
⦁ The Aim of this Plan: What do we wish to achieve with this plan (start, grow,
consolidate, downsize, or exit)?
⦁ Our Mission: A Mission Statement clearly defines the primary purpose or
reasons for our existence. It is heavily focused on customer value. It is also vital to achieving organizational alignment. A mission statement typically provides clear and concise answers to the following questions:
Remember, I am flexible and I want this project to be as relevant to
8
your situation as possible.
⦁ What products and services do we deliver?
⦁ Where and when do we deliver our products and services?
⦁ Which customer groups are our primary groups?
⦁ Where are our primary customers
⦁ What tangible value do our products and services deliver to customers?
⦁ What is our competitive advantage?
⦁ What additional community and environmental benefits do we generate?
⦁ Answers to the above questions provide a start-point for preparing a statement that clearly positions the company in the minds of key stakeholders and customers
⦁ Core Organizational Competencies: Which core organizational skills and competencies are vital to achieving our mission
⦁ Organizational Values: What core organisational values must be imbedded in our organisation to establish a culture capable of achieving our Mission?
⦁ Highest Priority Goals: List up to six of your highest priority goals in order of priority. These goals are formulated at Section 17. Section 17 shows how to use the SMAAART acronym to write clear, concise action-oriented goal statements. SMAAART Goals – are Specific, Measurable, Action-oriented, Achievable, Affordable, Time-bound. An example of a SMAAART Goal: By 30 June 2002 to construct and commission a world-standard production and delivery facility capable of producing two 20 metre road bridges per month for direct installation in to Australia’s public road system.

In essence strategic goals progressively take the company to its next level of performance and keep it there.
⦁ Goal One
⦁ Goal Two
⦁ Goal Three
⦁ Goal Four
⦁ Goal Five
⦁ Goal Six
⦁ Performance Objectives: The performance objectives below, in combination, form a performance scorecard for easily tracking the performance improvements generated by this plan. Section 17 provides the inputs for this scorecard. The planning team determines the composition of the performance scorecard.
9
Performance Area Performance Measures Target Time Frame
Financial Performance
Customer and Market Performance
Internal Efficiency and Effectiveness
Long Term Development and Innovation
2) The Business:
Provide a concise overview of the business. Areas for consideration when preparing this section to include:
⦁ Owners/Directors/Shareholders/Shareholdings
⦁ A brief history of the business
⦁ Corporate and business cultures
⦁ Nature of the business and it main activities
⦁ Location
⦁ Current stage in its life cycle
⦁ Past performance and key achievements
⦁ Key business advisors – Solicitor, Banker, Accountant, and Consultants
⦁ Relationships with key stakeholders
⦁ Competitive strengths and weaknesses
3) Market Analysis
Conduct a detailed analysis across each of the following areas to identify and quantify key market opportunities/gaps, barriers to market entry, threats, compliance requirements, risks, performance multipliers, critical success factors, etc. that must be considered when developing high priority product development, marketing and business strategies. All budgetary and financial constraints must be factored in to this planning.
⦁ Global/National Trends, Developments, Cycles and Changes of Relevance
⦁ Macro-environment (i.e. political, economic, legal, social/cultural,
demographics, technology)
⦁ Industry
⦁ Markets, Customers and Suppliers
⦁ Competitors and their Products
Questions typically asked during the analysis would include:
⦁ What are the industry’s economics, critical success factors, key risks,
competitiveness, compliance and standards requirements, emerging trends
and key technologies?
⦁ Who are the key customers and major competitors in each target markets?
⦁ What are the sizes of the target markets? Are they growing? If yes, at what
rate?
⦁ What market share does each major competitor hold in your primary markets
⦁ What are the strengths and weaknesses of major competitors and their
products?
⦁ What are the competitive price points for products in each market?
⦁ What competitive advantages must your products have to successfully enter
and compete in target markets?
⦁ How will you differentiate your products and add more-customer-value than
competitors?
Key questions about your primary customers:
⦁ Specifically what need or problem does your product target?
⦁ Who will make the decision to purchase your products?
10
⦁ What are their decision criteria?
⦁ Where are the products bought?
⦁ How are the products bought?
⦁ When are the products bought?
⦁ Why are the products bought?
⦁ How well do you know your primary customers and key competitors?
⦁ How strong are your relationships with key customers and key stakeholders?
How do you involve them in product development? What factors will be
critical to building strong and enduring brands with them?
⦁ What levels of demand for your products are realistic across your primary
markets?
⦁ In order of priority what are your primary markets? Why?
⦁ How will your primary competitors react when you enter their markets, now
and over the next two years?
⦁ What are you going to do about their responses?
⦁ What are the major barriers to market entry?
⦁ What are the critical success factors for each market?
⦁ What key product distribution, product support and customer service issues
must be considered?
⦁ Which companies and products are likely to become competitors in the
future?

⦁ What new or emerging technologies and substitute products are likely to
become threats in the future?
4) Products
Based on the findings of Section Three identify your product’s key strengths and weaknesses as they relate to key market opportunities and threats. Then develop strategies to address each issue (eg, build on strengths and correct weaknesses) for each product in your product portfolio. When preparing this section consider the following framework for clustering key issues and related strategies. All budgetary and financial constraints must be factored in to this planning.
⦁ Describe your current and near-future products?
⦁ What gives your products a clear competitive advantage?
⦁ What are the benefits and value provided to customer as opposed to
‘features’?
⦁ What are the environmental and social impacts and implications?
⦁ What regulations, standards and codes must be complied with?
⦁ At what stage is each product in its life-cycle? For example:
⦁ Research completed
⦁ Prototype completed
⦁ In-house testing
⦁ Customer testing
⦁ Market ready
⦁ First up-grade completed
Also consider conducting the product analysis and planning for this section
across the following stages:
11
⦁ Current Situation
⦁ Key Product and Market Issues
⦁ Key Strategies
⦁ Performance Measures and Targets
5) Marketing
Based on discussions at previous sections develop a concise set of highly focussed marketing strategies for your most attractive and highest priority markets. These strategies will guide your market entry, market development, and brand building activities. Establish budgets for these activities. Set realistic and measurable performance targets and time lines for each market entry/development strategy. These targets are critical to designing and building business and production capacities aligned with expected market demands on entry, and in to the future.
In essence marketing strategies in combination create the well differentiated, high value and compelling proposition to customers that persuades them to purchase from you rather then a competitor. These strategies should build on the competitive strengths of the company while exploiting the weaknesses of key competitors. A highly competitive, high-value proposition to customers is typically created around the following drivers of competitive advantage:
⦁ Product distribution eg, simple, speedy and easy customer-access to the product
⦁ Product benefits highly valued by the customer
⦁ Product promotion
⦁ Customer communication, interaction and feedback
⦁ Product support for the life of the product
⦁ Customer service
⦁ Product pricing and purchasing
⦁ Product presentation and packaging
⦁ Product compliance with all relevant legislation
6) Research and Development
Provide a background to current activities. Then identify key issues (strength, weakness, gaps, threats and opportunities) and develop related strategies for addressing each key issues. Link the R&D effort to your market research, product development and marketing activities discussed in previous sections. All budgetary and financial constraints must be factored in to this planning.
Areas to be analysed to include:
⦁ Sources of R&D
⦁ Current and planned
⦁ Strategic alliances for R&D
⦁ Intellectual Property Protection
⦁ Patents held plus the corporate entity that holds the patents
⦁ Shared intellectual property and its protection
⦁ Intellectual property being used, but not owned
⦁ Intellectual property protection currently being sort for new developments

12
⦁ Current and planned R&D activities
⦁ Processes employed for the development and commercialisation of new
products and technologies
7) Production and Delivery
Provide a background to current activities. Then identify key issues – strengths, weaknesses, and gaps in production capacities and capabilities – as they relate to meeting the marketing requirements and targets, and R&D requirements developed in earlier sections. Then develop linked strategies with clear targets, time lines and budgets to develop and progressively expand production capabilities and capacities. All budgetary and financial constraints are factored in to this planning.
Key issues are typically identified following an evaluation of key production and delivery performance-drivers. Typical areas to be addressed during this evaluation include:
⦁ Plant design, location, size and site requirements
⦁ Access to key manufacturing technologies
⦁ Production capacity and capability requirements
⦁ Criteria for selecting contractors and suppliers
⦁ In-house versus out-sourcing of manufacturing requirements
⦁ The manufacturing and production standards, codes, regulations and
OH&S requirements that must be complied with
⦁ Equipment needs
⦁ Inventory management
⦁ Manufacturing processes – configurations and technologies
⦁ Product and production costings
⦁ Purchasing systems
⦁ Quality control systems
⦁ Manufacturing resources planning
⦁ Material requirements planning
⦁ Warehousing
⦁ Scheduling and dispatch
⦁ Material supplies and inventory
⦁ Critical/key inputs to all manufacturing and production processes
⦁ Risk management
⦁ Key staffing and skills requirements
⦁ Clear linkages to, and feedback loops with the company’s marketing,
product development, and R&D functions
⦁ Work systems and teams for staff
⦁ Designing, testing and improving all production and delivery systems
to meet market demands and expected growth
⦁ Key performance measures and targets for controlling and improving
all production and delivery systems to increase production efficiencies
and effectiveness.
⦁ Benchmarking and best-practice
13
8) Supply Chains
Provide a background to current activities and list all key suppliers. Then identify key issues – strengths, weaknesses, and gaps in supply chain capacities and capabilities – as they relate to meeting the production and delivery requirements and targets developed at Section Seven. Then develop linked strategies with clear targets, time lines and budgets to develop and progressively improve supply chain capabilities and capacities. All budgetary and financial constraints must be factored in to this planning. Supply chains assessments to include out-sourcing. For example any R&D that is out-sourced should be included in this assessment. Conduct the analysis and planning for this section across the following stages:
⦁ Current Situation
⦁ Key Supply Chain Issues
⦁ Key Strategies
⦁ Performance Measures and Targets
9) Business Systems and Processes
Based on the plans/strategies developed and performance targets established in sections One to Eight identify key issues – strengths, weaknesses and gaps – within the business systems and processes that drive business performance. Then develop strategies to address these issues.
Performance reviews to improve internal business systems and processes typically include an assessment of the following performance areas:
⦁ Quality Management (eg, ISO 9001 – Quality Standard, AS 4269 – Complaints
Handling Standard)
⦁ Risk Management (eg, AS/NZS, Risk Management Standard)
⦁ Regulatory Compliance (Search for any Compliance Program Standard)
⦁ Information Management and Security (eg, Security Standard AS/NZS
ISO/IEC 17799:2000)
⦁ Financial management
⦁ Managing the environmental and social impacts of business operations
⦁ Performance improvement across the business, to include performance
indicators and targets
⦁ Future planning and ongoing innovation (eg, new product development &
process innovation)
⦁ Employee performance and morale
⦁ Stakeholder relationships
⦁ Board and management performance
10) Stakeholder Relationships and Alliances
Describe the current situation and list those key stakeholders that currently contribute to business performance. Identify key issues – strengths, weaknesses and gaps – that relate to improving stakeholder relationships and alliances. Then develop strategies to address each key issue.
Stakeholder groups typically include shareholders/blockholders, customers,
14
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

suppliers of good and services, employees, regulators, the environment, community, and government departments. Questions asked during the stakeholder analysis include:
⦁ Are all of our key stakeholders clearly identified?
⦁ Who will become key stakeholders in the near future?
⦁ Are their expectations and requirements clearly understood?
⦁ Are they regularly consulted?
⦁ Are they kept updated, and involved in those business decisions that will
affect them?
11) Organization and Management
Section Seven provides clear production and delivery projections and targets for the company. Current organisational structures and human resource capabilities will most likely require improvement to meet these increasing business demands.
Conduct an analysis of the current situation and growth projections for the company to identify the key organisational and human resource issues that must be addressed if these growth projections are to be realised. Then develop strategies with key performance measures and targets to address these key issues.
Areas to be addressed include:
⦁ Organizational Chart – show current structures and future structures
⦁ The Management team with brief resumes – show the situation now and in to
the future
⦁ Staffing requirements – now and in to the future
⦁ Job descriptions and work design for management and staff – now and in to
the future
⦁ Human performance standards, measurement and feedback – now and into
the future
⦁ Management and staff training and development – now and in to the future
⦁ Recruitment and induction – now and in to the future
⦁ Encouraging innovation across the company
⦁ Providing leadership and building morale
⦁ Training needs analysis – now and in to the future
⦁ Occupational health and safety
⦁ Industrial relations
⦁ Wages and on-costs
⦁ Other relevant human resource issues
12) Environmental and Social Impacts
Conduct the analysis and planning for this section across the following stages:
⦁ Current Situation
⦁ Key Environmental and Social Issues
⦁ Key Strategies
⦁ Performance Measures and Targets
15
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

13) Risk Factors and Regulatory Compliance
⦁ Risk Management
Establish key risks to the overall business and its performance by identifying high priority risks within each performance area represented by the sections of this plan. Quantify these risks by assessing the gravity of their impacts on the business should they be realised, and determining the probability that they will be realised.
Following quantification of the risks establish an order of priority for their control. Then develop risk management strategies – with performance measures, targets and time lines – that address the highest priority risks.
⦁ Regulatory Compliance
Conduct an audit of regulatory compliance requirements across each area of the business as represented by the sections of this plan. Develop strategies to address regulatory gaps and weaknesses. Search for any Compliance Programs Standard that could provide a good framework for developing an effective compliance management system.
A regulatory compliance audit would typically embrace:
⦁ Corporate governance
⦁ Taxation
⦁ Superannuation
⦁ Employing staff
⦁ Health and safety
⦁ Trade Practices
⦁ Intellectual Property Rights
⦁ Environmental Issues
⦁ The Privacy Act
14) Corporate Governance
Areas to be addressed by this section typically would include:
⦁ Corporate Structures
⦁ Company Constitution
⦁ Board of Directors – Size and Composition
⦁ Duties and Responsibilities of the Board
⦁ Board Performance
⦁ Advisors to the Board
⦁ Shareholder Agreements
⦁ Major Shareholders and Their Representatives
15) Financials
Based on the strategies and plans formulated, costings calculated, and sales projected develop a set of financials for the duration of the plan. These financials should include cash flows, profit and loss, balance sheets, investment requirements, and key financial performance indicators (ratios), and related performance targets.
16) Application of Investment Funds
16
This section should be linked to all prior planning and at minimum address the following:
⦁ What will be the total investment requirement across the duration of this plan
– when and how much?
⦁ Which investors will be involved; how much will they provide and when will
they provide it?
⦁ How will the funds be used at each round of investment?
⦁ What will the capital structure and ownership be after each round of
investment?
17) Strategic Action Plan
Primary Goals, Objectives and Strategies
The Aim of this section is to integrate all strategies developed across previous sections into a cohesive and balanced plan of highly focussed action that will achieve the overarching purpose of this Strategic Plan.
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Firstly…..High-priority, clear, action-orientated, time-bound and practicably achievable goals are formulated around clusters of ‘like’ strategies developed across the previous sections. Goals mark a clear and well-marked pathway for achieving the aim of this plan. To ensure the plan has a sharp focus the number of key goals should be restricted to six or less whenever possible. A clear time frame and performance target should be integrated in to each goal statement. An example of a goal statement: By 30 June 2018 to construct and commission a world-standard production and delivery facility capable of producing two 20 metre road bridges per month for direct installation in to Australia’s public road system.
After each goal has been clearly formulated develop a set of supporting objectives and strategies. Objectives define the best pathway for achieving each goal. Strategies define the pathway for achieving each objective. Objectives and strategies are also written using the SMAAART acronym – Specific, Measurable, Action-orientated, Affordable, Achievable, and Time-bound. The final step in developing an interacting hierarchy/network of focussed action is the Task plan. This plan allocates people and resources to completing those tasks required for achieving each strategy. Vital budget and resource considerations are integrated in to the overall planning process to ensure all planned actions are affordable.
The interacting hierarchy/network of action for achieving the aim of the plan is illustrated below. The hierarchy/network of focussed action is not a rigid structure and, where possible, should be adapted to the each situation to ensure it provides fast, effective and relatively simple action pathways for delivering results of significance.
⦁ Key Strategic Goal
⦁ Objectives to achieve the strategic goal
⦁ Strategies to achieve each objective
⦁ Task Plans to achieve each strategy
⦁ Plan Implementation: Typically management in consultation with staff and
17
key stakeholders implements each Goal and its supporting objectives, strategies and action/task plans. Balanced teams can be effectively employed to implement strategies and supporting action/task plans.
18) Plan Improvement
⦁ Performance Measurement: The plan’s performance should be assessed
against its effectiveness in achieving its high priority goals and performance targets.
⦁ Plan Review and Up Date: To ensure the plan continues to provide a sharp focus and remain responsive to change it should be formally reviewed and updated every six months, at the achievement of a Strategic Goal and at any other time deemed necessary. Implementation of this plan is to be a fixed agenda item at meetings of the Board of Directors.
v) References vi) Appendices
18

Question 29: Law

Only do this assessment if you failed or have a deferral for the SECOND coursework (Client Advice)

Assessment Details

Assessment Length: 2000 (Two Thousand) Words

Note: The assessment length does not include footnotes, bibliography or tables of cases and statutes.

It is compulsory to use footnotes, a bibliography and tables of cases and statutes.

Question

Imran was the owner of a freehold property known as Soar Farm, title to which was unregistered when he purchased it in 1988. The purchase did not trigger first registration at the Land Registry as the area that Soar Farm was located in did not become a compulsory registration area until December 1990.

In 2015, Imran granted his son, Saleem, an option to purchase Ratae Cottage. Although the cottage was part of Soar Farm, it was set against the far boundary away from the main entrance and consequently shared the driveway to the main house on the farm.

The option was for a period of ten years from 2015. The option agreement was in writing and signed by both parties. The document provided that the option could be exercised by the service of a notice by Saleem to Imran at any time.

Almost immediately after the option was given, Imran and Saleem quarrelled and, without Saleem’s knowledge, in early 2016, Imran sold Ratae Cottage to his brother, Khalid. The purchase price Khalid paid for Ratae Cottage was about half its market value. Khalid was fully aware of the option granted in favour of Saleem. In late 2016, Khalid transferred Ratae Cottage back to Imran.

In 2017, Imran’s farming business got into difficulties and his other brother, Malik (who was working in Dubai), agreed to lend him a sum of money to help him out. He lent him the money on condition that he could have a share of the farm if it was sold. Malik also said that he was considering whether to move back to the United Kingdom. Pending that decision, he wanted to send his son, Rastam, to school in the United Kingdom and asked Imran if he could house Rastam. Imran agreed to let him occupy Ratae Cottage while he went to the nearby academy.

In late 2018, despite the funds from Malik’s loan, Imran’s business continued to struggle. Malik agreed to advance him more money as a loan, provided he agreed that, when Malik and his family eventually returned from Dubai, they could occupy Ratae Cottage. Malik has instructed his solicitor to draft the documents for a sale to take place. Documents have now been produced and are being discussed by Imran and Malik’s respective solicitors.

As Imran is still having financial difficulties, he has now decided to sell the farm to a neighbouring farmer, Rashid. He explains to Rashid all that has happened in relation to the land.

Rashid now seeks your advice as to whether he will be bound by any right or interest Saleem or Malik may have and, if he is, if there is any way he could avoid these.

Advise Rashid.

Further Considerations

You may wish to consider some of the following issues in your discussion of this scenario:

⦁ Initial Registration
⦁ The possible creation of easements
⦁ The creation or otherwise of equitable interests
⦁ The different treatment of equitable interests in registered and unregistered land
⦁ Effectiveness/validity of land transfer

Question 30: Philosophy

Instruction
: Explain the family relationships you detailed. Describe what you have learned that might be helpful when working with families. Identify any substance use addictive disorders discovered in various family members. NOTE: Please do not use the actual names of your family members in order to protect their confidentiality. Utilize Smart Art or the drawing tools in Microsoft Word to complete the Genogram. Support your content with scholarly research. Utilize the GCU Library to locate a minimum of three scholarly sources. Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the GCU Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion. Explain the family relationships you detailed. Describe what you have learned that might be helpful when working with families. Identify any substance use addictive disorders discovered in various family members. NOTE: Please do not use the actual names of your family members in order to protect their confidentiality. Utilize Smart Art or the drawing tools in Microsoft Word to complete the Genogram. Support your content with scholarly research. Utilize the GCU Library to locate a minimum of three scholarly sources. Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the GCU Style Guide, located in the Student Success Center. This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion.

Create a simple genogram for your own family, tracing your roots back three generations. Include this genogram in an essay between 300-600 words that addresses the following. Note: (I am a Black Female, with 5 siblings and I am the middle child and grew up in the mid-west (Iowa no substance abuse, but, both parents did drink occasionally loving family.). Any questions or concerns please advise.

Question 31: Religious Studies

Instruction

APA Style 5 pages 5 references/sources

Islam in USA. History of Islam. Numbers of muslims and mosques. percentage of Sunni, Sofi, Shia, and Ahmadiyya. when did Islam arrived and how did it arrived (by who). Muslim characters in USA, famous mosques, the statues of muslims in the region, any news or events happened in the last month (related to Islam), etc..

Question 32: Business

Instruction
Marketing Management Majors: Develop a business plan for a start-up company that provides some type of marketing product or service (e.g., advertising campaigns, sales, online promotions). Select the type of products or services that the company will offer. The products can be real or potential. A. Write an executive summary (suggested length of 1–2 pages) in which you do the following: 1. Identify the company’s name and location. 2. Describe the mission of the company. 3. Discuss two business goals in support of the company’s mission. 4. Discuss three keys to success for the company. B. Write a company summary (suggested length of 4–6 pages) in which you do the following: 1. Describe the history of the industry in which the company will operate. Note: Cite data and examples from your organization to support your analysis. 2. Identify the legal form that the company will take. 3. Describe the location and type of facilities needed for the company. 4. Describe the management structure, including key positions and specific responsibilities. 5. Describe the products and services offered by the company. C. Develop a market analysis (suggested length of 3–5 pages) in which you do the following: 1. Describe the target market for the company’s products and services, including the specific location, demographics, etc. Note: Cite data and examples from your organization to support your analysis. 2. Complete an industry analysis for the company, including current trends and statistics. 3. Complete a four-square SWOT analysis for the company in which you do the following: a. Identify three strengths, three weaknesses, three opportunities, and three threats. b. Explain each of the identified strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. D. Develop a market strategy (suggested length of 3–6 pages) in which you do the following: 1. Discuss each of the four Ps of marketing as they relate to the company’s products and services. 2. Develop a price list for the company’s products and services. 3. Develop a promotional strategy including
Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com/ . Chat With Your Tutors in Real Time To Get Exam Tutoring Help!

specific tasks, target dates, and responsible parties. 4. Develop a monthly sales forecast for the first year of operations, including a discussion of expected market conditions. Note: The sales forecast will be used as the basis for your revenue in your financial statements. E. Develop an implementation strategy in which you do the following: 1. Summarize the overall strategy that will be utilized to launch your business, including target dates and goals for implementation. 2. Develop a post-launch monitoring plan (e.g., financial impact, quality control, customer satisfaction, monitoring schedule) to evaluate the success of the company in meeting milestones. F. Calculate and develop the financial statements and projections for the first year of business by doing the following: 1. Develop a month-by-month forecasted profit and loss statement using an estimate of revenues and operating costs based on the sales forecast. 2. Develop a forecasted balance sheet for the end of year one. G. Write a financial report (suggested length of 1–2 pages) in which you do the following: 1. Summarize the financial projections and the assumptions used in estimating the financial statements. 2. Describe the company’s financial position at the end of the first year. 3. Describe the company’s initial and future estimated capital/investment needs. H. When you use sources, include all in-text citations and references in APA format.

Question 1: General Questions

Saint Leo COM590 Final Exam Latest
Saint Leo COM590 Final Exam Latest
Saint Leo COM590 Final Exam Latest

Question 2: General Questions

NSG6435 Week 5 Assignment 4 Midterm Exam / NSG 6435 Week 5 Midterm Exam -Family Health – Pediatrics- South University
NSG6435 Week 5 Assignment 4 Midterm Exam / NSG 6435 Week 5 Midterm Exam -Family Health – Pediatrics- South University

Question 3: General Questions

NR511 Week 8 Final Exam Latest 2019
NR511 Week 8 Final Exam Latest 2019
NR511 Week 8 Final Exam Latest 2019

Question 4: General Questions

HIEU 201 Chapter 2 quiz: Liberty University 1. The biblical account of the Exodus identifies ________ as leading the Hebrews out of Egypt 2. Under the rule of David’s son Solomon, 3. The Old Testament 4. The Hebrews thought of Yahweh as 5. Which of the following describes the Hebrews’ relationship with the natural world? 6. In the history of the Hebrew people, the covenant has served to 7. The historical significance of Israelite law was that it 8. The Hebrews regarded history as 9. During the flowering of the prophetic movement, the Hebrew prophets 10. All of the following is true of universalism in Hebrew thought EXCEPT 11. The first five books of the Old Testament are known as the 12. The Hebrews originated in 13. During the eleventh century B.C., the leadership of Saul united the ________ Hebrew tribes in Canaan. 14. After the fall of Israel to the Assyrians in 722 B.C. 15. The Hebrews’ concept of Yahweh 16. Which of the following is a fundamental Hebrew belief about the individual? 17. The Hebrews’ belief in moral responsibility resulted from 18. The Old Testament discussed slaves 19. Under Hebrew law, within the family 20. The legacy of the ancient Jews includes all of the following EXCEPT

Question 5: Business

State of Estates” is a national estate planning firm with 2,500 employees in eight states.

Research, as a team, three relevant court cases on age discrimination.
⦁ SUPREME COURT OF THE UNITED STATES GOMEZ-PEREZ v. POTTER, POSTMASTER GENERAL
⦁ Texas Roadhouse to Pay $12 Million to Settle EEOC Age Discrimination Lawsuit
⦁ Jury awards more than $800,000 in an age-discrimination case

Design a 2- to 3-slide Microsoft® PowerPoint® presentation with speaker notes for the senior management team at “State of Estates” to train them on the following topics:

⦁ The concept of “BFOQ” and how it applies to age

Give examples of how this concept has been applied to employment situations involving the age of the employee.

Question 6: Business

Strayer University – BUS 499BUS 499 Assignment 3 Business Level and Corporate Level Strategies ( IKEA )
In this assignment, you are to use the same corporation you selected and focused on for Assignments 1 and 2.
Research the company on its own website, the public filings on the Securities and Exchange Commission EDGAR database (http://www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml), in the University’s online databases, and any other sources you can find. The annual report will often provide insights that can help address some of these questions.
Write a six to eight (6-8) page paper in which you:
Analyze the business-level strategies for the corporation you chose to determine the business-level strategy you think is most important to the long-term success of the firm and whether or not you judge this to be a good choice. Justify your opinion.
Analyze the corporate-level strategies for the corporation you chose to determine the corporate-level strategy you think is most important to the long-term success of the firm and whether or not you judge this to be a good choice. Justify your opinion.
Analyze the competitive environment to determine the corporation’s most significant competitor. Compare their strategies at each level and evaluate which company you think is most likely to be successful in the long term. Justify your choice.
Determine whether your choice from Question 3 would differ in slow-cycle and fast-cycle markets.

Question 7: Business

Choose one (1) public corporation in an industry with which you are familiar. Research the company on its own
Website, the public filings on the Securities and Exchange Commission EDGAR database (http://www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml), in the University’s online databases, and any other sources you can find. The annual report will often provide insights that can help address some of these questions.
Write a four to six (4-6) page paper in which you:
⦁ Assess how globalization and technology changes have impacted the corporation you researched.
⦁ Apply the industrial organization model and the resource-based model to determine how your corporation could earn above-average returns.
⦁ Assess how the vision statement and mission statement of the corporation influence its overall success.
⦁ Evaluate how each category of stakeholder impacts the overall success of this corporation.
Choose one (1) public corporation in an industry with which you are familiar. Research the company on its own Website, the public filings on the Securities and Exchange Commission EDGAR database (http://www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml), in the University’s online databases, and any other sources you can find. The annual report will often provide insights that can help address some of these questions.
Write a four to six (4-6) page paper in which you:

Question 8: Business

CSIA 360 case 4 Public-Private Partnership

Cybersecurity Public-Private Partnership, participate or not participate?
CISA 360Cybersecurity in Government Organizations

Question 9: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:
· The age for full social security benefits is 67 today, with more than one-third of people working past the age of 70. The ADEA was enacted to prevent discrimination against older workers. Discuss some of the underlying situations that contribute to discrimination by age and what companies can do to avoid decisions based on age alone.

Question 10: Business

Create two 350-word memos in one document based on these two scenarios.

Format your memos, including citations and references consistent with APA guidelines.

Question 11: Business

Week 8 Assignment 3
Student Full Name

Date

Week 8 Assignment 3
Write your brief introduction here: It should not be more than 1 good paragraph (about 5 complete sentences) to introduce the reader to your topic and it should explain in detail what your paper will be discussing. Much of your introduction may be taken from the assignment itself (in your own words). Read the scenario to get a feel for what the paper is about and explain what your paper will be discussing – so be sure to review the Assignment instructions AND Rubric for understanding. Finally, please ask me any questions about this assignment.
Business-Level Strategies
Analyze the business-level strategies for the corporation you chose to determine the business-level strategy you think is most important to the long-term success of the firm and whether or not you judge this to be a good choice (Note: in this step you need to choose and write about only one (1) business-level strategy from the text book (not Google). Justify your opinion. For background, be sure to research and explain the industry in which your selected corporation operates. You could also briefly (1 – 2 sentences) define the business-level strategy (cite your sources) you are writing about using the textbook/Learn, as an introduction to your analysis. Read Chapter 4 in the course textbook. Review the Week 4 Learn video/Lecture for supporting content. In this section, you will want to research and identify the core competencies of your chosen firm. Demonstrate from your research how the firm uses its core competencies to create and sell its products in the marketplace. What actions & choices has the firm made to compete in individual product markets? Hint: “Every firm must form and use a business-level strategy.” (Hitt, Ireland, & Hoskisson, 2013, pp. 102). Review Chapters 4-9 for specifics on the business-level strategies.
Corporate-Level Strategies
Analyze the corporate-level strategies for the corporation you chose to determine the corporate-level strategy you think is most important to the long-term success of the firm and whether or not you judge this to be a good choice (Note: in this step you need to choose and write about only one (1) corporate-level strategy from the text book (not Google). Justify your opinion.
You should briefly define (1 – 2 sentences) corporate-level strategy based upon the textbook/lectures (cite your sources) as part of your analysis. Read Chapter 6 in the course textbook. Review the Week 6 Learn video/Lecture for supporting content.
Competitive Environment
Analyze the competitive environment to determine the corporation’s most significant competitor (this will require research/cite your sources). Compare their strategies at each level (market commonality, resource similarity, competitive behavior, and competitive dynamics/actions/responses) and evaluate which company you think is most likely to be successful in the long term. Justify your choice. Hint: read Chapter 5 in the course textbook as it provides a solid background and clues on this model that apply to this section. Review the Week 4 Learn video Lecture for supporting content (cite your sources).
Market Cycles
Determine whether your choice from Question 3 (Competitive Environment section above) would differ in slow-cycle and fast-cycle markets. It would be a good idea to briefly (1 – 2 sentences) explain what the slow-cycle and fast-cycle markets are from the textbook (cite your sources) as a short introduction to your determination. Hint: read Chapter 5 in the course textbook with a special focus on the Competitive Dynamics section. Review the Week 4 Learn video Lecture for supporting content (cite your sources).
Sources
Hitt, M. A., Ireland, R. D., & Hoskisson, R. E. (2013). Strategic management: Concepts and cases: Competiveness and globalization (10th ed.). Mason, OH: South-Western Cengage Learning.
List your sources on this page and remember to delete the instructions, which are in blue font.
Use at least three (3) quality sources, one of which must be the course textbook to support your ideas/work. Note: Wikipedia and college essay sites do not qualify as academic resources.
Cite your sources throughout your work when you borrow someone else’s words or ideas.
The source page must include all sources used. All sources listed here must be cited in your paper.
Look for a permalink tool for a webpage when possible (especially when an electronic
source requires logging in).
When using SWS remember to organize sources in a numbered list and in order of use throughout the paper; use the original number when citing a source multiple times; and follow this format for all sources:
Author. Publication Date. Title. Page # (written as p. #). How to Find (e.g. web address)
The APA format may also be used for a Reference page.
Questions to ask yourself before submitting your paper.
⦁ Did I read the required course material and complete the required activities?
⦁ Have I deleted the blue font instructions in this template?
⦁ Did I leave the provided section headings in place, as provided in this template?
⦁ After deleting the blue fonts in this template, have I changed all font to black?
Additional things to keep in mind.
⦁ You will be graded on the content of your submission, the quality of your answers, the logic/organization of the report, your language skills, and your writing skills using the grading rubric.
⦁ Strayer uses SafeAssign – an automated plagiarism checker. It is advised that you do your own writing and use external resources to support what you have written in your own words.

Question 12: Health Care

NURS 6501 Advanced Pathophysiology Week 6 Quiz (2018)-Walden University Question 1 A 9-year-old male contracted influenza. Which of the following complications is of greatest concern to the nurse? Question 2 An 11-year-old female presents with a low-grade fever and cough. She is diagnosed with atypical pneumonia. What type of pneumonia does the nurse suspect the patient is experiencing? Question 3 A 42-year-old male was involved in a motor vehicle accident during which he suffered a severe head injury. He died shortly after the accident from loss of respiration. The nurse suspects the area of the brain most likely involved is the: Question 4 A 50-year-old diabetic male did not take his medication and is now in metabolic acidosis. He is experiencing Kussmaul respirations. What type of breathing will the nurse observe upon assessment? Question 5 A 10-year-old female develops pneumonia. Physical exam reveals subcostal and intercostal retractions. She reports that breathing is difficult and she feels she cannot get enough air. What term should the nurse use to document this condition? Question 6 A 7-month-old male presents with cystic fibrosis (CF) accompanied by failure to thrive and frequent, loose, and oily stools. Sweat testing reveals increased chloride. Which of the following should the nurse observe for that would accompany this disease? Question 7 A 65-year-old female with emphysema presents to the ER for difficulty breathing. Physical exam reveals bluish skin and mucous membranes.

Question 13: Mathematics

⦁ Watch ⦁ this video (Links to an external site.) first.
⦁ Watch ⦁ this video (Links to an external site.) second.
⦁ Explain, in your words, what significance means in this experiment. How does probability play a role in determining significance?
⦁ Explain, in your words, what made the experiment in 2 statistically significant?

Question 14: Finance

As we discussed, there are four main factors that to go into loan pricing for financial institutions. As a bank manager, you are most concerned with the fourth factor that is the profit margin. Explain how the inflation and the interest rates are important when calculating the potential profit margin. Do any of these factors change if the loan is a fixed interest rate versus a variable interest rate? Your response must be at least 75 words in length.

Question 15: Finance

Deposit insurance is one safeguard that has been implemented against a potential bank run. After the financial crisis, the Federal Reserve increased the amount of money insured from $100,000 to $250,000. A bank customer has asked you why the increase was made and what this means for her money at your bank. Explain to the customer how the increase was a tool used by the Federal Reserve to help control the money supply, and discuss the benefits this brings to the customer. Your response must be at least 75 words in length

Question 16: Health Care

HER Security issue concerns

Assignment.

One of the best ways to learn about a subject is to discuss it with those who work in the industry. You can learn first-hand the real-world pros and cons of EHR security issues.

For this assignment, you will write a 1.5 – 2.0 page paper analyzing the issues surrounding what you discovered that are security concerns and issues are with EHR. In doing so the format should be written as if you gathered information from a manager of Health IT department.

Paper Topic:

⦁ What are the safety and security issues they see surrounding the use of electronic health systems technology?

Questions:

You are to create the questions and answer questions through research that revolve around password protections, internal information thefts, outside hacking, HIPAA concerns, ransomware, employee use of personal emails, PHI concerns, or any other avenues you care to explore.

Provide analysis and additional outside research to support the concerns. You will be graded on your strength of choice of interviewee, the depth of your questioning, outside research, and the structure of your write up.
.

Question 17: Engineering

Questions are on chegg website

https://www.chegg.com/homework-help/questions-and-answers/batch-production-unit-part-produced-result-6-operations-raw-material-cost-part-450-30-part-q39537037

Question 18: English

Argumentative essay on the immigration system of the US and if it works or doesn’t work 1,300 words

Question 19: Health Care

Instruction
A. Identify a current nursing practice within your healthcare setting that requires change. Note: You can describe your setting without identifying it by name and begin to introduce the specific problem that you will be addressing. 1. Describe the current nursing practice. Note: Describe the current practice and what may be wrong with the current practice that is resulting in the identified problem. 2. Discuss why the current nursing practice needs to be changed. B. Identify the key stakeholders within your healthcare setting who are part of the current nursing practice. 1. Describe the role each identified key stakeholder will play to support the proposed practice change. Note: These are the individuals who will make up the team to plan, implement and evaluate the change. C. Create an evidence critique table (see “Sample Evidence Critique Table”). Note: Insert your evidence critique table into your paper. 1. Identify five sources from scholarly peer-reviewed journals, which adhere to the following standards: a. Each source must be published within the past five years. b. Each source must relate to the change identified in part A. c. Each source must be listed in the table using APA format. 2. Identify the evidence strength of each chosen source, using the Strength of Evidence information in the study plan. 3. Identify the evidence hierarchy of each chosen source, using the Evidence Hierarchy information in the study plan. D. Develop an evidence summary based on the findings from part C that includes each of the five sources used (suggested length of 1–2 pages for all sources). Note: Create one well developed paragraph for each article which includes the purpose, methods or study design, results or conclusions and how the article supports the practice change recommendation. E. Recommend a specific best practice based on the evidence summary developed in part D. F. Identify a practice change model that is appropriate to apply to the proposed practice change. Note: Identify the model that you have chosen and give a brief description of how it is generally used. 1. Justify why you chose the practice change model and how it is relevant to the proposed practice change. 2. Explain how to apply the identified model to guide the implementation of the proposed practice change. Note: Clearly articulate how the model will be used to guide change and address each step individually and with specific detail. G. Discuss possible barriers to successful implementation of the proposed practice change. H. Discuss any possible ethical implications that may arise while planning or implementing the proposed practice change. Note: Describe which ethical principle(s) or ANA Code of Ethics provision(s) speaks to, or supports, your practice change and why. I. When you use sources, include all in-text citations and references in APA format.

Attention
If you want to edit this document,
go to the file tab (upper left), click download as, click Microsoft Word, and then save the document.

Title of Paper
Student Name (no credentials)
Western Governors University
Title of Paper – centered (no bolding or underlining) on 1st Page
SEE LAST PAGE FOR TEMPLATE NOTE

Professional Practice Description
Key Stakeholders
Evidence Critique Table
Full APA citation for 5 sources.
Include doi or url. Evidence Strength (I-VII) and
Evidence Hierarchy
Chan, H. Y., Dai, Y. T., & Hou, C. (2016). Evaluation of a tablet-based instruction of breathing technique in patients with COPD. International Journal of Medical Informatics, 94, 263-270. https://doi-org.wgu.idm.oclc.org/10.1016/j.ijmedinf.2016.06.018
Level II, RCT
Piamjariyakul, U., Werkowitch, M., Wick, J., Russell, C., Vacek, J. L., & Smith, C. E. (2015). Caregiver coaching program effect: Reducing heart failure patient rehospitalizations and improving caregiver outcomes among African Americans. Heart & Lung – The Journal of Acute and Critical Care, 44(6), 466-473. Retrieved from:
http://www.sciencedirect.com.wgu.idm.oclc.org/science/article/pii/S0147956315001843
Level II, RCT

Evidence Summary
Evidence-Based Practice Recommendation
Practice Change Model
Potential Barriers
Ethical Considerations
References
Provide a reference in APA format for all in-text citations.
TEMPLATE NOTE:
This template provides a guide for graduate-level, scholarly papers that require APA style and formatting (American Psychological Association, 2010). The recommended font style is Times New Roman, and the font size is 12. Margins are set at one inch for top, bottom, left, and right.
Always begin your paper with an introductory paragraph or section that includes the purpose of your paper and what will be written in the paper – it may be helpful to write the paper first, then go back and write the introduction. The introduction should be included in the paper but does not require an introduction heading. Each content area/section of the paper should have a heading.
To follow is the recommended format for your title page and section headings consistent with APA format. The Title page is a separate page. Each section should include sufficient detail to meet the task requirements. All paragraphs should have at least three sentences. The References page is a separate page at the end of the paper.

Question 20: Other

Week 8- Assignment: Prepare a Revised Literature Review and Reflection

Instruction
This assignment has two components that will be submitted as one final comprehensive document: Part 1: Revise your literature review paper. Using the feedback and comments you received from your professor on the first draft of the literature review in Week 6, revise and edit the paper to reflect that feedback and incorporate all comments. Use the Track Changes option to indicate how you have incorporated the feedback, and use the Insert Comment option to indicate those areas where you have identified a need to revise further, where you have made recommended changes, and where you have made other adjustments based on what you have learned about scholarly writing throughout this course. Part 2: Prepare a reflection to include as an appendix to your literature review. Prepare a brief reflection paper in which you note any remaining questions and concerns that you may have about becoming an effective scholarly writer. Discuss areas of strengths and areas for further growth and development. Identify at least five resources available to NCU students to further enhance your writing skills and note how you will use them in the future. Part 1 Length: 12-15 pages Part 2 (appendix) Length: 2-3 pages Total Length: 14-18 pages, not including title and reference pages Your submission should demonstrate thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts presented in the course by providing new thoughts and insights relating directly to the topic. Your response should reflect scholarly writing and current APA style standards.

Question 21: Other

Week 7- Assignment: Present your Research Findings

Instruction

Using the topic from Weeks 1 and 2, prepare a PowerPoint presentation suitable for an introductory psychology course that would be offered to undergraduate students. Your presentation should include the following: Be sure to include a title slide. Introduce your audience to the topic. Provide an overview and background information on the topic. Explain at least three key points about the topic. Discuss at least two research findings presented in your research articles. Summarize the key points. Your final slide(s) should be your reference slide(s). Incorporate appropriate animations, transitions, and graphics as well as speaker notes for each slide. The speaker notes may be comprised of brief paragraphs or bulleted lists. Speaker’s notes are located underneath the slide itself (where you see “click to add notes”). Support your presentation with at least five scholarly resources. In addition to these specified resources, other appropriate scholarly resources may be included. Length: 12-15 slides (with a separate reference slide) Notes Length: 200-350 words for each slide Be sure to include citations for quotations and paraphrases on each slide with references in APA format and style where appropriate.

Question 22: Other

Week 6- Assignment: Prepare a Literature Review

Instruction

Prepare a literature review that addresses the topic you have been working on throughout this course. Remember, you likely have prepared literature reviews, albeit probably as sections of previous papers in your studies. The challenge for you now is that you will apply a critical eye toward what is known about the research topic and what you can identify as possible gaps in past research. Your previous assignments will offer great help to you as you put your literature review together. Specifically, you will need to: Introduce the problem. Include a clear and concise thesis statement. Provide sufficient background to the reader. Identify similarities between various research findings on the topic. Provide examples to illustrate the similarities. Identify differences between various research findings on the topic. Provide examples to illustrate the differences. Synthesize the themes and relationships you have identified in your research into the topic. Summarize the key findings of previous research. Conclude with an assessment of the status of the problem being researched. Support your literature review with at least 10 references from scholarly resources. You may incorporate the 10 resources you have used in other assignments as well as include other resources you have located throughout the course. Length: 8-10 pages, not including title and reference pages Your assignment should demonstrate thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts presented in the course by providing new thoughts and insights relating directly to the topic. Your response should reflect scholarly writing and current APA style standards

Month: September 2019

College Students Use this website www.homeworknest.com for college assignmemts help. Online Homework Tutoring 2019, 2020,2021, Get tutored on your subjects by Expert Tutors!

Required Internet Resources

Written Assignment 1: Health Risk Assessment

Discussion Forum 5: Health Risk Assessment Findings

Part 1: Common Holy Days in Jewish Religious Traditions

Part 2: Major Sects of Judaism

Part 3: Summary